OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Crawler Excavator
SK350-9
Tier 4

LC91Z00022P1
APPLICABLE:
Issued June 2011 SK350-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . YC12U2400~
SK350-9
CRAWLER EXCAVATOR

OPERATOR’S MANUAL

KOBELCO CONSTRUCTION TECHNICAL MANUALS

Manuals are available from your Dealer for the operation, service, and repair of your machine. For
prompt convenient service, contact your Dealer for assistance in obtaining the manuals for your
machine.
Your Dealer can expedite your order for Operator’s Manuals, Parts Catalogs, Service Manuals, and
Maintenance records.
Always give the Machine Name, Model, and P.I.N. (Product Identification Number) or S.N. (Serial
Number) of your machine so your Dealer can provide the correct manuals for your machine.

NOTE: CNH America LLC reserves the right to make improvements in design or changes in
specifications at any time without incurring any obligation to install them on units previously sold.
 THIS SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL INDICATES IMPORTANT SAFETY MESSAGES IN THIS MANUAL.
WHEN YOU SEE THIS SYMBOL, CAREFULLY READ THE MESSAGE THAT FOLLOWS AND BE
ALERT TO THE POSSIBILITY OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY

M171D

Safety Decals on this machine use the words Danger, Warning, or Caution, which are defined as follows:
● DANGER: Indicates an im mediate hazardous s ituation that , if not av oided, will result in de ath or
serious injury. The color associated with Danger is RED.
● WARNING: Indicates a po tentially haz ardous si tuation tha t, if not a voided, c ould r esult in deat h or
serious injury. The color associated with Warning is ORANGE.
● CAUTION: Indicates a potentially haz ardous situation whi ch, if not avoided, may result in minor or
moderate inj ury. It ma y a lso be us ed to al ert aga inst u nsafe p ractices. T he c olor as sociated wit h
Caution is YELLOW.
If Safety Decals on this machine are ISO two panel Pictorial, decals are defined as follows:
● The first panel indicates the nature of the hazard.
● The second panel indicates the appropriate avoidance of the hazard.
● Background color is YELLOW
● Prohibition symbols such as and STOP if used, are RED.

IMPROPER OPERATION OF THIS MACHINE CAN CAUSE DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.

BEFORE USING THIS MACHINE, MAKE CERTAIN THAT EVERY OPERATOR:
● Is instructed in safe and proper use of the machine.
● Reads and understands the Manual(s) pertaining to the machine.
● Reads and understands ALL Safety Decals on the machine.
● Clears the area of other persons.
● Learns and practices safe use of machine co ntrols in a safe, cl ear ar ea be fore ope rating thi s
machine on a job site.
It is your responsibility to observe pertinent laws and regulations and follow Kobelco Construction, LLC
instructions on machine operation and maintenance.
WARNING_01_N A

CALIFORNIA
PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Diesel engine exhaust and some of i ts constituents are known to the State of
California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm.
Battery post, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds.
Wash hands after handling.

Copyright © 2011 Kobelco Construction, LLC

All Rights Reserved
Kobelco is a registered trademark of CNH America LLC
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
To the Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Right, Left, Front, and Rear of the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Machine Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Identification Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

CHAPTER 2
SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Safety Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Operator Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Hand Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

CHAPTER 3
INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Operator Cab and Operator Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Operator’s Compartment Controls and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Operating Levers and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47

CHAPTER 4
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Before Operating the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Operating the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Starting and Stopping Machine Engine with Temperature above 0°C (32°F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Starting and Stopping Machine Engine with Temperature below 0°C (32°F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Starting Machine Engine with Booster Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Machine Warm Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Control Decal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Basic Operation of Hydraulic Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Practices to Improve Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Machine Operation in Adverse Weather Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Recommendation for Longer Undercarriage Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Bucket Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Use of Optional Attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Machine Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

CHAPTER 5
LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Fluids and Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Lubricant Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Use of Bio-Degradable Oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

CHAPTER 6
MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
General Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Lubrication And Maintenance Quick Reference Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

I
 daily Inspection and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
50 hour maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
120 Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
250 hour maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
500 hour maintenance: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
1000 Hour Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
2000 Hour Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
5000 Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
.Periodical Inspection Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
Maintenance for Nibbler/Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63

CHAPTER 7
ELECTRICAL
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Electrical Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

CHAPTER 8
SPECIFICATIONS
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Performance Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Machine and Components Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Lifting Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26

CHAPTER 9
INDEX

II
 CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

CHAPTER 1
GENERAL INFORMATION

TO THE OWNER
SK350-9 CRAWLER EXCAVATOR
Your machine has been designed and built to the highest standards of quality. It conforms to all current safety
regulations. However, the risk of accidents can never be completely excluded. That is why it is essential to observe
elementary safety rules and precautions.
Read this manual carefully, paying particular attention to the instructions concerning safety, operation and
maintenance so as to avoid the risk of injury while operating or servicing the machine.
The standard attachments and tools of this machine are designed to carry out all kinds of earth moving and
rehandling operations. If you want to use this machine to handle a load (pipes, culverts, formwork, etc.), make sure
that it is equipped to carry out this kind of work. For this type of application, the machine must be equipped with
safety valves, a load handling chart corresponding to the type of machine and its attachment and a load fixing
point. All legal requirements must also be strictly observed.
Do not use this machine for any application or purpose other than those described in this manual. If the machine is
to be used for work involving the use of special attachments, accessories or equipment, consult your Kobelco
Construction, LLC Dealer in order to make sure that any adaptations or modifications made are in keeping with the
machine's technical specifications and with prevailing safety requirements.
Any modification or adaptation which is not approved by the manufacturer may invalidate the machine's initial
conformity with safety requirements.
The machine must undergo regular inspections, the frequency of which varies according to the type of use. Consult
your Kobelco Construction, LLC Dealer.
Before permitting a new operator on this machine, make sure:
That the operator has received the necessary training on how to operate the machine correctly and safely.
That the operator has read and understood the instructions given in this manual.
Contact your dealer for operator manuals translated into Spanish or French Canadian.

Always keep this manual in the operator's compartment (in the seat back, behind the operator's seat). Make sure it
is complete and in good condition. If you wish to obtain extra copies, or copies in languages other than that of the
country of use, consult your Kobelco Construction, LLC Dealer.
Your Kobelco Construction, LLC Dealer is available for any fur ther information. They will also provide any
after-sales service you may need, and genuine Kobelco Construction, LLC spare parts, your guarantee of quality
and match.

1-1
 CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

RIGHT, LEFT, FRONT, AND REAR OF THE MACHINE

The terms Right-hand, Left-hand, Front, and Rear are used in this manual to indicate the sides as they are seen
from the operator's seat when the cab is over the idler wheels.
Figure 1 below shows the machine in normal TRAVEL position. In nor mal TRAVEL position, the cab is over the
idler wheels. The travel reduction gears are at the rear of the upper structure.

6 6

4 3

5 5

2
DC03H142 Figure 1

1. FRONT 3. RIGHT HAND SIDE 5. TRAVEL REDUCTION GEARS (TRAVEL MOTORS)

2. REAR 4. LEFT HAND SIDE 6. IDLER WHEELS

1-2
 CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

MACHINE COMPONENTS

12
12
11
11

10

13

14
14
15
15
9

7 6
88 7
17 4
16
16 5 3
3 1
1
30
18
22
19
33

20
20 31
31
22

21 32
32
23
23
24 33
28
27 29
29
27 25
25 26
26
DC03H141 Figure 2

MACHINE COMPONENTS

1. ENGINE 10. BOOM 19. TRACK IDLER 28. RADIATOR

2. HYDRAULIC PUMP 11. ARM CYLINDER 20. TRACK SPRING 29. OIL COOLER
3. DIESEL PARTICULATE
12. ARM 21. ENGINE AIR CLEANER 30. HOOD
FILTER
4. MAIN CONTROL VALVE 13. BUCKET CYLINDER 22. LOWER ROLLER 31. COUNTERWEIGHT
5. HYDRAULIC OIL TANK 14. IDLER LINK 23. TRACK GUIDE 32. INNER COOLER
6. FUEL TANK 15. BUCKET LINK 24. UPPER ROLLER 33. SWING FLASHER
7. SWING MOTOR 16. BUCKET 25. SLEWING RING
8. SWIVEL JOINT 17. OPERATOR CAB 26. TRAVEL MOTOR
9. BOOM CYLINDER 18. TRACK SHOE ASSEMBLY 27. BATTERY

1-3
 CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
MODEL, SERIAL NUMBER, AND YEAR OF ENGINE
MANUFACTURE
When or dering par ts, obtaining infor mation or
a s s i s t a n c e , a l w ay s s u p p l y y o u r Ko b e l c o
Construction, LLC Dealer with the type and serial
number of your machine or accessories.
Write the following in the spaces below: The type,
serial number and year of ma nufacture o f your
machine, accessories and the serial numbers of the
various hydraulic and mechanical components.

DC03H139 Figure 4

ENGINE

➤
Make and Model
➤
Serial Number

COMPONENT SERIAL NUMBERS

COMPONENT SERIAL NUMBERS

➤
Hydraulic Pump
➤
Swing Reduction Gear
➤
DC03H140 Figure 3
Travel Reduction Gears
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION PLATE
➤
➤
Travel Control Valve
Model
➤
➤
Attachment Control Valve
Serial Number
➤
➤
Swing Control Valve
Manufacturing Year

1-4
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

CHAPTER 2
SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS
TABLE OF CONTENTS

SAFETY RULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Personal Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Safety Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Utility Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
OPERATOR PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Mounting and Dismounting Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Starting and Stopping Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Operating Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Maintenance Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Fuel Handling Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Burn Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Hazardous Chemical Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Transporting Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Roll-Over Protective Structure (If equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Fire Extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Seat Belt Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
How to Handle Emergency Hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Specific Precautions to this Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
DECALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Counterweight Lifting Eyes - Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Lifting Fuel Tank - Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Pressurized Hot Oil - Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Hot Parts - Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Do Not Step On - Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Stop Engine - Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Hot Coolant - Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Booster Cable - Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Booster Cable - Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
California Proposition 65 - Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Handling Pilot Hoses - Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Rotating Parts - Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Swing - Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Use Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Hydraulic Oil Check Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Antifreeze Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Hydraulic Oil Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Grease Swing Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Serial Number Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Machines Equipped With Pattern Control Change Valve (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Machines Equipped With Pattern Control Change Valve (Optional) - Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Machines equipped with pattern control change valve (optional) - Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Located inside cab, on right window glass lower corner - Part Number YN20T01863P1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Attachment Operation By Foot Pedal - Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Nibbler & Breaker Hydraulic Oil Maintenance (Optional) - Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Machines Equipped with Pattern Control Change Valve (Optional) - Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Operating Long Range Attachment (Optional) - Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Work Mode Selection - Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Do Not Pinch Your Hand(S) - Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Operator’s Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Break Glass In Case Of Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
2-1
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

Falling Front Window - Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25

Control Lever Lock And Unlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25
Swing Brake Release - Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25
Nibbler & Breaker Operation (Optional) - Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26
Keep Clear Of Machine - Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26
HAND SIGNALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Raise Load Vertically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27
Lower Load Vertically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27
Move Load In Horizontally . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27
Move Load Out Horizontally . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27
Raise Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27
Lower Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28
Swing Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28
Swing Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28
Arm In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28
Arm Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28
Counter Rotate Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28
Counter Rotate Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29
Travel Forward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29
Travel Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29
Close Bucket (Bucket In Or Dig) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29
Open Bucket (Bucket Out Or Dump) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29
Turn Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29
Turn Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30
Move This Much . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30
Move Slowly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30
Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30
Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30
Stop Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30

2-2
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

SAFETY RULES
PERSONAL SAFETY
WARNING: This safety alert symbol
Safety Decals on this machine are ISO two panel
indicates important safety messages in this
Pictorial, decals are defined as follows:
manual. When you see this symbol, carefully
read the message that follows and be alert to • The fi rst pa nel in dicates th e nat ure of th e
the possibility of death or serious injury. hazard.
M171C • The se cond pan el in dicates the appropriate
Most accidents involving machine operating and avoidance of the hazard.
maintenance can be a voided by following basic • Background color is YELLOW
safety rules and precautions. Read and understand
all the safety messages in this manual, the safety Prohibition symbols such as and STOP if
manual and the safety signs on the machine before used, are RED.
you operate or service the machine. See your dealer
if you have any questions. SAFETY AREA

BS06H091 Figure 1 BC02N198 Figure 2

OPERATOR’S MANUAL STORAGE SPACE 1. WORKING AREA

2. SAFETY AREA

READ THIS MANUAL COMPLETELY and make The safety area is the space necessar y for the
sure you understand the controls. All equipment has machine to operate at the maximum range of the tool
a limit. Make sure you understand the speed, brakes, is a full 360 ° swing plus 6 feet (2 metres).
steering, stability, and load characteristics of this
machine before you start to operate this machine.
DO NOT remove this manual or the safety manual
from the machine. See your dealer for additional
manuals. Also see the man ual information on the
Title pages (first and second pages in front of the
Table of Contents) of this manual.
The safety information given in this manual does not
replace safety codes, insurance needs, federal,
state, or local laws. Make sure that your machine has
the correct equipment according to these rules or
laws.
Additional safety messages are used in the text of
the manual to show specific safety hazards.
IMPORTANT: The safety messages in this chapter
point out conditions which can happen during the
normal operation and maintenance of your machine.
These safety messages also give possible ways of
dealing with these conditions.

2-3
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

UTILITY SAFETY
Safety precaution MUST be followed when working
near buried and overhead Utility Lines.
During operation it is likely that you will be working
around or near buried or overhead utility lines which
may include, but are not limited to:
• Electrical Power Line
• Gas Line
• Water Line
• Communication Li ne - T elephone or Cab le
Television
• Telephone or Cable Television
IMPORTANT: Before beginning any machine
operation, it is your responsibility to be aware of all
such utility lines buried and overhead in the area of
your project and to avoid them. RH99G001 Figure 3
ALWAYS have all local u tility companies mark the CALL ALL LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES BEFORE YOU
location of their lines. PERFORM ANY MACHINE OPERATION
Know the utility color code (U.S.A. and Canada):
In U.S.A. and Canada call one of many “One Call
System Director” services. If you do not know the Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Red
local number, call the national number (U.S.A. and Gas, Oil, or Petroleum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yellow
Canada only): 1-888-258-0808. Communication, Telephone, Television. . Orange
IMPORTANT: Check with local authorities for laws, Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Blue
regulations and/or strict penalties requiring you to Sewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Green/Brown
locate and avoid existing utilities. Proposed Excavation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .White
Surveying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pink
Reclaimed Water and Slurry . . . . . . . . . . . Purple
After locating any buried utility lines, carefully dig a
hole by hand and/or automatic vacuum equipment to
the utility line to verify the location and depth of the
line.

2-4
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

OPERATOR PRECAUTIONS
PERSONNEL MOUNTING AND DISMOUNTING PRECAUTIONS
• Be prepared for emergencies. Always have a fir st • Use the recommended hand holds and steps with
aid k it and a working fi re e xtinguisher wi th y ou at l east thr ee points of su pport when getting on
and know how to use each. and off the mac hine. K eep ste ps and pla tform
clean. Face the m achine w hen c limbing up an d
• Avoid loose fi tting cl othing, loose or un covered
down.
long hair, jewelry and loose personal articles.
• Do not jump off the machine.
• Know and use the protective equipment that is to
be worn when operating this machine. Hard hats, • Do not dismount while the machine is in motion.
protective g lasses, p rotective shoes, gloves, • Foreign material or grease on the steps and hand
reflector type vests, respirators and ear protection rails ca n c ause an a ccident. K eep the st eps an d
are examples of t yped of equ ipment that m ay b e hand rails clean.
required.
STARTING AND STOPPING PRECAUTIONS
• Certain protective equipment s hould be r eplaced
and renewed upo n age and w ear. O ld hard hats • Walk around the machine and warn all personnel
may not afford the or iginal users intention. Faded who may be s ervicing the machine or ar e in th e
and soiled vest are no longer as highly visible as machine path prior to starting. Do not start until all
original i ntent. S ee the m anufacture’s personnel are clearly a way f rom t he machine.
recommendation. Sound the horn, if equipped, before starting.
• Do not rush. Walk, do not run. • Walk around th e m achines too l, a ttachment, or
furthermost contact point to view operation danger
• Know and u se th e han d si gnals r equired f or area from the work site personnel view and angle.
particular jo bs and know who has th e
responsibility for signaling. • Check that the parking device is applied, place the
transmission in neutral or park as specified by the
GENERAL manufacturer, an d di sengage th e PT O, if s o
equipped, before starting the machine.
• It is the responsibility of the operator to read and
understand the Operator’s Manua l and oth er • Adjust, secure and la tch the s eat a nd fasten th e
information provided a nd use th e c orrect seat belt before starting the machine.
operating procedure. M achines s hould b e
• Start a nd o perate th e m achine o nly fr om th e
operated only by qualified operators.
operator’s seat.
• DO NO T OP ERATE this m achine or p erform • Do not bypass the machine’s neutral-start system.
maintenance work if you have not had appropriate
The neutral-start s ystem mus t b e r epaired i f i t
training and r ead an d ful ly und erstand th e
malfunctions.
instructions and warnings in this manual.
• Use j umper c ables o nly i n the recommended
• Wear the s eat be lt to ma ximize the protection
manner. Improper use c an r esult i n battery
capability of a R OPS (Roll Over Pr otective
explosion o r unexpected ma chine mo tion.
Structure) when the machine is so equipped.
Ventilate the battery ar ea be fore us ing j umper
• Inspect the ROPS and seat belt mounting bolts on cables. Ma ke s ure that us ing j umper c ables wi ll
a daily basis to ensure their integrity. not i nterfere or harm e lectronic p rocessing or
computer devices.
• Do not permit riders on the machine if there is no
manufacturer’s designated place for a rider. • DO NOT O PERATE the engine in an enc losed
area without adequate ventilation.
• Make sure tha t all pr otective guards, ca nopies,
doors, etc. are in place and secure. • Park the machine on le vel gr ound whenever
possible and apply the parking brake. On grades,
• Remove al l l oose ob ject s tored i n the m achine.
park t he machine with the wh eels or tr ack
Remove all obj ects which do not be long in or on
securely blocked.
the machine and its equipment.
• Before le aving t he o perator’s s tation, low er th e
equipment to the gr ound, shut off the engine and
place th e fu nction c ancellation l ever into th e
locked or up position.

2-5
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

• Remove the starter key or disconnect switch when • On ma chines w ith ind ependently o perated w heel
leaving the machine parked or unattended. brakes, lo ck th e br ake pedals together whe n
roading to provide equalized brake application.
OPERATING PRECAUTIONS
• Use the r ecommended tr ansport d evices whe n
• Check brakes, steering and other machine control roading the machine.
devices in ac cordance w ith the manufacturers
instructions prior to starting operation. Observe all • Use t he approved dr awbar an d / o r attachment
gauges or warning instruments f or pr oper point whe n us ing the mac hine for towing. If a
operation. O perate all c ontrols to i nsure pr oper cable or chain is used, keep people away from the
operation. If a ny malfunctions a re found, r emove tow line.
the s tarter key o r disconnect switch key. P lace a • Before you ope rate a t nig ht, c heck tha t all la mps
DO NOT O PERATE tag on th e mac hine until th e illuminate.
malfunction is corrected.
• If y our m achine ha s a ca b mak e su re tha t all
• If a f ailure tha t ca uses l oss of control s uch as windows are clean and that the windshield wipers
steering, s ervice brakes or engi ne occurs, stop and washers work correctly.
the ma chine m otion as q uickly as po ssible,
remove the s tarter k ey or dis connect switch k ey. • Engine e xhaust fumes ca n c ause de ath. If y ou
Place a DO NOT OPERATE tag on the ma chine operate this m achine i n an enc losed ar ea, ma ke
and keep it securely pa rked un til the ma lfunction sure the re is v entilation to r eplace the e xhaust
is corrected or the machine can be safely towed. fumes with fresh air.

• Understand the machine limitations and keep the • Check all controls in a cl ear ar ea an d make s ure
machine under control. the machine is operating correctly.

• Operate and dr ive the ma chine with c are and at • Dust, fog, s moke, etc., c an de crease y our v ision
speed c ompatible with c onditions. U se e xtra and ca use an a ccident. Stop the m achine or
caution whe n ope rating o ver rough g round, on decrease the speed until you can see.
slopes, and when turning. • Contact w ith high v oltage p ower lines,
• Note and avoid all hazards and obstructions such underground c ables, etc ., c an c ause s erious
as di tches, un derground lines, tr ees, c liffs, injury or death from electrocution.
overhead electrical wires or areas where there is • Before you dr ive or o perate in an ar ea with hig h
danger of a slide. voltage lines, c ables, or a po wer s tation, te ll th e
• Carry loa ds in r ecommended pos itions f or power or utility company what you are going to do.
maximum stability. You MUST HA VE THE P OWER DISCONNECTED
OR K EEP A SAF E WORKING DISTANCE f rom the
• Never lift loads in excess of capacity. lines, ca bles, or power s tation. K eep al l p arts of
• Use the r ecommended mac hine b allast an d the machine a safe distance away from the power
counterweighting. source. See the decal on the machine. Page 2-12.
You must a lso k now any federal, state/provincial,
• Know and un derstand the j ob s ite traffic fl ow or lo cal s afety c odes or r egulations t hat a pply t o
patterns and o bey s ignalmen, road si gns an d the job site.
flagmen.
• If a par t of the machine tou ches high voltage
• Know and understand that job site conditions may power:
change on an ho urly basis. Hills of dirt, debris or
obstructions may grow and change from the time • Warn other wor kers NO T T O T OUCH THE
you beg an the day. It is y our r esponsibility to MACHINE and to stay away from the machine.
monitor the changes and keep the machine, tools • If y ou c an br eak contact, reverse t he operation
and attachments, etc. a safe distance. that c aused co ntact with the hi gh voltage p ower,
• Watch f or b ystanders and ne ver all ow an yone to and m ove th e m achine away fr om t he danger
be under or to r each through the ma chine and its area. I f y ou cannot b reak c ontact stay in the
equipment while operating. machine until the utility company de-energizes the
line and tells you that the power is off.
• Select a gea r that wi ll prevent e xcessive s peed
when going downhill. Do not coast downhill. • If you have extreme conditions, such as a fire, etc.,
and you are forced to l eave th e machine, do no t
• When r oading a m achine, kn ow an d us e th e step of f the m achine. J ump as f ar fr om th e
signaling devices required o n th e m achine. machine as p ossible wi th y our f eet toge ther an d
Provide and escort for roading where required. do not touch the ground with your hands.
2-6
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

• DO NOT OPERATE the machine if you do not feel MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

well. This c an be da ngerous f or you and f or the • Do n ot a ttempt r epairs un less tr ained. Re fer t o
people around you. manuals an d e xperienced r epair p ersonnel f or
• You m ust make a j udgment if w eather, r oad, or help.
earth conditions wil l per mit safe ope ration on a
hill, ramp, or rough ground.
• Stay away from hazardous areas such as ditches,
overhangs, etc. Walk around the work area before
you start and look for hazards.
• Be a lert and alw ays k now t he l ocation of all
workers in y our ar ea. K eep all other per sons
completely away fr om y our ma chine. Injury or
death c an r esult if y ou do not follow th ese
instructions.
• Develop f luid an d sm ooth o perating t echniques
and mai ntain t he s urface c ondition wh ere th e
machine tr avels in or der to control v ibration DC04E084 Figure 4
transfer to the operator. • Before be ginning any i nspection or ma intenance
procedures, secure a “DO NOT OPERATE” tag to
the operators c onsole to in form the op erator tha t
the machine will be inoperable for inspection and
maintenance. T his tag will pr event ac cidental
starting of the machine.
• Wear protective glasses and other required safety
equipment whe n s ervicing o r r epairing th e
machine.
• Wear gl oves to protect han ds when ha ndling
cable.
• Disconnect the bat tery be fore w orking o n th e
electrical system. K now th e co nsequences of
disconnecting any electronic or computer devices.
• Avoid lubrication or me chanical ad justments wit h
the machine in motion or the e ngine operating. If
the en gine mus t be in op eration to m ake certain
adjustments, pl ace th e tr ansmission in ne utral,
apply the parking brake, place the equipment in a
safe pos ition, se curely b lock the tr acks and us e
extreme caution.
• Securely block the machine or any component that
may f all be fore w orking o n th e ma chine or
component. If p ossible, u se a ba ck u p or
secondary blocking device, also.
• To prevent unexpected movement, securely block
working el ements when repairing or c hanging
working tool parts such as cutting edges.
• Never make r epairs on pr essurized co mponents,
fluid, gas or me chanical u ntil the pr essure has
been r elieved according to the manuf acturer’s
instructions.

2-7
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

• Use e xtreme c aution when r emoving r adiator • Use the co rrect fue l g rade f or the oper ating
caps, drain plugs, grease fittings or pressure taps. season.
Park the mac hine and let it co ol do wn before
opening a pressurized tank. BURN PREVENTION
• Release all pressure be fore wor king o n s ystems
which ha ve a n a ccumulator. Use a piece o f WARNING: BATTERY ACID CAUSES
cardboard, ne wspaper, o r w ood to check f or SEVERE BURNS. Batteries contain sulfuric
pressurized lea ks to prevent flu id pen etrating the acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or
skin. Pressurize accumulators with the proper gas clothing.
according to manufacturers. recommendations. Antidote: EXTERNAL - Flush with water.
Antidote: INTERNAL - Drink large quantities
• When ab solutely nec essary to to w the m achine,
of water or milk.
do n ot e xceed th e r ecommended towing sp eed.
Be sure the towing machine has sufficient braking DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek medical
capacity t o s top the t owed loa d. I f the to wed attention immediately.
machine c annot be braked, a tow ba r mus t b e EYES - Flush with water for 15 minutes and
used or two towing machines must be used. - one seek medical attention immediately.
in fr ont p ulling and o ne in th e rear to a ct as a M144B

brake. Avoid towing over long distances. WARNING: BATTERIES PRODUCE

• Observe proper maintenance procedures. EXPLOSIVE GASES. Keep sparks, flame,
cigars and cigarettes away. Ventilate when
• Whenever se rvicing or r eplacing ha rdened pi ns, charging or using in enclosed area. Always
etc., u se a br ass dr ift or ot her s uitable m aterial wear eye protection when working near
between the ha mmer and pi n. A lternate: Use a batteries. Wash hands after handling. KEEP
brass hammer, drift or suitable material on the pin, OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN.
etc.
• When the battery electrolyte is frozen, the battery
• Keep the br akes an d st eering s ystems i n goo d
can e xplode i f, y ou tr y to c harge the ba ttery, or
operating condition.
you try to ju mp start a nd run t he e ngine. To
• Replace al l m issing, il legible or da maged s afety prevent the battery electrolyte from freezing, try to
signs. Keep all safety signs clean. keep the battery at full charge. If you do not follow
these ins tructions, y ou or oth ers i n th e ar ea ca n
FUEL HANDLING PRECAUTIONS be injured
• Do not smoke or permit open flames while fueling • Hot coolant can s pray ou t i f th e r adiator c ap is
or near fueling operations. removed. T o r emove the r adiator c ap, l et th e
• Never r emove th e fuel ca p or r efuel gas oline cooling s ystem c ool, tu rn to the first no tch, w ait
engine p owered ma chines wi th the engine until the pr essure is r eleased, th en r emove th e
running or hot. Ne ver al low fuel to s pill on ho t radiator cap.
machine components. Never allow fuel to spill on
the environment. HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL PRECAUTIONS
• If y ou ar e e xposed to or co me i n c ontact wit h
• To a void spilling fu el mai ntain co ntrol of the fuel
hazardous c hemicals you can be s eriously
filler nozzle when filling the tank.
injured. T he fl uids, lu bricants, paints, ad hesives,
• Do not fill the fuel tank completely to the top. Allow coolants, etc ., us ed wi th y our ma chine can be
room for expansion. hazardous.
• Clean u p s pilled fu el im mediately an d d ispose o f • Material S afety Da ta S heets ( MSDS) pr ovide
contaminated mat erial i n an e nvironmentally information about the chemical substances within
correct manner. a pr oduct, safe han dling pr ocedures, first ai d
measures and pr ocedures to be t aken whe n th e
• Tighten the fuel tank cap securely. Should the fuel
product is accidentally spilled or released. MSDS
cap b e l ost, replace i t o nly w ith the or iginal
are available from your dealer.
manufacturers appr oved c ap. Use of a
non-approved c ap wi thout pr oper v enting ma y • Before you service y our mac hine, ch eck the
result in pressurization of the tank. MSDS f or each flui d, l ubricant, etc ., us ed in this
machine. This information indicates what the risks
• Never use fuel for cleaning purposes.
are and how to service the machine safely. Follow
this information when servicing the machine.

2-8
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

• Before you service th is ma chine an d b efore y ou SEAT BELT PRECAUTIONS

dispose of the old flu ids and lub ricants, al ways
remember th e en vironment. DO NO T put o il or
fluids i nto th e g round o r i nto co ntainers that ca n
leak. 1
• Check with your lo cal en vironmental or recycling
center or y our dealer f or c orrect d isposal
information.

TRANSPORTING PRECAUTIONS
K now t h e r ul es, l aw s, a n d s afet y e q u i pm en t
necessary for transporting this machine on a road or
highway.
2

ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (IF DC04D529 Figure 5

EQUIPPED)
1. RIGHT HAND BELT STRAP
D o N OT m o d i f y t h e R O P S i n a n y m a n n e r. 2. LATCH MECHANISM
Unauthorized modifications such as welding, drilling,
cutting, or adding attachments can weaken the 1. Insert the met al end of the right-hand be lt strap
structure and reduce your protection. Replace ROPS into the latch mechanism on the left-hand side of
if it is subjected to roll-over or damage. Do not the seat.
attempt to repair.

FIRE EXTINGUISHER
It is recommended that you have a fire extinguisher
on your machine. Contact your dealer for the type
and location of a fire extinguisher on this machine.

BC02N200 Figure 6
1. To unlatch the seat belt, press the red button on
the left-hand side latch mechanism.

WARNING: Before starting the engine

ensure seat belts are securely fastened. The
seat belt can help insure your safety if it is
used and properly maintained. Never wear a
seat belt loosely or with slack in the belt
system. Never wear the belt in a twisted
condition or pinched between the seat
structural members.
M422A

2-9
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

WARNING: Securely fas ten your s eat be lt.

Your machine is equipped with a ROPS cab,
ROPS c anopy or RO PS frame for you r
protection. The seat belt can help insure your
safety if it is use d and maintained. Never
wear a s eat be lt l oosely or wit h s lack in the
belt system. Never wear the belt in a twisted
condition or pi nched between the s eat
structural members.
M437

HOW TO HANDLE EMERGENCY HAMMER

DC04D572 Figure 7
An emergency life hammer is provided on the right
side of cab. In case of emergency, take the life
hammer, break the cab glass, and escape from the
cab. In addition, the life hammer is equipped with a
cutter on the lever side to cut seat belt, etc.

SPECIFIC PRECAUTIONS TO THIS MACHINE

• Keep the load or tool as low as possible while
moving the machine around the job site.
• Never smoke while refuelling.
• Do no t us e t ractive force of t he ma chine f or
loading t he b ucket atta chment no r t o pu sh or
pull any objects.
• Do n ot u se s winging force o f th e m achine f or
operations.
• Do not perform “hammering” operation with the
bucket.
• Do not use this machine for anything other than
its intended purpose.
• DO NO T OPERATE b ucket an d a rm c ylinders
to stroke end repeatedly.
• Do not over exert the machine’s capacities.
• Never pu ll st anding ob jects to ward t he
machine.
• Do no t us e t he l ong r each a ttachment f or
general construction work at any time.

2-10
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

DECALS

WARNING: An illegible or missing decal can have far-reaching consequences. Inspect decals daily. Clean
and replace damaged decals as necessary.
CE-NA000

WARNING: Make sure that the decals are perfectly legible, clean them regularly and replace decals that
are destroyed, lost, painted over or no longer legible, with new ones. When parts bearing decals are
replaced, be sure to put new decals on each new part.
CE-NA000

NOTE: When you clean the decals, use only a cloth, water and soap. Do not use solvents, gasoline, etc.
NOTE: This chapter only covers decals relating to safety and machine operation and servicing. For information on
all decals for the machine, consult your authorized dealer.
NOTE: Safety Decals on this machine use the words Danger, Warning, or Caution, which are defined as follows:
• DANGER: Indicates an immediate hazardous situation that, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
The color associated with Danger is RED.
• WARNING: Indicates a pote ntially haz ardous situation that , if n ot av oided, co uld r esult i n de ath or serious
injury. The color associated with Warning is ORANGE.
• CAUTION: Indicates a potentially haz ardous situation wh ich, if no t avoided, ma y r esult in min or or m oderate
injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices. The color associated with Caution is YELLOW.
If Safety Decals on this machine are ISO two panel Pictorial, decals are defined as follows:
• The first panel indicates the nature of the hazard.
• The second panel indicates the appropriate avoidance of the hazard.
• Background color is YELLOW
• Prohibition symbols such as and STOP if used, are RED.

2-11
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

COUNTERWEIGHT LIFTING EYES - DANGER

Located on top of counterweight (2 Required) - Part Number YN20T01221P1

BS06J019 Figure 8

LIFTING FUEL TANK - WARNING

Located on top of fuel tank (rear right corner) - Part Number YN20T01028P1

BS06J019 Figure 9

2-12
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

PRESSURIZED HOT OIL - WARNING

Located on top of hydraulic tank - Part Number YN20T01405P1

BS06J019 Figure 10

2-13
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

HOT PARTS - CAUTION

Located under engine cover (muffler side) - Part Number YN20T01220P1

BS06J020 Figure 11

DO NOT STEP ON - WARNING

Located on top of engine cover - Part Number 2432P3055

BS06J020 / BS06J021 Figure 12

2-14
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

STOP ENGINE - WARNING

Located on of engine fan shroud - Part Number YN20T01009P1

BS06J015 Figure 13

HOT COOLANT - WARNING

Located on top of engine fan shroud - Part Number YN20T01010P1

BS06J015 Figure 14

BOOSTER CABLE - WARNING

Located in Air Filter compartment on Relay Box Cover - Part Number YN20T01015P2

BS06J012 Figure 15
2-15
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

BOOSTER CABLE - WARNING

Located in Air Filter compartment on Relay Box Cover - Part Number YN20T01338P1

BS06J012 Figure 16

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 - WARNING

Located in Air Filter compartment on Relay Box Cover - Part Number YN20T01495P1

BS06J012 Figure 17

HANDLING PILOT HOSES - CAUTION

Located on front panel inside the air cleaner compartment - Part Number YN20T01872P1

BS06J016 Figure 18

2-16
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

ROTATING PARTS - CAUTION

Located on opening side of the engine cover - Part Number YN20T01012P1

BS06J018 Figure 19

SWING - DANGER
Located on each side of the rear counterweight (2 Required) - Part Number YN20T01003P2

BS06J017/PE20T01014P1 Figure 20

USE DIESEL FUEL

Located on side of fuel tank filler neck - Part Number PA20T01031P1

BS06J019 / BS06J022 Figure 21

2-17
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

HYDRAULIC OIL CHECK POSITION

Located on back side of pump compartment door - Part Number 2432P3379

DC03J075 Figure 22

ANTIFREEZE SOLUTION
Located on back side of radiator compartment door - Part Number YN20T01832P1

DC03J076 Figure 23

HYDRAULIC OIL USED

Located on the back side of hydraulic tank - Part Number 2432T6573

BS06J013 Figure 24

2-18
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

GREASE SWING BEARING

Located on upper frame lower right corner (below cab) - Part Number 2432P2689

DC03J078 Figure 25

SERIAL NUMBER PLATE

Located on upper frame lower right corner (below cab) - Part Number YT20T01092P2

DC03J079 Figure 26

MACHINES EQUIPPED WITH PATTERN CONTROL CHANGE VALVE (OPTIONAL)

Located on front panel inside air cleaner compartment - Part Number YN20T01871P1

BS06J014 / BS06H241 Figure 27

2-19
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

MACHINES EQUIPPED WITH PATTERN CONTROL CHANGE VALVE (OPTIONAL) - DANGER

Located on front panel inside air cleaner compartment - Part Number YN20T01214P1

BS06H451 / BS06H452 Figure 28

MACHINES EQUIPPED WITH PATTERN CONTROL CHANGE VALVE (OPTIONAL) - WARNING

Located on front panel inside air cleaner compartment - Part Number YN20T01854P1

BS06H451 Figure 29

2-20
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

LOCATED INSIDE CAB, ON RIGHT WINDOW GLASS LOWER CORNER - PART NUMBER YN20T01863P1

BS06J023 Figure 30
WARNING - AUTOMATIC TWO SPEED TRAVEL WARNING - TURNING OFF HEAVY LIFT SWITCH
WARNING - CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING - RELEASING POWER BOOST SWITCH
WARNING - MACHINE MAY MOVE SUDDENLY WARNING - DO NOT INSTALL ANY OBJECT ON HANDHOLD
WARNING - EXTREME HIGH PRESSURE IN TRACK ADJUSTMENT CAUTION - SLOW OR UNEXPECTED MOVEMENT
NOTICE - STOPPING ENGINE WITHOUT COOL DOWN CAUTION - ATTACHMENT INTERFERENCE WITH CAB
WARNING - READ AND UNDERSTAND OPERATORS MANUAL DANGER - ELECTRICAL POWER CONTACT

2-21
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

ATTACHMENT OPERATION BY FOOT PEDAL - CAUTION

Located inside cab, on right window glass lower corner - Part Number PY20T01062P1

BS06J024 / BS06J025 Figure 31

NIBBLER & BREAKER HYDRAULIC OIL MAINTENANCE (OPTIONAL) - CAUTION

Located inside cab, on right window glass lower corner - Part Number YN20T01414P1

BS06J024 / BS06J026 Figure 32

MACHINES EQUIPPED WITH PATTERN CONTROL CHANGE VALVE (OPTIONAL) - WARNING

Located inside cab on right window glass lower corner - Part Number YN20T01039P1

BS06J024 Figure 33

2-22
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

OPERATING LONG RANGE ATTACHMENT (OPTIONAL) - WARNING

Located inside cab, on right window glass lower corner - Part Number YN20T01238P1

BS06J024 Figure 34

WORK MODE SELECTION - CAUTION

Located inside cab, on right window glass lower corner - Part Number YN20T01836P1

BS06J024 / BS006J027 Figure 35

2-23
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

DO NOT PINCH YOUR HAND(S) - CAUTION

Located inside cab, on right rear window and on left side of left console (2 Required) - Part Number YN20T01339

BS06J024 / BS06J028 Figure 36

OPERATOR’S CONTROL PATTERN

Located inside of cab door - Part Number YT20T01072P1

DC03J140 Figure 37

BREAK GLASS IN CASE OF EMERGENCY

Located inside cab. on back window glass and on front window glass (2 Required) - Part Number PH20T01018P1

DC03J142 Figure 38

2-24
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

FALLING FRONT WINDOW - CAUTION

Located inside cab, on upper frame of front window - Part Number YN20T01416P1

DC03J143 Figure 39

CONTROL LEVER LOCK AND UNLOCK

Located inside cab on left control console - Part Number YN20T01864P1

DC03J144 Figure 40

SWING BRAKE RELEASE - CAUTION

Located inside cab rear panel cover - Part Number YN20T01639P1

BS06J029 / BS06J030 Figure 41

2-25
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

NIBBLER & BREAKER OPERATION (OPTIONAL) - CAUTION

Located on Right Hand operator console - Part Number YT20T01054P1

BS06J024 Figure 42

KEEP CLEAR OF MACHINE - DANGER

Located on both sides of the arm (2 Required) - Part Number YN20T01337P1

DC03J147 Figure 43

2-26
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

HAND SIGNALS
IMPORTANT: When operating the machine, never MOVE LOAD IN HORIZONTALLY
attempt to carry out tasks calling for the control
or to work in areas where visibility is poor or
impaired without seeking the assistance of a
signalman. Make perfectly sure that you and the
signalman understand the signals to be used.
The following is a compilation of the Hand Signals to
be used when a flagman is required for Excavator
Operation. All personnel associated with the
operation of the excavator should know these signals
and their meaning before attempting to operate this
machine.

RAISE LOAD VERTICALLY DC04E040 Figure 46

Face Machine Operator, extend right arm toward
operator with hand facing operator and move hand in
direction of movement required.

MOVE LOAD OUT HORIZONTALLY

DC04E038 Figure 44
Face Machine Operator, raise right forearm vertical,
with index finger pointing up and move hand in a
small circular motion.

LOWER LOAD VERTICALLY DC04E041 Figure 47

Face Machine Operator, extend right arm toward
operator with back of hand facing operator and move
hand in direction of movement required.

RAISE BOOM

DC04E039 Figure 45
Face Machine Operator, extend r ight ar m down,
point index finger down and move hand in small
circular motion.

DC04E042 Figure 48
Face Mach ine O perator, extend r ight ar m out
horizontally from shoulder, make a fist with thumb up.

2-27
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

LOWER BOOM ARM IN

DC04E043 Figure 49 DC04E046 Figure 52

Face Machi ne O perator, extend right ar m out Face Machine Operator, bend at elbows with arms
horizontally from shoulder, make a fist with thumb facing operator, make fists an d point thumbs i n
down. toward each other.

SWING LEFT ARM OUT

DC04E044 Figure 50 DC04E047 Figure 53

Face Machi ne O perator, extend right ar m out Face Machine Operator, bend at elbows with arms
horizontally from shoulder, make a fist with index facing operator, make fists and point thumbs out
finger pointing in swing direction. away from each other.

SWING RIGHT COUNTER ROTATE LEFT

DC04E045 Figure 51 DC04E048 Figure 54

Fac e M a c hi ne O pe rato r, ext en d l e ft a r m o u t Face machine Operator, place right hand on top of
horizontally from shoulder, make a fist with index hard hat, bend left arm at elbow to the right, make a
finger pointing in swing direction. fist with left hand with index finger pointing out and
rotate hand in a reverse circular motion.

2-28
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

COUNTER ROTATE RIGHT CLOSE BUCKET (BUCKET IN OR DIG)

DC04E049 Figure 55 DC04E052 Figure 58

Face Machine Operator, place left hand on top of Face Machine Operator, hold left hand in, closed and
hard hat, bend right arm at elbow to the left, make a stationary, hold right hand in, make a fist with index
fist with right hand with index finger pointing out and finger pointing toward left hand and move right hand
rotate hand in a forward circular motion. in a small forward circular motion.

TRAVEL FORWARD. OPEN BUCKET (BUCKET OUT OR DUMP)

DC04E050 Figure 56 DC04E053 Figure 59

Face Machine Operator, bend both elbows in, make Face Machine Operator, hold left hand in, open and
fists and rotate fists one over the other in a reverse stationary, hold right hand in, make fist with index
circular motion finger pointing toward left hand and move right hand
in small forward circular motion.
TRAVEL REVERSE
TURN LEFT

DC04E051 Figure 57
DC04E054 Figure 60
Face Machine Operator, bend both elbows in, make
fists and rotate fists one over the other in a forward Face Machine Operator, raise right forearm up, make
circular motion. fist with right hand and hold stationary, bend left arm
in, make fist with left hand and rotate left fist in a
small reverse circular motion.
2-29
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

TURN RIGHT STOP

DE04E055 Figure 61 DC04E058 Figure 64

Face Machine Operator, raise left forearm up, make Fa c e M a c h i n e O p e r a t o r, r a i s e l e f t a r m o u t
fist with left hand and hold stationary, bend right horizontally from shoulder with hand open and facing
hand arm in, make fist with right hand and rotate right down, move arm in a horizontal motion back and
fist in a small forward circular motion. forth.

MOVE THIS MUCH EMERGENCY STOP

DC04E056 Figure 62 DC04E059 Figure 65

Face Machine Operator, raise both forearms up, Face Machine O perator, r aise both a r ms out
hands open and facing each other, move hands in horizontally from shoulders with hands open and
laterally indicating how far to go. facing down, move arms in a horizontal motion back
and forth.
MOVE SLOWLY
STOP ENGINE

DC04E057 Figure 63
Fa c e M a c h i n e O p e r a t o r, r a i s e l e f t a r m o u t DC04E060 Figure 66
horizontally toward right shoulder with hand open Face Machine Operator, right arm at side, draw left
and facing down, point right index finger up toward thumb or index finger across throat.
open left hand and rotate right hand in a reverse
circular motion. (Raise Load Slowly is illustrated).
2-30
CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

NOTES

2-31
 CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, DECALS, AND HAND SIGNALS

2-32
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

CHAPTER 3
INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS

OPERATOR CAB AND OPERATOR SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Locking/Unlocking Cab Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Cab Door Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Releasing Door from Inside Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Opening and Closing Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Removing and Storing Lower Front Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Opening and Closing Door Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Cab Dome Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Document pouch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Operator Seat Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Arm Rest Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Control Stand Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Safety Lock Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Fuel Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Engine Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
OPERATOR’S COMPARTMENT CONTROLS AND ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Operator Cab Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Components and Controls Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Right Hand Operator Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Throttle Potentiometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Gauge Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Meters and Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Screen Change Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Work Mode Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Buzzer Stop Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Travel Select Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Windshield Wiper & Washer Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Menu switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Maintenance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Screen display switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Auto Warm up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Clock Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Contrast Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Brightness (Day) Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Brightness (Night) Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Pump Flow Adjustment (Nibbler/Breaker Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
L.C.D. Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Normal Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Maintenance Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Warning Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
24 Volt Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Location for Optional Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Cup Holder and Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
How to Select Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
How to Adjust the Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Rght Hand Operator Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Climate Control - Air Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Air outlet diffuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

3-1
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Fundamental Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34

CONTROL PANEL FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
Climate Control Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37
Hydraulic Function Cancellation Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39
12 Volt Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39
Fuse Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40
OPERATING LEVERS AND CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Left Hand Operator Control Lever (ISO Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41
Right Hand Operator Control Lever (ISO Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41
Pattern Control Change (BHL Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42
Left Hand Operator Control Lever (BHL Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-43
Right Hand Control Lever (BHL Pattern) 3-43
Left and Right Travel Levers & Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44
Rear view camera and monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-45
ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46

3-2
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

OPERATOR CAB AND OPERATOR SEAT

LOCKING/UNLOCKING CAB DOOR

1
DC04D505 Figure 3
DC04D503 Figure 1 1. DOOR RELEASE LEVER

1. DOOR LOCK
2. Release door l atch b y pu shing r elease l ever
Use the key switch key to lock or unlock cab door. down to release door from latch.
Insert key into door lock and turn clockwise to unlock
or turn counterclockwise to lock cab door. WARNING: Never use the lever for door
latch release as a handle to mount and/or
CAB DOOR LATCH dismount from the machine.

RELEASING DOOR FROM INSIDE CAB

1
DC04D504 Figure 2
31
1. DOOR LATCH

1. The cab door can be latch in an open position by

opening door until it is locked open by the door
latch located on the cab. DC04D506 Figure 4

1. PULL RELEASE LEVER

3. Pull r elease lever l ocated ins ide the door , an d

door opens from the inside of cab.

3-3
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

OPENING AND CLOSING WINDSHIELD REMOVING AND STORING LOWER FRONT

WINDOW
Front window (upper) can be stored in ceiling.
ATTENTION: Make sure to properly lock the
window frame in place, or the wiper lock does not
function, and consequently the wiper may be
damaged because the wiper moves at the time when LOCK
the wiper motor switch is turned on.
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface with the
attachment on the ground and the safety lock
lever in the locked position. Stop the engine.
15

DC04D509 Figure 7

1. HOLDER
41
1. After p lacing upper fr ont wi ndow i n c eiling, an d
locking it in place, remove lower front window by
hand from window frame.
2. Securely sto re the r emoved lower fr ont window
in holder in the rear of cab, behind the operator’s
seat.

BS06J091 Figure 5
3. To store it, insert the right and left sides of glass
in holder, and support it with holder on the lower
1. LOCK LEVER section of window frame.

2. Push lock le ver d own on fr ont win dow upp er

section to unlock the window.
Figure 6

3. Hold h andles on the lo wer s ides of th e fr ont

window. Lift the front window up and slide to a
locking position. The window will automatically
lock when in position. Reverse the process to
close the window.

WARNING: Special attention must be paid

not to injure hands and others when the front
window is closed. Always make sure to
properly lock the front window in place to
avoid injury.

3-4
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

OPENING AND CLOSING DOOR GLASS CAB DOME LIGHT

2
OFF
ON

2
OFF
ON

DC04D511 Figure 8 BS06H100 Figure 9

1. CAB DOOR UPPER GLASS CAB DOME LIGHT

2. LOCK
1. Turn Cab Dome Light “ON” by pushing the Dome
1. Open cab door upper glass sliding it to front side Light Switch up.
after unlocking it.
2. Turn “OFF” by pushing switch all the way down.
2. Close the door glass sliding it to LOCK position,
3. Place Do me Li ght Swi tch in the “ CENTER”
then lock it.
position and the light will be operated by the door
1. Slide the sun visor backward. switch. When door is opened the light will come
ON and when the door is closed the light will turn
OFF.
WARNING: Make sure to secure front
window with locks when placed in the upper
DOCUMENT POUCH
position.

BS06H091 Figure 10

1. DOCUMENT POUCH

The Operator and P ar ts Man ual storage

compartment is a pouch located to the right of the
operators seat. Keep the Operator and Parts Manual
for this machine in this location at all times for quick,
easy reference.

3-5
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

OPERATOR SEAT ADJUSTMENTS

The operator seat incorporates several adjustment
mechanisms to i nsure operator comfort, ease of
operation and operator safety.
A. OPERATOR WEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
Rotate the adjustment knob (1) until weight close to
the operator’s weight is at the top of the dial.
B. SEAT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
1. Pull the height adjustment lever (2) up to raise or
lower rear of the seat.
2. Push height adjustment lever (2) down to raise or
lower front of the seat.
C. SEAT RECLINING ADJUSTMENT 1
1. Pull the hei ght adj ustment l ever ( 3) u p to adjust 33 22
reclining angle.
2. Release th e r eclining ad justment l ever to l ock
seat in position.
D. SEAT FRONT to BACK ADJSTMENT
1. Pull up on seat adjustment bail (4).
2. Move s eat f orward or ba ckward to desired 4
6
6
position.
E. ARM REST ADJUSTMENT. F
(F)
1. Lower ar m r est (5) then, tur n adj ustment wheel (F)
F
(8) beneath seat until ar m rest is in desir ed
position.
C
(C)
(B)
F. HEAD REST ADJUSTMENT
1. Move head r est (6) f orward or b ackward t o
desired angle.
G. LUMBAR SUPPORT 77

1. The lumbar support know can adjust the amount

of support for the lower back. D
(D) (B)
B
2. Turn th e k now counterclockwise t o i ncrease
support in 5 increments. At the 6 increment, (G)
G
A
(A) (A)
A
lumbar support deflates to original position.
3. Turn the knob clockwise to decrease support.

4
5
E
(E)

88

ULC00020002J01 Figure 11

3-6
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

ARM REST ADJUSTMENT SEAT BELT

1
1

2
22
1
DC04D529 Figure 14

1. BUCKLE
2. RED BUTTON
ULFX1202015B01 Figure 12
1. Sit o n th e op erator’s s eat an d ad just the seat
ARM REST HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
position so that the operator’s back closely
1. The h eight of b oth right and left ar m r est is contacts with the seat back.
adjustable. 2. Draw out the right side seat belt and fasten it to
2. Open clam (1) by turning counterclockwise. the buckle located on the left side.

3. Push in pin (2) NOTE: If the belt stops while you’re pulling it out,
release the tension and continue pulling it out.
4. Slide the ar mrest up and do wn to ad just t o
desired height. 3. When t he s eat bel t is us ed, dr aw it ou t
moderately long and insert it in the buckle until
CONTROL STAND ADJUSTMENT rattling sound is heard. Release hands, and the
length is automatically adjusted and the belt is
locked.
4. After l ocking, th e b elt c an b e a djusted about 2 5
mm (1 in) to fit comfortably.
22
11 5. Press the red button of the buckle, and the belt is
unfastened.

B
WARNING: Always wear seat belt while
A sitting in operator seat. Always check
A
condition of seat belt and seat belt mounting
C hardware to make certain seat belt is in good
condition and properly secure.
ULY00020020E01 Figure 13
1. The hei ght of the right and left con trol st and is NOTE: Replace the seat belt every three years
adjustable. regardless of appearance, and tag date of
2. To adjust, remove bolt (1). replacement on its support mount for reference.
3. Adjust the height of the hole o n p late ( 2) to th e
desired operating position and tighten plate to
with bolt (1).
4. Both c ontrol st ands ar e ad justable in the s ame
way.
A: Low position
B: Mid position
C: High position
3-7
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

SAFETY LOCK LEVER ENGINE COVER

11
A

UYN00030020J01 Figure 15

1. SAFETY LOCK LEVER

Before leaving the operator’s seat, always move the

safety lock lever to the LOCKED (UP) position. This
will not allow any hydraulic controls to be operated,
A. Locked position 1
B. Unlocked operating position

FUEL CAP
BS06M270 Figure 17

1. ENGINE COVER

Open engine cover with ignition key (if locked) after

stopping engine. Use strut to support it.
ATTENTION: Always make sure to use the door
struts to lock them open while performing inspection
and/or maintenance.

DC04D530 Figure 16

1. FUEL TANK CAP

Stop engine and remove cap on fuel tank. Use

ignition key to unlock cap if locked. Fill to desired
level or to full capacity. See Chapter 5 for proper tank
capacity.

WARNING: Make sure engine is OFF and

keep battery cover and engine hood closed
when fueling.

3-8
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

OPERATOR’S COMPARTMENT CONTROLS AND ACCESSORIES

3
3 44 55 6 B
B 19
19
88

22 99

77
10
10
DETAIL A
11 11
17 18
18
12
12
13
13
14
14

16
16
15 DETAIL B
20 15
20

22
22
16

A
A 23
23 21
21

ULCX3402030E01 Figure 18
COMPONENTS

1. LEFT HAND OPERATOR 13. WORKING LIGHT SWITCH

7. HOUR METER 19. FUSE AND RELAY BOX
CONTROL LEVER (HORN SWITCH) (BOOM, DECK)
14. PRESSURE RELEASE
2. SAFETY LOCK LEVER 8. GAUGE CLUSTER 20. OPERATOR SEAT
SWITCH
15. AIR CONDITIONER
3. LEFT TRAVEL PEDAL 9. CUP HOLDER 21. EMERGENCY LIFE HAMMER
CONTROL PANEL
10. RIGHT HAND OPERATOR
22. DPF REGENERATION
4. LEFT TRAVEL LEVER CONTROL LEVER 16. OPTIONAL SWITCH
SWITCH
(POWER BOOST SWITCH)
17. POTENTIOMETER FOR
5. RIGHT TRAVEL LEVER 11. STARTER KEY SWITCH) 23. OPERATOR SEAT
EMERGENCY MODE
12. THROTTLE 18. SWING PARKING BRAKE
6. RIGHT TRAVEL PEDAL 24. 12 VOLT POWER SUPPLY
POTENTIOMETER RELEASE SWITCH

3-9
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

OPERATOR CAB NOMENCLATURE START - When Key is turned to this position,

electr ical p ower is supplied to t he star ter
The Operator Cab Nomenclature points out locations solenoid causing the starter to start the engine.
of o perator c ontrols o f the Kobelco hydraulic After engine starts key should be released to go
excavator. Study these areas and locate these back to the “ON” position.
components on the machine.
THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER

WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE this The throttle potentiometer is located on the right
machine unless you have read and hand operator console and controls engine RPM.
understand the instructions in this manual. When the throttle potentiometer is rotated to any
Improper machine operation is dangerous position, it increases or decreases engine RPM and
and could result in injury or death. maintains engine at the programed RPM for that
particular position on the dial.
COMPONENTS AND CONTROLS
NOMENCLATURE NOTES:
The following information provides a brief description a. In operation, when the pilot pressure from the
and function of the components and controls of the hand and pedal control levers does not act for
Kobelco hydraulic excavator. 1 second, and if the position of the throttle
potentiometer is higher than 1050 rpm, the
All personnel associated with this machine should auto acceleration actuates automatically and
read an d un derstand thi s in formation BE FORE engine speed returns to 1050 rpm.
beginning any work with or on this equipment.
b. When the throttle potentiometer is positioned
RIGHT HAND OPERATOR CONSOLE lower than the auto acceleration speed, the
engine speed is maintained to the throttle
potentiometer position.

1 2
2
1 HOUR METER
The hour meter indicates the
total time the engine has run.
Use this me ter to de termine
servicing intervals.
RT
STA

ON
OFF ACC

BS06H116 Figure 19

1. IGNITION SWITCH
2. THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER

The Key Switch is located on the right hand operator

console and has 4 operating functions.
OFF - When Key is turned to this position, the
en gi ne st op s a nd e l ec tr i c a l powe r t o th e
machine’s electrical system is st opped after
approximately 3seconds.
ACC - With key in the ACC position, only the
cigarette lighter, tuner, and horn will have power.
ON - When Key is in the ON position, electrical
power is supplied to all the machine’s electrical
system.

3-10
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

GAUGE CLUSTER

11 S 12:15 22

15
15

99 11
11 66

8
8 77
55 13
4
4 14
14
10
10

33 13
13

dd a cc

bb
DETAIL OF ALLOW SWITCH
ULCX3402001E01 Figure 20

1. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE 9. AUTO ACCEL SWITCH

2. FUEL LEVEL GAUGE 10. MENU SWITCH
3. SCREEN CHANGE SWITCH 11. DIGGING SWITCH
4. BUZZER STOP SWITCH 12. NIBBLER SWITCH
5. KPSS MODE SELECT SWITCH 13. BREAKER SWITCH
6. WASHER SWITCH 14. ARROW SWITCH
7. WIPER SWITCH A: UP B: DOWN C: NEXT D: BACK
8. TRAVEL SPEED SELECT SWITCH 15. L.C.D. DISPLAY

WARNING
When caution indicator is displayed on the multi-display, stop work immediately. Check and service the problem
indicated. Failure to comply could result in machine damage, injury, or death.

3-11
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

METERS AND SWITCHES SCREEN CHANGE SWITCH

EXCHANGE
S 12:15
INTERVAL REMAINDER
DAY
USER MENU ENGINE OIL 500Hr 500Hr 08/12/12
S 12:15
MAINTENANCE
FUEL FILTER 500Hr -100Hr 08/12/12

SWITCH STATUS HYD. FILTER 1000Hr 500Hr 08/12/12

OPTION SETTING HYD. OIL 3000Hr 3000Hr 08/12/12
CONSUMPTION

11 SCREEN SETTING
CLOCK SETTING

INTERVAL REMAINDER
EXCHANGE
DAY

ENGINE OIL 500Hr 500Hr 08/12/12

BACK
HOME
UP
DOWN
NEXT
FUEL FILTER 500Hr -100Hr 08/12/12

HYD. FILTER 1000Hr 500Hr 08/12/12

(a)
HYD. OIL 3000Hr 3000Hr 08/12/12

INTERVAL REMAINDER
EXCHANGE INTERVAL REMAINDER
EXCHANGE
DAY DAY

ENGINE OIL 500Hr 500Hr 08/12/12 ENGINE OIL 500Hr 500Hr 08/12/12

FUEL FILTER 500Hr -100Hr 08/12/12 FUEL FILTER 500Hr -100Hr 08/12/12

HYD. FILTER 1000Hr 500Hr 08/12/12 HYD. FILTER 1000Hr 500Hr 08/12/12

HYD. OIL 3000Hr 3000Hr 08/12/12 HYD. OIL 3000Hr 3000Hr 08/12/12

ULCX3402003E01 Figure 22

22 When the machine is started, the display will indicate

REAR VIEW CAMERA. When the screen change
ULCX3402002B01 Figure 21 switch (2) is pressed the display (a) is changed.
1. L.C.D. DISPLAY
2. SCREEN CHANGE SWITCH

When the engine starts, the main screen will be

displayed. The screen may be changed with the
screen change switch (2).

GAUGES
COOLANT TEMPERATURE
11 GAUGE

2 The gau ge in dicates the

t em p era tu r e o f t he e n g i n e
coolant. It operates when the
ignition key is turned ON. The
temperature is normal in the
33 white range. If the red range is
indicator, let the engine low idle
until the coolant indicator moves back into the normal
white operating range.
1. RED: Overheat condition
2. WHITE: Normal operating range
3. BLUE: Co ld condition. W arm up en gine an d
hydraulic oil.
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE
Indicates the amount of fuel: F:
11 Full tank approximately 580 L
(153 gal). It indicates the
remaining amount of fuel in the
tank. Refuel as neces sary. Do
not allow the machine to r un
22 out of fuel. Fill with appropriate
diesel fuel only.

3-12
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

WORK MODE SWITCH BUZZER STOP SWITCH

S 12:15
S 12:15

33
41

ULCX3402005B01 Figure 23 ULCX3402004B01 Figure 24

W h e n t h e e n g i n e s t a r t s, i t i s s e t to S m o d e When the engine coolant temperature is too high, or
automatically. To select the proper work mode from var ious sensor s of mecha tro co ntroller
the modes shown below according to the work (self-diagnosis) fail, the alarm sounds intermittently.
conditions. The work modes are S - E - H. To stop the sound, press the Buzzer Stop button.
S mode is for standard digging and loading.
NOTE:
E mode is for lower fuel consumption digging work.
• Buzzer sounding due to eng ine overheating ca n
H mode is for heavy duty digging work which gives not be stopped.
priority to the workload at high engine rpm’s.
• The b uzzer so unding be cause th e pr eheat is
complete and E/ G oi l pr essure are displayed,
stops by turning the key switch OFF.

3-13
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Priority Only
Level L.C.D. display Machine condition Auto Manual Engine
of group Type starter
stop stop running
key ON

DATA Data from the mechatro con-

1 CPU COMMUNICATION — O 3 O O
ERROR troller is not received.

SWING BRAKE The swing parking brake O

A 1 O 2 O O
DISENGAGED switch is turned ON. (5 sec.)

Engine is stopped after En- O

1 ENGINE STOP — 1 O —
gine Oil pressure is in low. (5 sec.)

SELECTOR VALVE The selector valve (OPT.) mal-

1 — O 2 — O
FAILURE function.

O
2 FINISH WARM-UP After finishing warming up. — 2 — O
(5 sec.)

LOW ENG OIL Low engine oil pressure dis-

3
PRESS.
— O 2 — O
connection.

HIGH ENG The engine coolant is more

3 — O 3 O O
WATER TEMP. than 105°C.

LOW ENG WATER

3 Coolant level is low. — O 3 O O
LEVEL

Water level is high in water

3 DRAIN WATER SEPA — O 3 O O
separator.
B
3 CLOGGED AIR FLTR The air filter is clogged. — O 3 O O

3
10:25 Self diagnosis (sensor, valve
— O 3 O O
B013 etc.).
H
If the key switch is turned on or
turned to “START” position under
5 condition of unlocked safety lock — — — O —
lever position.
Displayed when remaining time
5 for replacement of fuel filter — — — O —
reaches to 0.
Displayed when remaining time
5 for replacement of hydraulic oil — — — O —
filter reaches to 0.
ULBX0202001E01 Figure 25
Buzzer:
Type 1: Continuous
Type 2: ON .2 seconds, OFF .3 seconds
Type 3: On .5 seconds then OFF

3-14
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

AUTO ACCEL SWITCH TRAVEL SPEED SELECT SWITCH

S 12:15

S 12:15

57
66

ULCX3402008B01 Figure 26 ULCX3402007B01. Figure 27

This switch (5) is used to activate and ca ncel the The travel speed select switch (6) is located on the
auto accel function. gauge cluster switch panel. Each time engine is
When the key switch is turned on, the auto-accel started, travel speed is automatically set to LOW 1st
system activates. The auto-accel system reduces the speed. Press the travel speed switch on the gauge
en g i ne s p ee d t o t h e i d le l eve l r e d uc i n g f u el cluster, the speed is changed to the HIGH 2nd, the
c o n s u m p t i o n a n d n o i s e u n d e r t h e fo l l ow i n g fast speed travel icon is indicat ed on t he multi
conditions. display, and the light indicator above the switch is
turned ON.
1. The a uto-accel dia l p osition i s set o ver t he i dle
level.
Set to LOW (Turtle) when moving the machine on a
2. The control lever or pedals are not operated for 4 rough or soft road, slope, or in narrow place, or when
seconds or more. powerful tractive force is required.
When the control lever or pedals are operated, the
Set to HIGH (Rabbit) when moving the machine on
engine speed goes back to the accel dial setting
flat, hard ground.
gradually.

WARNING: Never attempt to load or unload WARNING: Do not use high speed when
machine with the Auto Accel function performing delicate operations such as pipe
activated. Sudden change of engine speed laying, fine grading or loading machine onto a
could be experienced causing possible trailer.
damage, serious injury or death. Do not change travel speed while loading,
machine could become unstable and cause
NOTE: All Kobelco excavators will default to the serious injury, equipment damage and/or
auto acceleration function when the ignition key is death.
turned to the OFF position.

3-15
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH 5: Wiper Switch

• Press it once - Wiper moves intermittently.
• Press it again - Wiper moves continuously.
S 12:15 • Press it once more - Wiper stops moving.

5 1

BS06H101 Figure 29

1. WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR

ULCX3402006B01 Figure 28 The washer fluid reservoir is located behind the cab,
Press t hese switches for washer fluid and/or behind the left side door.
windshield wipers. The washer fluid tank is located at
To fill, remove cap and fill with washer fluid.
the rear of the cab.
IMPORTANT: Make certain the Washer Reservoir
4: Washer Switch has washer fluid before operating washer. Using the
washer switch with out fluid can cause damage to the
• Press this switch, an d w asher fluid is sp rayed
washer fluid motor.
while it is depressed.
WORK LIGHT SWITCH HORN SWITCH
This switch is used to control The h orn s witch is a
ON work lights on the boom (left) momentary push switch located
and deck (right). on the left control lever.

DPF REGENERATION POWER BOOST SWITCH

SWITCH T he p o we r b o o s t sw i tc h i s
By changing DPF to manual, located on the r ight hand
DPF can be regenerated. control lever. It should be used
for increased break out force
during digging. DO NOT use
the power boost switch when
using an extended reach arm.
SWING PARKING BRAKE
RELEASE SWITCH
The swing pa rking brake is
usually locked. If the br ake
malfunctions and cannot be
unlocked us e this switch to
temporarily unlock brake. Move
machine to safe area and
contact your authorized dealer.

3-16
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

MENU SWITCH

66 7 44 55

22

EXCHANGE 1 99 88
S 12:15 INTERVAL REMAINDER
DAY
USER MENU ENGINE OIL 500Hr 500Hr 08/12/12

MAINTENANCE
FUEL FILTER 500Hr -100Hr 08/12/12

SWITCH STATUS HYD. FILTER 1000Hr 500Hr 08/12/12

OPTION SETTING HYD. OIL 3000Hr 3000Hr 08/12/12
CONSUMPTION
SCREEN SETTING
CLOCK SETTING

INTERVAL REMAINDER
EXCHANGE
DAY
ENGINE OIL 500Hr 500Hr 08/12/12

FUEL FILTER 500Hr -100Hr 08/12/12

BACK UP NEXT
HOME
A
DOWN HYD. FILTER 1000
BHr 500Hr 08/12/12

(a) (b) HYD. OIL 3000Hr 3000Hr 08/12/12

INTERVAL REMAINDER
EXCHANGE INTERVAL REMAINDER
EXCHANGE
DAY DAY
ENGINE OIL 500Hr 500Hr 08/12/12 ENGINE OIL 500Hr 500Hr 08/12/12

FUEL FILTER 500Hr -100Hr 08/12/12 FUEL FILTER 500Hr -100Hr 08/12/12

HYD. FILTER 1000Hr 500Hr 08/12/12 HYD. FILTER 1000Hr 500Hr 08/12/12

HYD. OIL 3000Hr 3000Hr 08/12/12 HYD. OIL 3000Hr 3000Hr 08/12/12

ULCX3402009E01 Figure 30
Maintenance Information
1. Screen change switch 2. Buzzer stop switch 3. Work mode select switch

4. Washer switch 5. Wiper switch 6. Travel speed select switch

7. Auto Accel switch 8. Menu switch 9. Arrow switch

SCREEN DISPLAY SWITCH.

After turning the ignition switch on or starting the engine, the display screen (A) is changed each time that the
display switch (B) is pushed. This will display the remaining time until the next service interval for each of the
displays shown on the screen.

2. Remaining time until fuel filter change

1. Remaining time until oil change
3. Remaining time until hydraulic filter change 4. Remaining time until hydraulic oil change

NOTE: If the change screen switch (B) is not operated for 30 seconds keeping the screen for maintenance
displayed, the screen will automatically return to the main screen.

3-17
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

AUTO WARM UP

S 12:15
USER MENU USER MENU SWITCH STATUS SWITCH STATUS

MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE SWING FLASHER OFF SWING FLASHER OFF

SWITCH STATUS SWITCH STATUS
OPTION SETTING OPTION SETTING AUTO WARM-UP OFF AUTO WARM-UP OFF
CONSUMPTION CONSUMPTION
SCREEN SETTING SCREEN SETTING
CLOCK SETTING CLOCK SETTING

BACK UP NEXT BACK UP NEXT BACK UP NEXT BACK UP NEXT

HOME DOWN HOME DOWN HOME DOWN HOME DOWN

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

A B C D E
or

SWITCH STATUS SWITCH STATUS SWITCH STATUS

SWING FLASHER OFF SWING FLASHER OFF SWING FLASHER OFF

ON ON ON
AUTO WARM-UP ON AUTO WARM-UP ON AUTO WARM-UP OFF

or

BACK UP NEXT BACK UP BACK UP

HOME DOWN HOME DOWN HOME DOWN

(h) (g) (f)

H G F
ULCX3402010E01 Figure 31
Once the machine has been set to Auto warm up, resetting is not necessary.
To warm up engine and hydraulic oil:
1. After tu rning i gnition key O N, the m ain s creen (A) wi ll a ppear. P ress th e Menu switch to enter Us er M enu
Display.
2. Using the UP or DOWN arrow key, move cursor to Switch Status. Press NEXT to select Switch Status.
3. Using the UP or DOWN arrow key, move cursor to AUTO WARM-UP. Press NEXT.
4. Use the UP or DOWN key from OFF to ON. Press Menu Switch to set the status.
5. Turn the ignition key Off to store the auto warm up selection.
6. When starting the engine AUTO WARM UP will be displayed.
7. After warm up is complete, the buzzer will sound for 5 seconds and WARM UP FINISHED will display.
NOTE: If the warm up is interrupted and the control lever is moved, the warm up operation will restart, if the
machine remains in neutral for 10 seconds.

3-18
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

CLOCK ADJUSTMENT

S 12:15
USER MENU USER MENU CLOCK CLOCK
SETTING SETTING
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE YEAR 10 YEAR 10
SWITCH STATUS SWITCH STATUS MONTH 01 MONTH 01
OPTION SETTING OPTION SETTING DATE 01 DATE 01
CONSUMPTION CONSUMPTION HOUR 13 HOUR 13
SCREEN SETTING SCREEN SETTING MINUTE 25 MINUTE 25
CLOCK SETTING CLOCK SETTING

or
BACK UP NEXT BACK UP NEXT BACK UP NEXT BACK UP NEXT
HOME DOWN HOME DOWN HOME DOWN HOME DOWN

(a)
A (b)
B (c)
C (d)
D (e)
E

Selcet Year / Month / Increase / Decrea

Day / Hour / Minute

ULCX3402011E01 Figure 32
1. Turn the ign ition k ey O N an d the main sc reen (A) wi ll app ear. Pr ess Menu Swi tch to en ter in to Us er Menu
display (B).
2. Use the UP or DOWN key to move cursor to CLOCK SETTING and press NEXT to select CLOCK SETTING
display (D).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys, select YEAR/MONTH/DAY/HOUR/MINUTE display. Press NEXT to select desired
item.
4. Using the UP or DOWN key, move to the desired value.
5. After adjustment, pr ess th e Menu S witch an d the new settings wi ll be s tored a s me mory. Pr ess the S creen
Change Switch and the display will return to the main start up screen.

3-19
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT

S 12:15
USER MENU USER MENU SCREEN SCREEN
SETTING SETTING
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE CONTRAST 5 CONTRAST 5
SWITCH STATUS SWITCH STATUS Brightness(day) 100 Brightness(day) 100
OPTION SETTING OPTION SETTING Brightness(night) 5 Brightness(night) 5
CONSUMPTION CONSUMPTION
SCREEN SETTING SCREEN SETTING
CLOCK SETTING CLOCK SETTING

or
BACK UP NEXT BACK UP NEXT BACK UP NEXT BACK UP
HOME DOWN HOME DOWN HOME DOWN HOME DOWN

A
(a) B(b) C(c) (d)
D E
(e)

Increase / Decrease

ULCX3402012E01 Figure 33
1. Turn the ignition k ey O N an d the main sc reen (A) wi ll app ear. Pr ess Menu Swi tch to en ter in to Us er Menu
display (B).
2. Use the UP o r DOWN k ey to mo ve c ursor to S CREEN S ETTING an d pres s NE XT to s elect S CREEN
SETTING display (D).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys, select CONTRAST display. Press NEXT to select desired item.
4. Using the UP o r DOWN k ey, mo ve t o the de sired v alue. Ra nge is fr om 1 to 1 0 wi th 1 the li ghtest - 1 0 th e
highest.
5. After adjustment, pr ess th e Menu S witch an d the new settings wi ll be s tored as me mory. Pr ess the S creen
Change Switch and the display will return to the main start up screen.

3-20
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

BRIGHTNESS (DAY) ADJUSTMENT

S 12:15
USER MENU USER MENU SCREEN SCREEN
SETTING SETTING
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE CONTRAST 5 CONTRAST 5
SWITCH STATUS SWITCH STATUS Brightness(day) 100 Brightness(day) 100
OPTION SETTING OPTION SETTING Brightness(night) 5 Brightness(night) 5
CONSUMPTION CONSUMPTION
SCREEN SETTING SCREEN SETTING
CLOCK SETTING CLOCK SETTING

BACK UP NEXT BACK UP NEXT BACK UP NEXT BACK UP NEXT

HOME DOWN HOME DOWN HOME DOWN HOME DOWN

(a) (b) (c) (d)

D (e)
A B C E
or

SCREEN
SETTING
CONTRAST 5
Brightness(day) 100
Brightness(night) 5

BACK UP
HOME DOWN

(f)

Increase / Decrease

ULCX3402011E01 Figure 34
1. Turn the ign ition k ey O N an d the main sc reen (A) wi ll app ear. Pr ess Menu Swi tch to en ter in to Us er Menu
display (B).
2. Use the UP o r DOWN k ey to mo ve c ursor to S CREEN S ETTING an d pres s NE XT to s elect S CREEN
SETTING display (D).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys, select BRIGHTNESS (DAY) display. Press NEXT to select desired item.
4. Using the UP o r DOWN key, move to the desired value. Range is from 1 t o 100 with 1 the l ightest - 100 the
brightest.
5. After adjustment, pr ess th e Menu S witch an d the new settings wi ll be s tored a s me mory. Pr ess the S creen
Change Switch and the display will return to the main start up screen.

3-21
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

BRIGHTNESS (NIGHT) ADJUSTMENT

S 12:15
USER MENU USER MENU SCREEN SCREEN
SETTING SETTING
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE CONTRAST 5 CONTRAST 5
SWITCH STATUS SWITCH STATUS Brightness(day) 100 Brightness(day) 100
OPTION SETTING OPTION SETTING Brightness(night) 5 Brightness(night) 5
CONSUMPTION CONSUMPTION
SCREEN SETTING SCREEN SETTING
CLOCK SETTING CLOCK SETTING

BACK UP NEXT BACK UP NEXT BACK UP NEXT BACK UP NEXT

HOME DOWN HOME DOWN HOME DOWN HOME DOWN

(a)
A B(b) (c)
C (d)
D
(e)
E
or

SCREEN
SETTING
CONTRAST 5
Brightness(day) 100
Brightness(night) 5

BACK UP
HOME DOWN

(f)

Increase / Decrease
ULCX3402014E01 Figure 35
1. Turn the ignition k ey O N an d the main sc reen (A) wi ll app ear. Pr ess Menu Swi tch to en ter in to Us er Menu
display (B).
2. Use the UP o r DOWN k ey to mo ve c ursor to S CREEN S ETTING an d pres s NE XT to s elect S CREEN
SETTING display (D).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys, select BRIGHTNESS (NIGHT) display. Press NEXT to select desired item.
4. Using the UP o r DOWN key, move to the desired value. Range is from 1 t o 100 with 1 the lightest - 100 the
brightest.
5. After adjustment, pr ess th e Menu S witch an d the new settings wi ll be s tored as me mory. Pr ess the S creen
Change Switch and the display will return to the main start up screen.

3-22
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

PUMP FLOW ADJUSTMENT (NIBBLER/BREAKER OPTION)

66 77 44 55

3
3 99

22

11 10
10 88

Nibbler mode
S 12:15 S 12:15
USER MENU USER MENU NIBBLER
SETTING
FLOW RATE 780 L/min MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE SET1 992
L/min
50
MPa
50
MPa

PRESSURE A 50 Mpa SWITCH STATUS SWITCH STATUS SET2 893

L/min
50
MPa
50
MPa

OPTION SETTING OPTION SETTING SET3 794 50 50

PRESSURE B 50 Mpa L/min MPa MPa

CONSUMPTION CONSUMPTION SET4 694

L/min
50
MPa
50
MPa

SCREEN SETTING SCREEN SETTING SET5 595

L/min
50
MPa
50
MPa

CLOCK SETTING CLOCK SETTING SET6 496

L/min
50
MPa
50
MPa
L/min
SET7 446
L/min
50
MPa
50
MPa

30
SET8 397
L/min
50
MPa
50
MPa

15 SET9 347
L/min
50
MPa
50
MPa

SET10 298 50 50
30 25 20 15 10 5 0
0
or L/min MPa MPa

MIN BACK UP NEXT BACK UP NEXT BACK UP NEXT

AVERAGE 0.0 L/h RESET HOME DOWN HOME DOWN HOME DOWN

A(a) (b)
B
(c)
C
(d)
D
(e)
E
In breaker mode
S 12:15
S 12:15
USER MENU USER MENU BREAKER
SETTING
FLOW RATE 480 L/min MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE SET1 496
L/min
50
MPa

PRESSURE A 50 Mpa SWITCH STATUS SWITCH STATUS SET2 446

L/min
50
MPa

OPTION SETTING OPTION SETTING SET3 397

L/min
50
MPa

CONSUMPTION CONSUMPTION SET4 347

L/min
50
MPa

SCREEN SETTING SCREEN SETTING SET5 298

L/min
50
MPa

CLOCK SETTING CLOCK SETTING SET6 248

L/min
50
MPa
L/min
SET7 198
L/min
50
MPa

30
SET8 149
L/min
50
MPa

15 SET9 99
L/min
50
MPa

SET10 60 50
30 25 20 15 10 5 0
0
or L/min MPa

MIN BACK UP NEXT BACK UP NEXT BACK UP NEXT

AVERAGE 0.0 L/h RESET HOME DOWN HOME DOWN HOME DOWN

(b) (c) (d) (e)

B C D E

ULCX3402014E01 Figure 36
1. Screen change switch
2. Buzzer stop switch
3. Work mode select switch
4. Washer switch
5. Wiper switch
6. Travel speed select switch
7. Auto Accel switch
8. Menu switch
9. Attachment mode select switch
10. Arrow switch

3-23
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

1. Turn the ignition key ON and the main screen (A) will appear.
2. Change the a ttachment from DI GGING M ODE T O NIB BLER M ODE O R B REAKER MODE. T he fl ow r ate
indication screen (B) appears.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys, select BRIGHTNESS (NIGHT) display. Press NEXT to select desired item.
4. From the flow rate indication screen (B), press Menu Switch to enter into USER MENU display (C).
5. Move the cursor to OPTION SETTING, and press NEXT to enter into OPTION SETTING display (E)
6. Move the cursor to the desired flow rate, then press the menu switch to set the target flow rate.
NOTE: If there is no switch operation for 20 seconds, the display will return to the main display window.

3-24
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

L.C.D. DISPLAY Engine Lubrication Cumulative Time

256 hours have elapsed since
the change of engine oil.
This icon sho ws the t otal
S 12:15 cumulative time since the last
time t he e ngine oil w as
changed.
Fuel Filter Cumulative Time
256 hours have elapsed since
the change of fuel filter.
This icon sho ws the t otal
cumulative time since the last
time th e fuel fi lter was
changed.
Hydraulic Filter Cumulative Time
256 hours have elapsed since
the change of hydraulic oil
filter.
This icon sho ws the t otal
DC04D540 Figure 37 cumulative time since the last
The LCD display will show the Icon s listed in this time the hydraulic oil filter was
section. Study these icons and their definitions so changed.
that possible problems will be quickly recognized and
Hydraulic Oil Cumulative Time
repairs made in a timely fashion.
256 hours have elapsed since
NORMAL DISPLAYS
the change of hydraulic oil.
System Status Display This icon sho ws the t otal
This icon will display after key cumulative time since the last
switch is turned “ON” and all time the hydraulic oil w as
machine syst em and changed.
components are checked by Travel Independent Mode Display
CPU and found to be good
working order. This icon will display ever y
time the independent travel
Day Time Display mode is activated.
Five seconds after the system
status is shown on the LCD,
the time will be displayed on
the monitor. See “ Monitor
T i m e A d j u s tm e n t ” i n t h i s
section for details on how to
set this feature, 24 hour clock.
Engine R.P.M. Display
Actual engine speed. When
auto accel is deactivated,
RPM shown corresponds to
the thr ottle poten tiometer
position.

3-25
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

MAINTENANCE DISPLAY
The maintenance d isplay s creen will s how the
remaining time to the end o f the r ecommended
replacement interval specified for the machine. When
the end of the replacement interval is reached (zero),
check and service the fluids and/or filters specified.
Reset the maintenance screen after servicing.
The service times will be displayed at the correct
hourly interval, but the buzzer will not sound.
I

INTERVAL REMAINDER
EXCHANGE
DAY
1 ENGINE OIL 500Hr 500Hr 08/12/12
2 FUEL FILTER 500Hr -100Hr 08/12/12
3 HYD. FILTER 1000Hr 500Hr 08/12/12
4 HYD. OIL 3000Hr 3000Hr 08/12/12

ULBX0102023E01 Figure 38

3-26
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

After several
seconds, display is S 12:15

changed to clock
automatically

1 Turn starter key switch ON.

S 12:15
USER MENU

MAINTENANCE
SWITCH STATUS
OPTION SETTING
Press "MENU SWITCH" located on the CONSUMPTION
multi-display, the display changes to SCREEN SETTING

2 "USER MENU" display. CLOCK SETTING

BACK UP NEXT
HOME DOWN

INTERVAL REMAINDER
EXCHANGE
DAY
USER MENU ENGINE OIL 500Hr 500Hr 08/12/12

MAINTENANCE
FUEL FILTER 500Hr -100Hr 08/12/12

SWITCH STATUS HYD. FILTER 1000Hr 500Hr 08/12/12

OPTION SETTING HYD. OIL 3000Hr 3000Hr 08/12/12
Press "NEXT" switch once to enter into CONSUMPTION
"MAINTENANCE". At this time, "INTERVAL" SCREEN SETTING
CLOCK SETTING
3 box is indicated in blue.

BACK UP NEXT
HOME DOWN

INTERVAL REMAINDER
EXCHANGE INTERVAL REMAINDER
EXCHANGE
DAY DAY
ENGINE OIL 500Hr 500Hr 08/12/12 ENGINE OIL 500Hr 500Hr 08/12/12

4 Press "NEXT" switch once more, and FUEL FILTER 500Hr -100Hr 08/12/12 FUEL FILTER 500Hr -100Hr 08/12/12
"REMAINING TIME" box is indicated in blue. HYD. FILTER 1000Hr 500Hr 08/12/12 HYD. FILTER 1000Hr 500Hr 08/12/12

HYD. OIL 3000Hr 3000Hr 08/12/12 HYD. OIL 3000Hr 3000Hr 08/12/12

EXCHANGE EXCHANGE
Using switch "DOWN" or "UP", and get the INTERVAL REMAINDER
DAY
or
INTERVAL REMAINDER
DAY
ENGINE OIL 500Hr 500Hr 08/12/12 ENGINE OIL 500Hr 455Hr 08/12/12
desired time until the replacement. Press FUEL FILTER 500Hr -100Hr 08/12/12 FUEL FILTER 500Hr -100Hr 08/12/12

5 "MENU SWITCH" once to return to default HYD. FILTER 1000Hr 500Hr 08/12/12 HYD. FILTER 1000Hr 500Hr 08/12/12

setting time. HYD. OIL 3000Hr 3000Hr 08/12/12 HYD. OIL 3000Hr 3000Hr 08/12/12

INTERVAL REMAINDER
EXCHANGE INTERVAL REMAINDER
EXCHANGE
DAY DAY
ENGINE OIL 500Hr 455Hr 08/12/12 ENGINE OIL 500Hr 455Hr 08/12/12

6 Press "NEXT" switch to fix the value. FUEL FILTER 500Hr -100Hr 08/12/12 FUEL FILTER 500Hr -100Hr 08/12/12

HYD. FILTER 1000Hr 500Hr 08/12/12 HYD. FILTER 1000Hr 500Hr 08/12/12

HYD. OIL 3000Hr 3000Hr 08/12/12 HYD. OIL 3000Hr 3000Hr 08/12/12

EXCHANGE
INTERVAL REMAINDER
DAY S 12:15
ENGINE OIL 500Hr 450Hr 08/12/12

FUEL FILTER 500Hr -100Hr 08/12/12

HYD. FILTER 1000Hr 500Hr 08/12/12

HYD. OIL 3000Hr 3000Hr 08/12/12

Press "Screen Change Switch" once, and the
7 display returns to main display (a).

ULCX3502002E01 Figure 39

3-27
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

WARNING DISPLAYS
Warnings are displayed in order of priority. When warnings are displayed, stop operation and service immediately
W.

Displays Level Warning Contents Remedy

DATA Displayed when the mechatro-con-
CPU COMMUNICATION 1
ERROR troller does not send data.

SWING BRAKE Displayed when the swing parking Contact our dealer/distributor for checking
1
DISENGAGED brake is switched. and service.
Displayed at the time of emergency
ENGINE STOP 1 engine stop due to low engine oil
pressure.
ULBX0202003E01 Figure 40

WARNING CLASSIFICATION (PRIORITY B)

Displays Level Warning Contents Remedy

The attachment attached on the machine in
specification of clusher (nibbler) and breaker
does not correspond to the selected work
mode.
Select proper work mode with the work mode
SELECTOR VALVE Displayed when the selector valve select switch.
1
FAILURE malfunctions. B mode: In use of breaker
A mode: In use of clusher (nibbler)
When the select error does not cancelled
even though the proper work mode is select-
ed, contact our dealer/distributor for check-
ing and service.
Displayed when the attachment
POWER BOOST ON 2 In this case, do not use the long arm.
boost switch is on.
The warming up of engine and hydraulic oil is
Displayed when auto warming up finished.
FINISH WARM-UP 2
was completed. Start engine by usual procedure referring to
the instruction in page 3-12.
• Stop engine immediately and check oil
level for shortage and on the disconnected
• Displayed when the output sav- wiring, and if shorted make up the short-
ing control is in operation be- age of specified engine oil referring to the
cause the engine oil pressure is "LUBRICANT, FUEL & COOLANT SPEC-
LOW ENG OIL 2 lowered to the specified pressure IFICATIONS" page 4-10 or change it.
PRESS.
or less. • Where this warning is displayed and then
• Displayed when the wiring is dis- when the engine does not rotate, there is
connected. a possibility of the trouble of disconnection
of wiring etc. Contact our dealer/distribu-
tor for repair.
ULBX0202004E01 Figure 41

3-28
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Displays Level Warning Contents Remedy

Stop engine, lower the coolant temperature
at low idling of engine speed, and cool down
the engine.
Displayed when coolant tempera-
HIGH ENG When the warning does not cancelled after
3 ture is raised to the specified tem-
WATER TEMP. an elapse of several minutes, stop engine
perature or higher.
and check the coolant level for shortage, fan
belt tension for slack and radiator for clog-
ging.
Stop engine, and after the coolant tempera-
ture lowers, open radiator cap and make up
LOW ENG WATER Displayed when coolant level of ra-
3 the shortage of coolant.
LEVEL diator upper tank is lowered.
Check the radiator sub tank for the shortage,
and if short make up the shortage of coolant.
Displayed when the level of water
DRAIN WATER SEPA 3 separator (fuel filter) is raised to the Drain water from water separator.
specified level or higher.
Displayed when engine output is
Check on filter and clean it, and if necessary
CLOGGED AIR FLTR 3 lowered due to clogging of intake air
replace it with new one.
filter.

Error code is displayed when trou-

10:25 3 ble occurred on the pressure sen- Contact our dealer/distributor for repair.
B013
sor, proportional valve, etc.
H
Battery error.
(High voltage/low voltage/poor
charge)
After engine starts, when the warn- Inspect the condition where electric equip-
CHARGE ERROR 4
ing does not go out for a while and ment is used and check on charging circuit.
the warning is given during engine
running, it may be caused by poor
battery charge.
Fuel level is the specified level or
LOW FUEL LEVEL 4 Make up the shortage of fuel.
lower.

Displayed when auto warming up is It is in auto warming up operation. Wait until

WARM AUTO WARMING UP 5
operating. the warming up is completed.

The remaining time to the specified Supply the specified quantity of specified
CHANGE ENG OIL 5
engine oil change is zero (0). new engine oil.
If the key switch is turned on or After returning key switch to “ON” position,
turned to “START” position under pull up the safety lock lever to secure the safety.
5 condition of unlocked safety lock Turn the key switch to “START” again, and then
lever position. try to start the engine.
Displayed when remaining time
5 for replacement of fuel filter Replace fuel filter with specified new one.
reaches to 0.
Displayed when remaining time
5 for replacement of hydraulic oil Replace hydraulic oil filter with specified new one.
filter reaches to 0.

Displayed when remaining time

5 for replacement of hydraulic oil Replace hydraulic oil with specified new one.
reaches to 0.

3-29
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

B1. I.T.C.S. Controller CPU Display B4. Engine Pre-Heat Complete Display
This icon will display when a This icon is displayed when
problem exists in the I.T.C.S. the PREHEAT is completed.
( I n t e l l i g e n t To t a l C o n t r o l The monitor alarm will sound
System). continuously.
Turn Key switch “OFF”, wait If alarm can’t be cancelled by
for 4 seconds until the system the buzzer stop switch, turn
shuts down completely, then the ignition key to the OFF
turn the switch back to “ ON” position., wait for 4 seconds
to r eset the CP U program. until the electrical system is
Should this icon remain on turn off completely. Then start
display, stop operation, shut the en gine. C ontinuous
down the engine, remove rear pr e h ea t af te r th is i c on is
panel cover and flip the Swing d i s p l ay e d c o u l d c a u s e
Parking Brake switch to the damage to the engine. DO
“RELEASE” position. Contact N OT O P E R AT E T H E
a K obelco C onstruction P RE H E AT P O S IT I O N O F
technician for repair. THE KEY SWITCH F OR
MORE THAN 20 SECONDS
B2. Swing Parking Brake Release Display
AT THE TIME.
Turn the “Swing Parking Brake
B5. Engine Oil Pressure Display
Release Switch” on the rear
side of operator’s seat to the This icon will display and the
“RELEASE” position, and this alarm will sound should the
warning is displayed. Engine O il Pressure dr op
While this w ar ning is below a saf e ope rating
displayed, the swing parking pressure.
brake does not actuate. This Stop the engine immediately
switch should be used only in and check engine oil level.Fill
t h e e ve n t o f e m e r g e n c y. engine to proper level with
Contact a Ko b e l c o approved motor oil. If engine
Construction technician for has LOW OIL PRESSURE, it
repair. will automatically go to
“LO” Idle, and immediately
B3. Engine Pre-Heating Display
shut down.
This symbol is displayed when This icon will Display only if
the water temperature is 50° alternator is charging.
F (10° C) or lower. The glow
plug will star t automatically B6. Engine Coolant Temperature Display
when the key is turned on. This icon will display and the
This display goes o ut at alarm will sound should the
completion of pre-heating, at Engine Coolant Temperature
which time FINISH PREHEAT r ise above safe oper ating
is displayed. temperature.
Reduce engine RPM to idle
and s top o peration until
engine coolant temperature
re aches a safe oper atin g
Temperature range.

3-30
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

B7. Engine Air Cleaner Display B11. Hydraulic Oil Level Display
This icon will display should This icon will display should
the Eng ine Air C leaner the Hy draulic Oil Level i n
E l e m e n t ( s ) ( F I LT E R S ) hydraulic oil r eser voir fall
become too dir ty to allow below safe operating level.
proper air flow to the engine. S h o u l d t h i s i c o n d i s p l ay
Should this icon display, stop before starting engine, place
engine immediately and clean m a c h i ne i n H y d ra u l i c O i l
or replace engine air cleaner Check position and check
element(s) as required. hydraulic oil level. Refer to
This icon will Display only if Maintenace Sect ion f or
alternator is charging. pr o pe r i n s t r uc ti on s t o fi ll
hydraulic reservoir to proper
B8. Over Load Alarm Display (Europe only) l ev e l u s i n g approved
This icon will display and the hydraulic oil.
buzzer will sound should the This icon will not display
Boom C ylinder Circuit during machine operation
P r e s s u r e ex c e e d t h e s e t and a loss of hydraulic oil
specified pressure. is experienced.
Should this icon display and
the b uzzer sou nd,
immediately st op a ll B12. Engine Coolant Level Display
operation, stop engine and This icon will display should
contact a n authorized the Engine Coolant Level fall
Kobelco Construction Service below safe operating level.
Dealer for service assistance.
S h o u l d t h i s i c o n d i s p l ay
B9. Battery Charging System Display before starting the engine,
check and fill coolant level in
T h i s i c o n w i l l d i s pl ay t h e
the r adiator and coolant
electrical charging system not
reservoir.
functioning properly.
This icon will not display if
Should this icon display, have
alternator is charging and a
the electrical charging system
sudden loss of coolant is
repaired immediately.
experienced.
I c o n d i s p l ay s o n l y w h e n
engine is running with normal B13. Engine Oil Level Display
oil pressure and a p roblem This icon is displayed when
occurs in t he ch arging the engine oil l evel of the
system. engine oil pan is low.
B10. Fuel Level Display Check th e en gine oi l level
immediately and make up the
This icon will display should
shortage of the engine oil.
the Fuel Level in Fuel Tank
reaches 54 L (14 Gal). This icon will not display
with engine running and a
Should this icon display, refill
loss of engine oil is
fuel tank immediately using
experienced.
approved diesel fuel.
B14. Attachment Boost Pressure Display
This icon will display when the
Po w e r B o o s t S w i t c h i s
depressed.
This icon is displayed only
when this system is activated
during operation.

3-31
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

B15. Heavy Lift Pressure Display B17. Auto Warming Up Finish Display
This icon will display when the This icon is displayed when
Heavy Lift Sw itch is in the the warming up of the engine
“ON” position. and hydraulic oil is finished or
This icon is displayed only when the warming up system
when this system is activated is forced to stop.
during operation. The monitor alarm will sound
continuously for 5 seconds.
B16. Auto Warming Up display
B18. Replace Engine Oil Display
T h i s i c o n i s d i s p l aye d t o
indicate the w arming up This icon display every 500
operation of the engine and hours of machine operation to
hydraulic oil when this system remind operator of scheduled
is activated. engine oil change.
Tur n off the auto war m u p The recommended oil change
switch, or the key switch OFF interval for HINO engines is
to cancel the warm up system every 500 hours of operation.
and the display disappears. Proceed with oil change and
make sure to re calibrate the
engine oil change interval.
B19. Hydraulic Pressure Drain Display
This icon will display when the
hydraulic system pressure
drain is activated. The alarm
will s ound inter mittently
during the draining process.
B20. Hydraulic Pressure Drain Fail Display
This icon will display when the
hydraulic system pressure
drain process fails. The alarm
will sound continuously.
Turn the ignition key OFF to cancel the
alarm and repeat hydraulic pressure
drain procedure before servicing the
machine.

3-32
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

24 VOLT CIGARETTE LIGHTER CUP HOLDER AND ASHTRAY

1
2

BS06H093 Figure 42 BS06H094 Figure 44

1. CIGARETTE LIGHTER 1. CUP HOLDER

2. ASHTRAY
The cigarette lighter is located on the right side
control panel. To use the cigarette lighter the key A cup holder is provided on the right side panel,
switch must be in the ON position. Push the lighter in below the monitor, and the ashtray is located on the
and wait approximately 30 seconds for it to “POP” right side console.
out. Pull lighter from the socket to use. Replace
lighter back into its socket after use.
CAUTION: Do not use the cigarette lighter as a
power source for 12 volt accessories. It is a 24 volt
outlet. Plugging a 12 volt accessory into volt
connector may result in shortage and/or Fire.
LOCATION FOR OPTIONAL SWITCHES

BS06H093 Figure 43

1. LOCATION FOR OPTIONAL SWITCHES

This additional switch panel is provided on the right

side console for any machine customizing if desired.

3-33
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

RADIO HOW TO SELECT STATIONS

(Refer to Figure 46).
a. How to select the radio station manually:
Press the Power switch to turn ON the radio and
press the station selector buttons up or down to
select the des ired radio station. T his radio
function in two main frequency bands: AM and
FM. When the frequency band reaches the upper
or lower limit, the radio automatically switches to
the opposite limit., that is: from the upper to the
1 lower or vice versa.
b. How to preset the radio stations:
Once the desired radio station is selected
BS06H093 Figure 45 manually, press any of the preset station buttons
1. RADIO (1 ~ 6) for more than 1.5 seconds to record it in
i t s r e s p e c t i ve m e m o r y. T h e r e c e p t i o n i s
The radio is located on the right side control panel. tempo ra r i ly lo st d ur ing the m emor iz atio n
The LCD Display shows the radio station selected as process. Once the reception is recovered, the
well as its frequency band. station is preset on the des ired preset station
CONTROL SWITCHES button. Repeat this procedure to preset a total of
6 different radio stations.
The following table describes the different functions
available to use the radio: NOTE: The preset stations are cancelled when the
radio is removed for maintenance or the batteries are
disconnected.

HOW TO ADJUST THE CLOCK

(Refer to Figure 46)
a. After the radio is turned ON, press button (4)
to activate the time function. Then press
button (8): H, M and RS T to s et th e ti me
accordingly. Use H to set the hour and M to
set the minutes.
NOTE: The radio LCD screen will return to normal
functioning after 5 seconds of inactivity on the time
DC04D548 Figure 46
control button.
b. The RST button works as follows: (If trying to
adjust time to 10:00 hours):
SWITCH FUNCTION AND USAGE
• If minute s ar e with in 0 and 29 - when pressing
1 Power switch and volume control RST button, minutes will be taken to “10:00”. Then
2 Tone control press M to set the proper minutes.
3 FM & AM selector • If m inutes a re wi thin 3 0 a nd 59 - when pr essing
4 Time set selector RST button, minutes will be taken to “10:30”. Then
press M to set the proper minutes.
5 Station selector
6 Preset selector buttons
7 LCD display
8 Time adjusting buttons

3-34
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

RIGHT HAND OPERATOR CONSOLE

CLIMATE CONTROL
55 (UP) 99 22 (UP)
66
33

77 4

8 11

55 (DOWN) B AA 22 (DOWN)
UYNX6401001J03 Figure 47
1. Main power switch 6. Internal and external air selector
2. Fan speed selector 7. Air outlet mode selector
3. Air conditioner switch 8. Defroster
4. Auto pilot control switch 9. LCD display
5. Temperature setting switch

CLIMATE CONTROL - AIR CONDITIONER

The Climate Control - AC unit is installed behind the
operator’s seat and send cold air or hot air into the
cab.
AIR OUTLET DIFFUSER
2
1 Select a preferable air diffuser direction that is most
comfortable by moving the diffuser grill by hand.
ATTENTION: The LCD display indicates
temperature, air outlet mode, compressor ON - OFF -
AUTO, recirculate, fresh air, and fan speed.
The background of the control panel is illuminated
2 whenever the A/C system is activated.
FUNDAMENTAL USE
Before turning the Air Conditioner ON, close the door
and windows to achieve the best performance.
a. Press the “ AUTO” control switch to control air
capacity and blower outlet automatically, and
2 set the temperature in the range from 18.5°C
BS06H079 Figure 48
(6 5.3°F ) to 31.5°C (88.7° F) . the AUTO
indicator in the LCD display will come on.
1. AIR CONDITIONER CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
2. AIR OUTLETS The outlet temperature, outlet opening and fan speed
are a djusted automatically so t hat indoor
The Air Conditioner Climate Control provides a temperature of the c ab comes closer to the s et
comfor table indoor environment and adjustable temperature.
control of cab temperature. It removes moisture from b. Select proper m ode ma nually through
humid air and reduces window glass fogging. recirculate and fresh air capacity selector
switch and compressor switch ON - OFF.

3-35
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

c. Select preferable fan speed manually through a. Press the ma in power s witch t o ac tivate th e
fan speed selector switch when fan speed, Climate Control-AC and the LCD display will
selected t hrough auto co ntrol is not illuminate.
preferable. The “AUTO” indicator in the LCFD b. Press c ontrol switch A UTO, and f an speed
display goes out. Pr ess “AUTO” switch to and air outlet are automatically controlled, and
return to automatic climate control. “AUTO” indicator lamp on LCD display is
CONTROL PANEL FUNCTIONS illuminated.
Main Power Switch and Display c. When the main p ower s witch i s OFF, th e
system will retain the previous setting in
memory. Therefore, when the main power
sw i t c h i s p r e s s e d a g a i n , t h e C l i m a t e
9
9 Control-AC will come on in t he auto control
mode.
A. Temperature Setting Switch and Display

11

55 (UP) 99

UYNX6401003J03 Figure 49

1. MAIN POWER SWITCH

9. LCD DISPLAY
55 (DOWN)
d. Press main power switch, and all functions for
the Climate Control-AC switch ON or OF F.
Each time when this switch is pressed, the UYNX6401008E03 Figure 51
f u n c t i o n sw i t c h e s O N a n d O F F. W h e n
5. TEMPERATURE SETTING SWITCH &
switched ON, the Control Climate-AC starts °C / °F SELECTOR SWITCH
operating at the po int set before switching 9. LCD DISPLAY
OFF (When it is set to AUTO, in auto mode; if
NORMAL is selected, then in normal mode). a. The s et t emperature is in dicated i n di gits o n
LCD display. Temperature set range is 18.5°C
NOTE: The key switch will switch air-conditioner
(65.3°F) to 31.5°C (88.7°F).
OFF, but the operating condition just before
switching off may not be restored when the key b. Press th e two te mperature set s witches
switch is turned ON. simultaneously for 5 seconds to change the
display from °C to °F or vice-versa in the LCD
Auto Control Switch and Display display.
c. Press the temperature set switch Down or UP
to chan ge th e set temp erature. T he
99 temperature goes up or down by 0.5°C (0.9°F)
in graduation. The set Temperature may be
raised or lowered by continued pressing of the
44 switch.
1
1 d. The s et tem perature 18°C (64.4°F) is the
l owe s t c o o l i n g t e m p e ra t u r e, a n d 3 2 ° C
(89.6°F) is the highest heating temperature.
Control beyond either of th ese limits is not
possible.

UYNX6401006J03 Figure 50

1. MAIN POWER SWITCH

9. LCD DISPLAY
4. AUTO CONTROL SWITCH

3-36
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

AIR OUTLET MODE SELECTOR SWITCH AND DEFROSTER SWITCH AND DISPLAY
DISPLAY

AUTO 99 AIR OUTLET MODE

AUTO 99 AIR OUTLET MODE

77
77 88
8

DC04D550 Figure 54
UYNX6401009E03 Figure 52
7. AIR OUTLET MODE SELECTOR SWITCH
7. AIR OUTLET MODE SELECTOR SWITCH 8. DEFROST
8. DEFROST 9. LCD DISPLAY
9. LCD DISPLAY
a. Press Defroster Switch, the defroster indicator
a. Air outlet position is indicated by the arrow on will be displayed.
LCD display. b. Press Air O utlet Mod e sel ector Swi tch, and it
b. Press Air outl et Mo de Sw itch in the con dition returns to air outlet mode just before pressing
where auto display light is on, and the display defroster switch.
mode is fixed, “AUTO” indicator lamp on LCD c. Press Defroster Switch in the condition where
display goes out, and “AUTO” control of the air AUTO display is indicated, “AUTO” indicator
outlet opening is released. Press it again, and lamp on LCD display goes out and the auto
the level is change to: control of air outlet opening is released.
VENT BI-LEVEL FOOT FACE FRESH AND RECIRCULATE AIR SELECTOR
SWITCH AND DISPLAY

1 2
9
6 3

A: B:

DC04D551 Figure 53
DC04D550 Figure 55

1. FRESH AND RECIRCULATE AIR SELECTOR SWITCH

2. LCD DISPLAY

a. Suction (fresh air intake) mode is indicated on

LCD display.
b. Each time Fresh and Recirculate Air Selector
Switch is pressed, the mod e is switched to
either recirculate or fresh air intake.

3-37
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

55 (UP) 99 22 (UP)
66
33

77 4

8 11

55 (DOWN) B AA 22 (DOWN)
UYNX6401001J03 Figure 56
USING THE AIR CONDITIONER
1. Press the main power switch (1)
2. Press the fan speed select switch (2) and select HI airflow.
3. Press the temperature setting switch (5) and set to preferred temperature.
4. Press the air conditioner switch (3).
5. Press the internal and external air selector switch (6) and select Recirculation mode.
6. Press the air outlet mode selector switch (7) and select VENT MODE 2
7. When the operator’s compartment is cooled, adjust the temperature and fan speed as desired.
8. When t he au to c ontrol s witch ( 4) i s p ressed, the t emperature and the a ir ou tlet mo re wil l b e au tomatically
controlled.
9. DO NOT operate the air conditioner for long periods of time in MAX setting and LO air flow. This may cause the
evaporator to freeze. If this condition occurs, turn the air conditioner off, use the temperature setting switch and
set the temperature to high in the maximum airflow.

CLIMATE CONTROL FAULTS

If an problem occurs with the input circuit of the motor actuator drive line, the error can be displayed on the LCD
display monitor.

Detection of wiring disconnection of motor actuator

Location of error Display of failures

Air mixture “HL.E” is displayed on temperature indication

Air outlet mode Human figure display is flashing

Internal and external

Recirculation and fresh air selector display is flashing
air selector

UYNX6401005E03 Figure 57

3-38
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

EVAPORATOR AND INTAKE AIR SENSOR FAULTS

Detection of evaporator sensor and intake air sensor

Location of error Display of failures

Evaporator sensor “E” is indicated on first decimal place of temperature indication

“HL” is indicated on temperature indication

Intake air sensor “The figure from 0 to 9” is indicated on first decimal place of HL. 0 to HL. 9
temperature indication

UUYNX6401006E03 Figure 58
When the air conditioning in operating, press the internal and external air selector switch (6) and main power
switch (1) for one second or more simultaneously. the display of the monitor mode will start.

7 segments indication of Example :

only use for monitor Special use 7-segment for monitor
Sensor 7 segments 3-digits segment list
indication Second digit of segment
Intake 㪇 㪈 㪉 㪊 㪋 㪌 㪍 㪎 㪏 㪐 㪘 㪙 㪚 㪛 㪜 㪝
air sensor 0
Intake air sensor disconnection indication “0CH0”
Evaporator
sensor 1 㪇 Evaporator sensor disconnection indication “0CH1”
Solar Solar sensor short circuit indication “0CH2”
sensor 2 㪈
Example : 㪉
Error contents of indication Position of digit indication 㪊
Third digit of segment

Sensor Short circuit Disconnection Second digit : F

㪋
indication indication
Intake 㪇 㪇
㪌
air sensor 䌆䋶䌈 䋰䌃䌈 㪍 Each sensor is normal
Evaporator 㪈 㪈
㪎
䌆䋶䌈 䋰䌃䌈
sensor 㪏
Solar 㪐
sensor 㪇㪚㪟㪉 Third digit : F
㪘
Example: Example: 㪙
Short circuit of solar sensor At normal condition 㪚
㪛
㪜
Intake air sensor short circuit indication “F6H0”
㪝
Evaporator sensor short circuit indication “F6H1”

UYNX6401007E03 Figure 59
NOTE: Operate the air conditioner once a week during the off season for a few minutes.
Contact your authorized dealer at the beginning of the heating/cooling season for service.

3-39
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

HYDRAULIC FUNCTION CANCELLATION LEVER 12 Volt Power Supply

1
2

1
2

BS06H080 Figure 60

1. FUNCTION CANCELLATION LEVER IN

LOCKED (UP) POSITION
2. FUNCTION CANCELLATION LEVER IN
UNLOCK (DOWN) POSITION
BS06H105 Figure 61
A hydraulic function cancellation lever is provided on 1. 12V POWER SUPPLY
the left control console to avoid activation of any 2. COVER
unwanted hydraulic function. When the function
cancellation lever is pl aced in the unlock (down) The 12 Volt power supply is located beside the right
position, the alarm will sound intermittently for two (2) side switch panel.
second and the hydraulic system becomes active.
For use of common auto accessories such as a fan
Always, before leaving the cab, shut down the
or other accessories requiring 12 volt (DC) power.
engine, and place the function cancellation lever in
Pull cover away from 12 volt power supply and insert
the locked (up) position.
12 volt male socket into power supply. Replace cover
after use.
WARNING: Always place the hydraulic
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS OUTPUT - 180 Watt
cancellation lever in the locked (up) position
before leaving the cab. Never leave the CAUTION: Do not use the cigarette lighter as a
machine unattended with engine running. power supply source for 12 volt accessories. It is a
24 volt outlet. Plugging a 12 volt accessory into a 24
volt connector may result in shorting and/or fire.

3-40
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

FUSE BOX

BS06H104 Figure 62

1. FUSE BOX COVER

2. SCREWS
3. COVER

The fuse box is located behind the operator’s seat. It

contains all necessary fuses for the electrical circuits
of the machine. Should it become n ecessary to
inspect or change a fuse, remove the screws used to
install cover (1). Remove cover of the fuse box cover
by pressing the lock on the cover inward to unlock
and lift up. Should a fuse require replacement, use a
replacement fuse of the same type and amper age.
Turn key switch OFF and wait for all electrical power
to stop before removing or replacing a bad or blown
fuse. The fuse cover incorporates a fuse puller to
remove fuses. Refer to the Maintenance Section of
this manual for a detailed diagram and description of
fuse box.

3-41
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

OPERATING LEVERS AND CONTROLS

Left Hand Operator Control Lever (ISO Pattern) Right Hand Operator Control Lever (ISO Pattern)

DC04D562 Figure 63 DC04D563 Figure 64

CAUTION: Hydraulic controls are designed for and The Right Hand Operator Control Lever is located at
set to ISO operating pattern for optimum machine the top front of the RH operator console. Its purpose
performance and safety. Changing the control is to allow the operator to control operations of the
pattern will effect the performance of the machine. boom and bucket. Operating speed of function is
variable from stop to full stroke depending on how far
The Left Hand Operator Control Lever is located at
lever is operated. The right hand operator control has
the top front of the LH operator console. Its purpose
4 basic operational functions.
is to allow the operator to control operations of the
swing and ar m. Operating speed of function is • “FORWARD” - Variable Speed BOOM down.
variable from stop to full stroke depending on how far
• “BACKWARD” - Variable speed BOOM up.
lever is operated. The left hand operator control lever
has 4 basic operational functions. • “LEFT” - Variable speed BUCKET in (Digging).
• “FORWARD” - Variable speed ARM out. • “RIGHT” - Variable speed BUCKET out (Dump).
• “BACKWARD” - Variable speed ARM in. • “CENTER” - Neutral position.
• “LEFT” - Variable speed left SWING.
• “RIGHT” - Variable speed right SWING.
• “CENTER” - Neutral position.

3-42
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

NOTE: An optional Pattern Control Change Valve is

available. Contact your closest Kobelco Construction
representative for more information. If your
Excavator already has this valve installed follow the
following instructions (BHL Pattern) regarding its
operation.
1. Pattern Control Change (BHL Pattern)
A. To change the mac hine’s control pattern from
ISO (SAE) to Back Hoe Loader (BHL) pattern,
proceed as follows:
1. Place th e a ttachment on t he gr ound, th rottle
control in low idle, and turn the ignition key off.
1
BS06H456 Figure 66

1. PATTERN CHANGER VALVE

1
3. Open the ai r cleaner c ompartment door, locate
the pattern changer valve and change valve’s
handle position from ISO/SAE to BHL.

WARNING: Check machine’s control pattern

for conformance to pattern on decal-card in
cab. If pattern does not match decal-card on
cab door holder, flip decal-card on holder to
match the machine’s control pattern before
operating machine. Failure to do so could
DC04C344 Figure 65 result in injury.
1. HYDRAULIC FUNCTION CANCELLATION LEVER
IN LOCKED (UP) POSITION
WARNING: Whenever a change is made to
2. Place the hydraulic function cancellation lever in the machine’s control pattern, also exchange
the lock (UP) position before leaving the cab. the pattern decal card in the cab to match the
new pattern. See Figure 67 & Figure 68.

DC04D565 Figure 67

1. ISO/SAE PATTERN DECAL CARD

3-43
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Left Hand Operator Control Lever (BHL Pattern)

1

DC04D566 Figure 68

1. BHL PATTERN DECAL CARD

DC04D567 Figure 70
Slowly operate Left Hand control to make sure it
matches BHL pattern and to familiarize yourself with
the new control pattern.

Right Hand Control Lever (BHL Pattern)

1
DC04A001 Figure 69

1. HYDRAULIC PATTERN DECAL CARD

HOLDER

B. Make sure to place the BHL pattern decal card

in its respective holder, located below the cab
door h andle. Ma ke sure B HL pa tter n is
showing.

DC04D568 Figure 71
Slowly operate Right Hand control to make sure it
matches BHL pattern and to familiarize yourself with
the new control pattern.

3-44
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Left and Right Travel Levers & Pedals

3 4
2 5
1 6

BS06H089 Figure 72

1. LH FOOT REST
2. LH TRAVEL PEDAL
3. LH TRAVEL LEVER
4. RH TRAVEL LEVER
5. RH TRAVEL PEDAL
6. RH FOOT REST

The travel levers and pedals are located in front of

operator seat. They are used to move the left or right
track of the machine either forward or backward.
• “FORWARD” - V ariable s peed f orward tr ack
movement.
• “BACKWARD” - Variable sp eed r everse tr ack
movement.
• “CENTER” - Neutral position.

3-45
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

REAR VIEW CAMERA AND MONITOR

BLIND RANGE

S 12:15

116
VIEW ANGLE
OF CAMERA
(HORIZONTAL)

BLIND RANGE

2
2 11
11 34
85

VIEW ANGLE
OF CAMERA 2
(VIRTICAL)
TICAL)
1224.5

L1
L2

BLIND RANGE
ULCX3402029E01 Figure 74

ULCX3402028E01 Figure 73 The rear view camera appears upon start up on the
1. GAUGE CLUSTER (MONITOR)
LCD monitor screen (1). Press the screen change
2. POWER SUPPLY sw i t c h ( 2 ) t o c h a n g e t h e s c r e e n t o t h e f u e l
3. REAR VIEW CAMERA consumption graph. See co mplete moni tor
information in this section.
The rear view back-up camera reduces vehicle blind
spots during reversing and swing operations. It
assists oper ators b y of fer ing a vie w of ot her
equipment, obstacles, and/or personnel in the work
area. Be aware that there are remaining blind spots
that are not visible to the operator. Use care if you
are operating in thes e blind areas. Refer to the
camera manufacturers in structions for correct
operation of the camera monitor.
The camera eye is mounted at the rear of the
machine and has built in moisture resistance for
construction operations.

BLIND RANGE UNIT: mm

Model L1 L2
SK350 254‘ 646

3-46
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

ACCESSORIES
TOOL BOX GREASE GUN HOLDER
The tool box is located on the right front of the
machine. Use the tool box for tool and acc essory
storage. The lock (1) on the cover can be opened
and/or locked with the ignition key. Use the str ut to
hold the box lid open.

UYN00020101J01 Figure 75
The grease gun holder is located on the inside cover
on the left rear side of the machine.

3-47
 CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

3-48
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER 4
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS

BEFORE OPERATING THE MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

OPERATING THE MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
STARTING AND STOPPING MACHINE ENGINE WITH TEMPERATURE ABOVE 0°C (32°F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Starting Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Stopping Engine - Normal Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
STARTING AND STOPPING MACHINE ENGINE WITH TEMPERATURE BELOW 0°C (32°F) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Starting Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Stopping Engine - Normal Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
STARTING MACHINE ENGINE WITH BOOSTER CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Connecting Booster Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Starting Boosting Machine Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Starting Disabled Machine Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Disconnecting Booster Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
MACHINE WARM UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Auto Warm Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Warming Up of Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Warming of Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Warming Up Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Manual Warm Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Warming Up of Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
CONTROL DECAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Operating Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Operating Pattern Decal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
BASIC OPERATION OF HYDRAULIC CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
function cancellation Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Unlocked Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Locked Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Work Mode Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Work Mode selection Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Machine Travel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Travel Speed Select Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Travel Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Machine Attachment and Swing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Using Power Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Using Auto Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Auto Accel Operation and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
PRACTICES TO IMPROVE EFFICIENCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Use Arm in Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Operate Boom Smoothly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Bucket Teeth Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Maximum Digging Force position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Cleaning Sand & Soil from Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Stop Swing Motion Early . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Back Filling and Leveling with Front Attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Operating the Shovel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
MACHINE OPERATION IN ADVERSE WEATHER CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Operation in Extreme Cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Operation in Extreme Heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Operation in High Altitudes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22

4-1
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Operation in Sandy and Dusty Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22

Operation at Seashore or Salty Climate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22
Operation in Humid Climate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-23
RECOMMENDATION FOR LONGER UNDERCARRIAGE LIFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
BUCKET SELECTION GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
USE OF OPTIONAL ATTACHMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Hydraulic Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25
Selection of the Hydraulic Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25
Before Operating the Hydraulic Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25
Hydraulic Oil Level Check and Contamination Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25
Switching selector valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27
Setting Stop Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28
Basic Machine Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28
CONTROL PEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29
Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30
Getting the Most Out of Your Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32
Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35
TRANSPORTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Ground Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37
Machine Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37
Loading the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37
Securing Machine to Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39
Lifting Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39
Lifting Machine With Attachment Installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39
Lifting Machine Without Attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41
MACHINE STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Prepare Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42
Care During Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42
Removing Machine from Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42

4-2
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

BEFORE OPERATING THE MACHINE

16. Before und ertaking a ny t ravel or w orking
WARNING: Do not attempt to operate this operations during hours of darkness, make sure
machine unless you have first read and the lighting and s ignaling equipment is fully
perfectly understood the safety messages operative.
and instructions appearing in this manual.
CE-NA000

Before operating this machine, be sure to do the

following:
1. Check the level of al l fluids (engine oil, hydraulic
fluid, and coolant) and make sure that the fluids
and lub r i ca nts ar e s uita bl e for pr evai lin g
conditions. See Chapter 6.
2. Carry out the daily maintenance operations.
3. Inspect t he m achine, l ook f or an y s igns o f
possible leakage and check the hoses. Tighten
or replace as necessary. See Chapter 6.
4. See Run-in period if the machine is new or if the
engine has been reconditioned.
5. Check the track assemblies.
6. Clean the steps and access handles. Grease, oil,
mud or ice (in winter) on the steps and access
handles can causes accidents. Make sure they
are kept clean at all times.
7. Clean or r eplace any de cals w hich a re i llegible.
See Decals in Chapter 2.
8. Make s ure t hat the engine ho od and the s ide
doors are properly closed and latched.
9. Secure the cab door in either fully closed or fully
opened position.
10. Remove any ob structions wh ich hi nder v isibility.
Clean the windshield, the windows and the rear
view mirrors.
11. Check that no tools or other items have been left
on the machine (be it on the undercarriage or the
upperstructure) or in t he operator's
compartment.
12. Make sure no one i s on or un der the m achine.
The operator must be alone on the machine.
13. Make su re nobody is s tanding in the ma chine
working area.
14. Find out about current safety measures in use on
the work site.
15. Work out a convenient means of escape from the
machine (emergency exit via the windshield, the
rear window glass) in the event of the cab door
being jammed or the machine turning over.

4-3
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

OPERATING THE MACHINE

14. In some configurations, the working range of th e
WARNING: Check all controls and safety attachment allows the too l to interfere with the
devices in a safe, open area before starting machine. Al ways maintain a safe min imum
work. distance between the tool and the machine.
CE-NA000
15. Never use th e a ttachment f or s weeping th e
When operating the machine, be sure to do the ground to level out r ubble or push objects
following: (transversal stress on the attachment).
1. When s tarting the eng ine, be s ure to us e th e 16. Avoid running the engine in a co nfined space. If
correct procedure for the prevailing weather there is no alternative, proper ventilation must be
conditions. See Star ting The Engine in this provided at all times.
chapter.
17. Dust, s moke or mist ca n r educe visibility an d
2. Regularly c onsult the hou rmeter to en sure tha t cause an accident. Reduce speed or come to a
all s er vicing operations ar e car ried out complete stop until visibility has improved.
punctually. See Chapter 5.
18. In th e e vent of an op eration pr oblem or f ailure,
3. If y ou u se y our machine in pa rticularly harsh
move the m achine to a safe place, lower the
conditions (dusty or corrosive atmosphere), the
attachment to the ground, shut down the engine
ser vicing int er vals should be r educed
and remove the starter switch key. Locate the
accordingly.
problem, report it if neces sary and take the
4. Take note of the lo cations of pipes/cables before necessary steps to warn others not to attempt to
starting work. operate the machine.
5. Do not work near overhead high-voltage electric 19. Do n ot s top t he en gine wi thout tak ing pr evailing
lines without checking beforehand that all weather conditions int o consideration. See
necessary measures have been taken to respect Stopping the engine.
the safest distances: See the decal on this
20. See Parking the machine when you have to park
machine for safe working distances.
the machine.
6. When working on a public highway, use standard
21. Whenever lo ad h andling o perations a re to b e
traffic signs and take into consideration the
carried out, it is imperative to adhere strictly to
working range of the u pperstructure and its
the instructions given in this manual and local
attachments. Local regulations stipulate the
legislation. See Load handling.
number, type and location of reflector strips.
22. When t ravelling w ith t he hydraulic br eaker
7. Never o perate t he working or t ravel controls
(optional), make sure it is not too close and not
unless you are properly seated in the operator's
pointing in the direction of the cab.
seat with the seat belt correctly fastened.
8. Modify your dr iving to suit the type of wor k an d
working conditions. See Operating instructions in
the Job Site Operation section.
9. Do no t allow an yone within th e mac hine's
operating r adius. S top all o perations until
everyone has moved away.
10. Operate al l c ontrols gradually to en sure sm ooth
machine operation.
11. See Operating i n w ater i f t he machine will be
standing in water during use.
12. See T ransporting The Machine in thi s c hapter
when driving the machine onto a trailer.
13. See Lifting P rocedures for T he M achine in th is
chapter when it is necessary to lift the machine.

4-4
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

STARTING AND STOPPING MACHINE ENGINE WITH TEMPERATURE ABOVE 0°C (32°F)
STARTING ENGINE STOPPING ENGINE - NORMAL CONDITIONS
1. Move throttle control to “LO” position.
2. Insert k ey into key s witch a nd tu rn to the “ON”
position.
3. Sound hor n to w arn personnel that the machine
is being started.
4. Turn key to th e “START” position and release as
soon as engine star ts. Key will automatically
return to the “ON” position.

CAUTION: Release Key after 20 seconds of cranking

if engine does not start.
Wait at least 2 minutes before attempting to start
engine again to allow starter motor to cool. DC04B674 Figure 1
1. Move machine to a firm, level area and place the
NOTE: If engine fails to start after 3 attempts, attachment in the hydraulic oil check position.
inspect fuel system and correct any problem found.
2. Move t hrottle to “ LO” pos ition. A llow e ngine t o
When cranking engine, the absence of “blue” or idle for 5 minutes.
“white” smoke from the exhaust indicates no fuel is
reaching the engine cylinders. 3. Turn Key Switch to “OFF” position.

4-5
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

STARTING AND STOPPING MACHINE ENGINE WITH TEMPERATURE BELOW 0°C (32°F)
STARTING ENGINE STOPPING ENGINE - NORMAL CONDITIONS
1. Move throttle control to “LO” position.
2. Turn th e k ey switch to “ ON” and pr eheat f or 2 0
seconds to make star t-up easier. The E/G
Preheat Icon will display.
3. Sound hor n to w arn personnel that the machine
is being started.
4. Turn key to th e “START” position and release as
soon as engine star ts. Key will automatically
return to the “ON” position.
CAUTION: Release Key after 20 seconds of cranking
if engine does not start.
Wait at least 2 minutes before attempting to start DC04B674 Figure 2
engine again to allow starter motor to cool.
1. Move machine to a firm, level area and place the
NOTE: attachment in the hydraulic oil check position.
• After starting the engine, use the auto warm up 2. Move throttle control t o “ LO” p osition. A llow
system described in Machine Warm Up in this engine to idle for 5 minutes.
chapter, and warm the engine and hydraulic oil.
3. Turn key switch to “OFF” position.
• If engine fails to start after 3 attempts, inspect fuel
system and correct any problem found.
• When cranking engine, the absence of “blue” or
“white” smoke from the exhaust indicates no fuel is
reaching the engine cylinders.

4-6
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

STARTING MACHINE ENGINE WITH BOOSTER CABLE

CONNECTING BOOSTER CABLE
1. POSITIVE (+) BATTERY CABLE
2. NEGATIVE (-) BATTERY CABLE
WARNING: Improper booster cable
connections can cause an explosion resulting
in personal injury.
Always follow the correct procedures in WARNING: The negative (-) cable, when
connecting and disconnecting the booster connected to the upper frame of disabled
cables. machine, may arc causing sparks. Sparks
coming in contact with batteries could trigger
1. Move vehicle or machine to be used for boosting an explosion. Never connect negative (-)
as close to th e batte r y b ox of the di sabled terminal of disabled battery.
machine as possible.

CAUTION: Do not allow the vehicle or machine used 3

for boosting to touch metal to metal with the disabled 2 1
machine. This could short circuit electrical systems
and cause extensive damage to the CPU and other
components.

CAUTION: Use only vehicles or machines with 24V

DC electrical system to boost starting this machine.
4
2. Make certain key switch of old disabled machine
is in the “OFF” position before proceeding with 1 2 3 4
booster cable connection.
DC04D588 Figure 4
WARNING: Wear hard hat, approved safety 1. POSITIVE (+) TERMINAL OF DISABLED MACHINE
glasses or face shield, gloves and other 2. POSITIVE (+) TERMINAL OF BATTERY BEING USED
safety equipment when working with FOR BOOSTING
batteries. 3. NEGATIVE (-) TERMINAL OF BATTERY BEING USED
FOR BOOSTING
4. UPPER FRAME OF DISABLED MACHINE
WARNING: AVOID ACID BURNS
Battery electrolyte is an acid and can cause 3. Locate and connect one end of the booster cable
injury or blindness if it contacts with skin or to the positive (+) terminal on the battery of the
eyes. disabled machine.
Wear eye protection and protective clothing
4. Connect ot her en d of pos itive bo oster c able t o
when handling or servicing batteries.
positive (+) terminal of battery being used for
If electrolyte contacts skin or eyes, flush boosting.
affected areas immediately with clean water
and seek medical attention. 5. Locate and connect second cable to the negative
(- ) ter mi nal o f the batter y being used f or
boosting.
6. Connect ot her en d o f neg ative ( -) c able to th e
upper frame of d isabled machine as far away
2 from battery as possible.

STARTING BOOSTING MACHINE ENGINE

1. Start engine boosting machine in normal manner
according to climate conditions.
2. Allow 5 minutes or more to provide partial charge
to the discharged batteries.
1

DC04A035 Figure 3
4-7
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

STARTING DISABLED MACHINE ENGINE

1. Start engine of di sabled mac hine in normal
manner according to climate conditions.

DISCONNECTING BOOSTER CABLES

3
2 1

4 3 2 1
DC04D588 Figure 5

1. POSITIVE (+) TERMINAL OF DISABLED MACHINE

2. POSITIVE (+) TERMINAL OF BATTERY USED FOR
BOOSTING
3. NEGATIVE (-) TERMINAL OF BATTERY USED FOR
BOOSTING
4. UPPER FRAME OF DISABLED MACHINE

After disabled machine engine is running, follow

these steps to disconnect the cables.
1. Disconnect the n egative ( -) c able fr om d isabled
machine upper frame.
2. Disconnect negative ( -) c able fr om battery used
for boosting.
3. Disconnect po sitive ( +) cable f rom ba ttery us ed
for boosting.
4. Disconnect po sitive (+) c able fr om terminal o f
disabled machine.

CAUTION:
When using booster cables remember:
1. Connect positive (+) cable first.
2. Disconnect negative (-) cable first from frame of
disabled machine.

4-8
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

MACHINE WARM UP
AUTO WARM UP CAUTION: While operating the machine with cold
NOTE: The Auto Warm Up System will not activate if hydraulic oil, the Operator may experience slow or
the Ambient temperature is above 10°C (50°F). unexpected movement of functions.
Damage to the hydraulic components may result due
1. Warming Up of Engine to the cold oil not providing adequate lubrication.
The “WARMING UP” is displayed on the multi
display after operating the engine for 3 minutes CAUTION: Auto warm up should be utilized anytime
at auto accel speed (1050 rpm). When the accel machine is started in climate temperatures below
dial set value is the value for deceleration or 10°C (50°F) to stabilize machine control response.
lower, the engine speed returns to the speed set Cold oil can cause erratic machine operation.
by the accel dial (throttle potentiometer).
MANUAL WARM UP
2. Warming of Hydraulic Oil
1. Warming Up of Engine
The warm up of hydraulic oil is performed as
follows: a. Allow the engine to run for 5 minutes under no
load conditions with Throttle Control at “LO”
• Operation of pump max. flow rate at the engine
idle position.
speed 1050 rpm for 3 minutes.
• Pump max. flow rate with control valve closed b. During w arm up, vi sually and aud ibly i nspect
at the engine speed 1600 rpm for 5 minutes. engine for abnor mal conditions such a s
• Pump m ax. flow r ate w ith c ontrol v alve f ully unusual exhaust color, excessive vibrations
open a t t he engine s peed 1 600 r pm f or 5 and excessive or unusual noises.
minutes.
c. Should problem areas be noti ced, sto p
• Pump m ax. fl ow r ate at the eng ine au to a ccel
engine, l ocate and r epair problem areas
speed (1050 rpm) for 10 minutes.
before restating or operating the machine.
“WARMING UP” is displayed on the multi-display
during warming up operation.
3. Warming Up Complete
After an elapsed time of about 26 minutes of
warming of hydraulic oil, or when the hydraulic oil
temperature switch turns OFF, the warming up
indication “WARMING UP” on the multi-display
disappears and concurrently buzzer sounds for 5
seconds. Turn the auto warm up switch OFF.
NOTE:
1. If a pilot control lever is activated while the warm
up system is active, the war m up is
disconnected. The warm up system will restart
after 10 seconds of neutral condition in the pilot
control system.
2. If the auto warm up switch is pressed to the OFF
position, the warm up system is disconnected.
3. In climate below -18°C (0°F) it may be necessary
to use a coolant heater, fuel heater, engine
heater jacket, and/or additional battery power to
aid in starting the engine.

4-9
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Warming of Hydraulic Oil

DC04D595 Figure 6
CAUTION: Check clearance between bucket and
cab before operation. Slowly cycle bucket, check for DC04D474 Figure 8
interference with arm and cab, particularly if a lifting d. Operate the Boom and Ar m c ontrols for 5 to
eye is welded on bucket bottom. Exercise care when 10 minutes each.
operating the bucket near the cab.
CAUTION: While operating the machine with cold
a. Move Throttle Control to “HI” idle position.
hydraulic oil, the operator may experience slow or
unexpected movement of functions.
Damage to the hydraulic components may result due
to the cold oil not providing adequate lubrication.

CAUTION: Auto Warm Up should be utilized anytime

machine is started in climate temperature below
10°C (50°F) to stabilize machine control response.
Cold oil can cause erratic machine operation.

DC04D473 Figure 7
b. Perform b ucket di g ope ration and hold over
relief for 10 t o 15 seconds, then operate
bucket dump and hold over relief for 10 to 15
seconds. Repeat the operations for 5 to 1 0
minutes.

c. Move Throttle Control to Mid position.

4-10
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

CONTROL DECAL
OPERATING PATTERN
WARNING: Check and make sure that
The operating and travel controls of this machine are
operation’s pattern control matches the decal
factory set at ISO standard operating patterns for
provided inside the right side window.
optimum performance of the machine and its system.
WARNING: If your machine is equipped with
OPERATING PATTERN DECAL
the operational pattern control changer,
Figure below is a representation of the “CONTROLS” make sure to remove the standard operation
decal located inside the right side window of the pattern control decal inside the right side
operator cab. Study this decal and understand the window and use the decal supplied with the
directions each contr ol can be operated and the optional pattern control changer. This decal
functions a s sociated w ith ea c h mo vement of should be placed inside the door, below the
particular control. Detailed instructions for each handle. See Pattern Control Change (BHL
control and its functions ar e explained on the pattern) in chapter 3 page 3-37 for detail
following pages of this Chapter. Should this decal information on how to operate the pattern
become damage or missing, install a new decal. control changer.

BS06H096 Figure 9

4-11
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

BASIC OPERATION OF HYDRAULIC CONTROLS

The following instructions are aimed at providing an Before any Hy draulic O peration is pos sible th e
operator with the basi c function of each hydraulic Function Cancellation lever must be placed in the
control. Use of this instructions, and practice with a “UNLOCKED” (down) position. Placing the Function
machine, will allow a given operator to become more Cancellation Lever in the “UNLOCKED” (down)
efficient in the operation of this equipment. position also positions the LH Operator’s Console in
its operating and lock position.
2. Locked Position
Before leaving the operator cab, place the Function
Cancellation Lever in the “LOCKED” (up) position by
pulling lever up. With Function Cancellation Lever in
the “LOCKED” (up) position, no hydraulic operation is
possible and this allows easy access in and out of
the operator seat.

WARNING: Always place the Function

Cancellation Lever in the Locked (up)
position before leaving cab to prevent any
1
operation of hydraulic controls.
DC04D475 Figure 10

1. TRAVEL MOTOR WARNING: Failure to place Function

Cancellation Lever in “Locked” (up) position
WARNING: Normal positioning of the could result in serious injury or death as well
machine for the purpose of determining as serious damage to the machine and its
Front, Rear, Forward, Reverse are with the components.
travel motors located behind the operator’s Figure 12
cab. START UP

WARNING: Always know the location of

travel motors before operating any hydraulic 11 S 12:15 22
controls.

FUNCTION CANCELLATION LEVER

1. Unlocked Position

ULCX3403011B01 Figure 13
When starting the machine, check all gauges and
display to make certain all sy stems are operating
p r o p e r l y. C h e c k f o r a n y w a r n i n g s , c o r r e c t
temperature, (1) and fuel level (2).
BS06H080 Figure 11

1. UNLOCKED POSITION
2. LOCKED POSITION

4-12
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

WORK MODE SWITCH Press the work mode selector switch (1), and modes
S, E, and H can be selected.
NOTE: By default, all Kobelco standard excavators
S 12:15
start in “S” mode; and all excavators equipped with
long reach attachment start in “S” mode also.
NOTE: When using “S” (standard) mode:
The monitor display will show the operation control
pattern after approximately 5 seconds of repetitive
motion of the joystIck control levers.
11 During fine control operations, use the throttle
potentiometer as needed, for better control of the
attachment.
Select the effective work mode according to the work
condition and working target from the table shown
below.
ULCX3403014B01 Figure 14

WORK MODE SELECTION TABLE

Control Mode Distinction Remarks

S • This m ode s uitable for st andard dig ging,
Standard leveling, s preading, sl ope finishing, tam ping,
S 12:15
Digging etc. S aves fuel co nsumption in ba lance to the
Ditch digging work load.
Trench box digging

E • While th e hydraulic po wer o utput is equ ivalent

S 12:15
to the load work, this mode allows the operator
Economy
to be m ore e fficient i n s tandard r epetitive
Leveling
Slope finishing
applications. Noi se and fuel co nsumption ar e
reduced considerably.

H • This mode is s uitable f or c arrying o ut heavy

load work and giving priority to the work load at
H 12:15 Heavy high speed.
Heavy duty,
high speed

When an att achment, li ke br eaker, et c., is r equired,

B will appear in lower the max. flow rate is adjustable. All other modes get
B (Breaker option) Mode
left corner of LCD. full flow regardless of the flow setting for Breaker
Mode.
A will appear in lower When th e nibbl er a ttachment ( crusher) i s used f or
A (Nibbler option) Mode left corner of LCD. demolition work.

4-13
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

MACHINE TRAVEL CONTROLS TRAVEL SPEED SELECT SWITCH

This machine incorporates several Travel Controls for
the convenience of the operator. Each track can be
operated independently to tu rn th e machine or S 12:15
simultaneously counter rotate the machine or to
travel straight.

Operating Both Travel Levers Together

With the travel motors positioned behind the cab:
1

ULCX3403017B01 Figure 17
a. For fast travel speed, depress and release the
travel speed s elect switc h once befor e
operating the travel controls. This puts the
travel motors in second speed and the rabbit
DC04D477 Figure 15 icon will appear on the gauge cluster.
a. Push both t ravel le vers o r press t he pedals
toward front of machine and machine will b. To return to “SLOW” travel speed, stop travel
travel “FORWARD”. and depress and release travel speed select
switch once. The turtle icon will appear on the
gauge cluster.
CAUTION: Use “FAST” travel speed on firm, level
surfaces only. Do not travel continuously for more
than two hours. Stop for a period of 10 minutes at low
idle speed before resuming travel.

Turning Machine

DC04D478 Figure 16
b. Pull both tr avel l evers or pr ess the p edals
toward operator seat and machine will travel
“REVERSE”.
c. Return b oth travel l evers t o “ NEUTRAL”
(center) po sition and ma chine wi ll s top
travelling. Parking brakes are automatically
applied when travel levers are in neutr al
position. DC04D479 Figure 18

NOTE: The distance travel levers are pushed or a. Push the le ft tr avel lever to ward fr ont of
pulled determines travel speed of the machine. machine to tu rn machine to th e RIGHT in
forward motion.
EXAMPLE:
Travel levers are pulled or pushed to full stroke -
machine will travel at top speed.
Travel levers are pulled or pushed to mid position -
machine will travel at 1/2 speed.

4-14
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Counter Rotating Machine

DC04D480 Figure 19
b. Pull the lef t travel l ever bac k toward oper ator DC04D483 Figure 22
seat to turn machine to the LEFT in reverse a. Pull le ft tr avel l ever BACK an d pu sh r ight
motion. travel l ever FORWARD to counter rotate
machine to the LEFT.

DC04D481 Figure 20
c. Push the r ight tr avel lever to ward f ront o f DC04D484 Figure 23
machine to tur n machine to the LEFT in b. Pull r ight tr avel l ever BACK an d pu sh le ft
forward motion. travel l ever FORWARD to counter rotate
machine to the RIGHT.
NOTE: All functions explained with use of travel
levers can also be performed using the travel pedals.
CAUTION:
A. Depending on the shoe type and ground
conditions, this machine has a maximum
climbing ability of 35° (70% grade) max.,
limited by engine lubrication.
B. When approaching or descending a slope,
operate the travel slowly.
C. For braking, slowly return travel levers or
DC04D482 Figure 21 pedals to the neutral (center) position. Brakes
d. Pull r ight tr avel lever toward o perator se at t o are engaged automatically.
turn machine to the RIGHT in reverse motion
D. The travel operation for 2 hours or more may
cause the failure of the travel motors due to
the rise of the operating temperature. Don’t
travel continuously for more than 2 hours.
S t o p for 1 0 m i nu t e s a t l ow i d l e be for e
resuming travel.

4-15
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

E. In extremely cold conditions, below -20°C NOTE: If the machine is operated while the swing
(-4°F), the travel lever or pedal action may be bearing is submerged in water, then the swing
“heavier” than normal. This is due to the bearing, swing pinion, and the swivel joint may wear
viscosity of the hydraulic oil in frigid climates. out prematurely. Immediately replacement of grease
in grease bath and flushing of the swing bearing is
3. Travel Safety
required. See Maintenance Section.
a. Make c ertain th e travel m otor location is
known before performing any travel operation. MACHINE ATTACHMENT AND SWING
b. Travel on fir m, level su rfaces as much as The following operation instruction are to be used
possible. with hoe bucket attachment only. If other attachment
c. When tr aveling on rough ter rain, tr avel in are being used, consult the operators manual for the
SLOW speed with engine at a low idle. particular attachment.
d. Travel with the travel motors in the back of the WARNING: Read, understand and follow all
machine for long distance travel. safety precautions during all operations of
e. When traveling or operating machine on snow this machine and its attachment.
or icy surfaces, clean track shoes frequently to
prevent clogging. Boom Operation
f. Keep a s afe di stance fr om stationary ob jects Operation of the Boom is performed by pushing and
and electrical power lines. p u l l i n g t h e Ri g h t C o n tr o l L eve r fo r war d a n d
g. Be a ware of l oad ca pacities of b ridges an d backward. Boom speed is determined by how far the
road shoulders. Reinforce if necessary. lever is activated.
h. Use de cking o r p lating to p rotect r oad
surfaces as much as poss ible. Be c areful
when turning or counter rotating machine on
asphalt pavement.
i. Do n ot allow l arge or heavy o bjects t o strike
travel motors.
j. Do n ot tr avel over l arge obj ects su ch as
boulders, rock, etc.
k. On soft ground or mud t he machine can sink.
Stay c onstantly aware of u ndercarr iage
position.

DC04D485 Figure 25
Operating the Machine in Water
a. Pulling right control lever BACK raises boom.

DC03N003 Figure 24
If necessary to travel or operate machine in a river or
DC04D486 Figure 26
other water, the bed must be firm and water current
slow. Water must not be deeper than 800 mm (2’ 7”). b. Pushing right control lever FORWARD lowers
boom.
DO NOT operate this machine in water or liquid
c. Returning r ight c ontrol lever to the ne utral
which contains corrosive or abrasive materials in
(center) position stops operation of the boom.
solution, suspension, or mixture.

4-16
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Arm Operation CAUTION: Check clearance between bucket and

cab before operation. Slowly cycle bucket, check for
Operation of the Arm is performed by pushing or
interference with arm and cab, particularly if a lifting
pulling the Left Control Lever forward and backward.
eye is welded on bucket bottom. Exercise care when
Arm speed is determined by how far the lever is
operating the bucket near the cab.
activated.
Operation of the Bucket is performed by moving the
Right Control Lever to the right or left.

DC04D487 Figure 27
a. Pushing th e left c ontrol lever F ORWARD
moves the arm out. DC04D489 Figure 30
a. Moving the right co ntrol lever t o t he LE FT
operates the bucket in (digging).

DC04D488 Figure 28
b. Pulling the left control lever BACK brings arm
in. DC04D490 Figure 31

F. Returning the le ft c ontrol lever to t he Ne utral b. Moving the r ight co ntrol lever to the RIG HT
(center) position, stops operation of the arm. operates the bucket out (dumping).
c. Returning th e r ight control lever to Ne utral
Bucket Operation (center) position, stops ope ration of th e
bucket.

BS06H081 Figure 29

4-17
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Swing Operation USING POWER BOOST

Swing operation is performed by moving the Left The power boost switch is located on top of the right
Control Lever to the right and left. Swing speed is operator control. It is a momentary switch which is
determined by the amount the lever is moved. activated by depressing with the thumb. This system
is designed for use during bucket digging operations
WARNING: Make certain area is clear of when extra “Break-Out” power is required to allow the
obstacles and persons before beginning bucket to break through a dig.
swing operation of the machine. Sound horn
before beginning swing operation.
NOTE: Use swing flashers during swing operations.

DC04D493 Figure 34

1. POWER BOOST SWITCH

DC04D491 Figure 32
Operate the bucket in digging control. While bucket is
digging, depress the power boost switch with right
a. Moving the left control lever to the LEFT swing
thumb. This will increase bucket digging power by
machine to the left.
approximately 10%.
NOTE: If the power boost switch is left depressed
while performing other hydraulic operations, the
operator will experience slower operation of the
hydraulic functions. While power boost switch is
depressed, the power boost icon will be displayed on
the gauge cluster Display.

DC04D492 Figure 33
b. Moving the lef t c ontrol le ver to the RIG HT
swings the machine to the right.
c. Returning control to the Neu tral ( center)
position stops swing.

4-18
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

USING AUTO ACCELERATION

BS06H064 Figure 35

1. THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER

The throttle potentiometer is located on the right side

operator console, and it is used to control the engine
RPM. When the throttle potentiometer is rotated to
any position, it increases or decreases engine RPM
to maintain the engine speed for that par ticular
position.
With the attachment, swing, travel control lever or
control pedal operation, the engine speed returns to
the accel dial set position gradually according to the
respective operating pilot valve movement. Thus,
m a k i n g t h e o p e r a t i o n e a s i e r, l o w e r i n g f u e l
consumption, and reducing noise level.
AUTO ACCEL OPERATION AND CONTROL
a. In operation, when the pilot pressure from the
hand and pedal control levers does not act for
4 s econds, if th e p osition of the th rottle
potentiometer is higher than 1050 rpm, the
auto accel actuates automatically and the
engine speed returns to 1050 rpm.

b. When the t hrottle potentiometer i s p ositioned

lower than the auto accel speed, the engine
speed is main tained t o t he throttle
potentiometer position.

4-19
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

PRACTICES TO IMPROVE EFFICIENCY

USE ARM IN ACTION Always point bucket teeth in the dir ection the
machine will be digging to reduce digging resistance
and the possibility of bucket teeth damage.

MAXIMUM DIGGING FORCE POSITION

DC04E074 Figure 36
Operate the bucket at shallow depths and use the
arm in action to fill the bucket. Setting the bucket too
deep will decrease the machine ‘s efficiency.

OPERATE BOOM SMOOTHLY DC04E077 Figure 39

The attachment will provide maximum digging force
when the arm and boom are at 90° ~ 110° of each
other.

CLEANING SAND & SOIL FROM BUCKET

DC04E075 Figure 37
Always begin and end boom operation slowly with
smooth careful movement of the control lever. Do not
perform sudden starts and stops of the boom as this
creates unnecessary stress on the machine and its
components. DC04E078 Figure 40
Operate arm to a near level position and bring the
BUCKET TEETH DIRECTION bucket to a dumping position. If sand and soil do not
fall out, move the bucket lever right and left a f ew
times.
CAUTION: Avoid shaking out soil using the stops at
the end of the bucket cylinder stroke.

DC04E076 Figure 38

4-20
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

STOP SWING MOTION EARLY OPERATING THE SHOVEL

DC04E079 Figure 41 DC04E081 Figure 43

To stop swing action, release the swing lever before Digging with the shovel differs slightly from digging
you get to your final point of digging or dumping. with backhoe.
1. Using the arm cylinder, scrape the ground.
BACK FILLING AND LEVELING WITH FRONT
ATTACHMENT 2. Scrape the ground at 2° ~ 3° to improve draining
in areas near the groundwater level.
3. Be careful not to b ump the r eversed bucket int o
the cab.
4. The excavating po wer du ring s hovel op erations
is less than that during backhoe operations.
5. If ma chine bucket is equi pped wi th a li fting eye,
check to ma ke sure that the eye will clear arm
with bucket cylinder in full extended (full dump)
position.

DC04E080 Figure 42
For back filling and leveling work after digging, move
the bucket back and forth horizontally.
NOTE: Do not push or pull material with the bucket
like a bulldozer when using the machine to level
material.
1. In leveling ground t oward m achine, p ull th e a rm
gently, lift the boom a little and when the arm has
passed the vertical point, lower the boom gently
and m anipulate the machine s o the b ucket
moves horizontally.
2. For leveling ground away from machine, reverse
operation in step 1 above.
3. In the a bove op eration, b ucket mo tion may be
used together with the boom and arm for a slope
facing operation.
4. Never tr avel wit h fr ont atta chment touc hing th e
ground. Severe structural damage could occur.

4-21
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

MACHINE OPERATION IN ADVERSE WEATHER CONDITIONS

OPERATION IN EXTREME COLD 4. Make c ertain th at th e en gine c oolant mi xture is
1. Follow pr ocedures at th e be ginning of th is sufficient to keep the machine safe.
Chapter as starting engine may be difficult due to 5. If the machine becomes o verheated, id le the
extremely cold temperature. machine to help cool the engine, turn engine
2. Use an en gine oi l, hydraulic oil , and Diesel fuel “OFF” and check coolant level. If after filling to
designed for use in cold climates. See proper level the machine continues to overheat,
Maintenance Section for reference. Also keep stop engine, allow to cool, drain and flush entire
batteries fully charged. cooling system and refill with the proper mixture
of fresh, clean coolant.
3. Make ce rtain to pe rform M achine W arm-Up
procedures as described at the beginning of this WARNING: Do not drain the cooling system
Chapter to prevent premature wear or damage to when the engine is hot. Allow time to cool all
pumps, motors, and other components. engine parts.
NOTE: In extremely frigid climates, covering the 6. Check the b attery electrolyte ( acid) l evel
radiator is a method to aid the machine warm-up. If frequently and fill as neces sary with distil led
necessary to maintain operating temperature, cover water.
the outer edges of the radiator, leaving an opening in
the center part of the cover thus avoiding fan 7. Keep a cl ose w atch on the Cluster g auge f or
overloading. Keep a close watch on the Cluster w a r n i n g i c o n s d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n . Av o i d
gauge for warning icons during operation. It may be unnecessary low speed running of the engine
necessary to use a coolant heater, fuel heater, during operation.
engine heater jacket, and/or additional battery power
to aid engine starting. OPERATION IN HIGH ALTITUDES
1. Due to lo w atm ospheric pr essure at hig h
4. Make ce rtain th at th e en gine c oolant mix ture is
altitudes, a decrease in engine power will be
sufficient to keep the machine safe. Take into
experienced. Be aware of this fact when placing
consideration wind chill factors when mixing
machine un der he avy lo ad i n hi gh al titudes
coolant ratios.
climates.
NOTE: Mix coolant to a protection temperature of
2. Keep cl ose w atch on the engine tem perature
5°C (9°F) lower than the machine experience during
gauge to avoid overheating of the engine.
operation, storage or transport.
5. Keep battery ter minals free of i ce and snow. Ice OPERATION IN SANDY AND DUSTY AREAS
and snow could cause the ter minals to short 1. Check the engine air cleaner elements frequently
circuit and cau se extensive damage to the in sandy or dusty conditions.
machine system. Check the battery electrolyte
(acid) level frequently and fill as necessary with 2. When ai r c leaner r estriction lamp is displayed.
distilled water. If the machine will be left outside change filters immediately regardless of time
overnight, it is recommended to r emove the intervals.
batteries and store in a warm area. 3. Service fuel filter, water separator, engine oil and
filters, and all hydraulic filters frequently.
OPERATION IN EXTREME HEAT
4. Keep c lean t he r adiator, oi l c ooler, i nter-cooler,
1. Use an engine oil, hydraulic oil and fuel designed and air condition condenser.
for use in hot climates. See Maintenance Section
for reference. Also keep batteries fully charged. OPERATION AT SEASHORE OR SALTY CLIMATE
2. Clean radiator, oil cooler and debris screen often 1. Thoroughly w ash mac hine d aily to he lp a void
to p r even t da m ag e or o ve r he at in g o f th e corrosion of machined ar eas, electr ical
machine. components and cylinder rods.
CAUTION: Do not allow dirt and debris to 2. Frequently check all mou nting har dware for
accumulate in the radiator fins, oil cooler fins or proper tightness. Torque to proper value to aid in
debris screen. preventing salt f rom enter ing the machine
3. Keep all belts properly tensioned. systems.

4-22
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

OPERATION IN HUMID CLIMATE 2. Operate the A/C with the cab doors and windows
1. In climates with hi gh hu midity, t horoughly wash closed.
the machine daily and coat all bare surfaces with
an oil based lubricant to help prevent corrosion.

RECOMMENDATION FOR LONGER UNDERCARRIAGE LIFE

Undercarriage life varies upon oper ation method. 5. Prior to ope ration, clear b oulders an d ob stacles
Use the following guides to increase the life of the to prevent damage to track shoes.
machine’s undercarriage.
6. Always op erate ma chine par allel to th e
1. Select th e tr ack s hoe that b est su its th e inclination of th e s lope. Operating machine
machine’s application. If in doubt, consult with across the inclination of the slope will not only
your Kobelco Construction distributor when shorten the machine’s undercarriage life, but the
selecting track shoes. machine could unexpectedly slide down hill,
and/or roll over.
2. Do not allow the tracks to slip during operation. If
this occurs, reduce load until slipping stops. 7. Do no t force the machine to c arry out w ork tha t
exceeds its working capability.
3. Avoid sudden starts, accelerations, abrupt speed
changes, high speeds on r ough terrains, sharp 8. It is v ery imp ortant tha t ins pections an d
turns, and sudden stops. maintenance must be carried put accordingly, as
mentioned in the Maintenance Section. DO NOT
4. Always op erate machine i n s traight li nes
OPERATE machine with loose track shoes, and
whenever possible. Avoid shor t radius when
maintain proper track tension adjustment at all
turning. Make turns with the lar gest possible
times during operation.
radius.

BUCKET SELECTION GUIDE

Bucket selec tion is ex tremel y imp or tant to a If a machine is used exclusively to load trucks at
machine’s productivity, durability, and stability. close radius then the bucket loads can be adjusted
up 5% to 7% from the Lift Chart Values listed in the
Choosing an excessively large bucket can reduce
Specification’s Section, due to a close in dump
productivity due to slower than normal cycle times.
radius.
Using an oversized or overly wide bucket in severe
If a machine is used in a sp oil pile operation, which
conditions such as mini ng, will lead to durability
causes a large radius dump cycle, applicable loads
problems for both the machine and bucket involved.
may have to be adjusted down by 5% from the Lift
Stability will be adversely affected using a bucket that Chart Values listed in the Specification’s Section or
is unnecessarily large. stability complaints may occur.
The Bu cket Se lection char ts liste d in the NOTE: See the “Bucket Selection chart” in the
SPECIFICATION’S Section are to be us ed as Specification’s Section to select the appropriate
general guidelines. bucket size according to the application for the
SK350-9.
If the buckets used locally vary in weight from these
sample buckets, it will be necessary to adjust the
bucket capacity accordingly. A heavier bucket must
correspond to a reduced capacity.
If the material density (weight) exceeds guidelines
specifications then the bucket capacity must be
reduced.
If the machine is to continuously dig rock, wasted
shale, river cobbel or other severe applications the
narrowest bucket possible should be utilized. This will
allow the greatest possible penetration and minimal
twisting of the attachment (boom and stick). Bucket
capacity is not to be the prime consideration for
severe applications.

4-23
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

USE OF OPTIONAL ATTACHMENT

EXAMPLE:
1. If the excavator uses the same bucket size
indicated in the Lifting Chart, and a lifting cable, etc.
weighing 100 kg (220 lbs) is used for lifting, then you
have to subtract this additional 100 kg (220 lbs) from
every value indicated in the lifting table accordingly.
2. If a bucket is changed for a larger bucket, which
weight is 350 kg (770 lbs) more than the bucket
1 indicated in the Lifting Chart, then you have to
subtract this additional weight from every value
indicated in the Lifting Chart accordingly.
3. If a bucket is changed for a smaller bucket, which
weight is 350 kg (770 lbs) less than the bucket
indicated in the Lifting Chart, then you can safely add
350 kg (770 lbs) to every value indicated in the Lifting
chart accordingly.

DC04D574 Figure 44

1. BUCKET QUICK COUPLER

If a machine is equipped with optional attachments

such as a bucket quick coupler, and/or thumbs (either
hydraulic or mechanical), applicable bucket sizes and
suspended loads must be reduced in direct
proportion to the weight or combined weight of these
attachments. Failure to consider the added weight of
such attachments will cause stability complaints.
Additionally the weights of such attachments must be
considered when the Lift Chart is referred to before
lifting a lo ad. See Lift Charts in the Specification’s
Section.
U s e o f q u i c k c o u p l e r s f o r bu c k e t
interchangeability will reduce effective arm
digging force and particularly bucket breakout
force due to an increase of tooth tip radius.
Example: Some couplers can increase tooth tip
radius up to 12 inches. If this is used with 48” tooth
tip radius, effective bucket breakout force can be
reduced 25%, a 5% reduction in effective arm force,
a reduction in lift capacities of up to 272 kg (600 lbs).
It i s al so im por tant to mention th at s ome qui ck
couplers offer a great advantage, particularly when
lifting loads. Some quick couplers allow the operator
to quickly remove the bucket for lifting purposes;
therefore, increasing lifting capacity, height and
visibility. Always follow c oupler manufacturing
instructions for safe operation.
IMPORTANT:
The operator must consider the weight of any device
utilized for lifting to properly calculate the total lifting
capacity of the machine.

4-24
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

HYDRAULIC BREAKER 3. Basic Operation

SELECTION OF THE HYDRAULIC BREAKER
WARNING: Read, understand and follow all
W h e n m o u n t i n g a B r e a ke r o n t h e H y d r a u l i c safety precautions and operation procedures
Excavator, it is necessary to match stability, hydraulic found in this manual before operating the
pressure, and the oil flow for each Breaker. To select machine or any attachment.
Hydraulic Br eakers, co ntact y our K obelco
Construction Dealer or vendor source.
1. Before Operating the Hydraulic Breaker
Consult your Kobelco Construction Dealer for the
piping needed for the Boom and Arm when installing 1
a hydraulic breaker. Replace the hydraulic return filter
according to the replacement schedule table listed on
MAINTENANCE FOR NIBBLER/BREAKER in the
MAINTENANCE A ND A DJUSTMENT S ection.
Thoroughly read the Hydraulic Breaker Operation
Manual and SAFETY PRECAUTIONS from this
Section, as well as the Safety Precaution’s Section
on this Manual to avoid damaging the machine or BS06H080 Figure 45
hydraulic breaker d uring o peration. Select th e
appropriate hydraulic flow for the breaker by following 1. FUNCTION CANCELLATION LEVER
the instruction detailed in the NIBBLER/BREAK ER
BASIC MACHINE OPERATION in this section. a. Start machine and place the hydraulic function
cancellation lever in UN LOCKED (down)
2. Hydraulic Oil Level Check and Contamination position.
Prevention
b. Make sure to sel ect the Br eaker Mode. Move
When the hydraulic breaker is not installed on the throttle control to HI idle position.
machine, attach the blank plugs to the tube end on
the Arm-Bucket end and the hose end on the on the c. Using boom, arm and bucket co ntrols se t the
hydraulic breaker side to prevent dust and water from breaker or nibbler to desired position.
entering into piping.
Before starting operation, check the cap screws on
S
the tube fixing clamps f or l ooseness, and the
12:15

connection of the tubes and hoses for oil leakage.

3 1 2

ULCX3407001B01 Figure 46
1. Nibbler
2. Breaker
3. Digging

4-25
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Attachment
Switch Position Displays of Multi-Display Selection of Attachment
Mode

S 12:15 Breaker mark is displayed.

Select single flow when the
Breaker Mode As fuel consumption mode, attachment like a breaker
"E" or "S" or "H" is displayed on the requires single flow circuit
left upper corner of the multi-display.

S 12:15 Nibbler mark is displayed.

Select conflux flow when the
Nibbler Mode As fuel consumption mode, attachment like a nibbler
"E" or "S" or "H" is displayed on the requires conflux flow circuit
left upper corner of the multi-display.

S 12:15 Normal display is indicated

Digging Mode As fuel consumption mode, Select in case of digging

"E" or "S" or "H" is displayed on the
left upper corner of the multi-display.

ULCX3407002E01 Figure 47
WORK MODE AND HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT

Set pressure of overload relief

Attachment Attachment mode Hydraulic Circuit
valve
Return circuit does not pass
ATT of single flow When shipped:
Breaker Mode through control valve auto-
circuit like breaker 24.5 mpa (3550 psi)
matically
ATT to conflux Return circuit pass through When shipped:
Nibbler Mode
circuit like nibbler control valve automatically 24.5 MPa (3550 psi)

CAUTION: Operation of Breaker or Nibbler longer

than one (1) minute intervals could cause premature
wear or damage to the attachment and the machine.
If material is not breaking, reposition Breaker or
Nibbler and repeat operation in one (1) minute
intervals.

WARNING: Never leave the operator cab

with engine running.

WARNING: Wear goggles, safety shoes,

hard hat, work clothes, and work gloves to
perform any inspection or maintenance on
DC04E082 Figure 48 this machine.
d. Release control pedal lock rod.
e. Make ce rtain br eaker or nibb ler is in des ired WARNING: Read, understand and follow all
position and against material to be broken. safety precautions and operation procedures
found in this manual before operating the
f. Place right foot on pedal and depress with toe machine or any attachment.
to activate breaker or nibbler.
g. Operate br eaker or ni bbler a t one ( 1) mi nute
intervals.

4-26
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

SWITCHING SELECTOR VALVE

1. NIBBLER AND BREAKER
SELECTOR VALVE

SELECTOR VALVE The selector valve is used to change the flow rate of
FAILURE the hydraulic oi l. The flow is c hanged depe nding on
the attachment selected.
Important: If Selector valve failure is displayed on the
multi-display, turn the attachment mode select switch
to the required attachment mode again. If the Selector
Valve Failure message does not disappear, contact
your authorized dealer.
• Inappropriate switching of the Selector Valve
11 may cause decrease in work efficiency and
machine damage.
• Be sure to switch Selector Valve once or twice
DC04D495 Figure 49 a month to avoid valve from sticking.

Mechatro controller
Hydraulic circuit Mechatro controller input
output
Attachment mode
Selector switching Selector switching Selector detecting
Piping
valve valve FB pressure FB
Digging/Nibbler OFF Nibbler OFF OFF
Breaker ON Breaker ON ON

4-27
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

SETTING STOP VALVE. BASIC MACHINE OPERATION

The stan dard mach ine is equipped wit h a

bi-directional auxiliary hydraulic valve. Select the
correct attachment switch.
CAUTION: Always select the correct mode for the
attachment being used.
1

S 12:15

mm
24

Free Stop

UYN00070006E01 Figure 50

1. STOP VALVE

NOTE: Make sure to relieve hydraulic system and

tank pressure as instructed in RELEASING 3 1 2
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM AND TANK PRESSURE in
Section 6. ULCX3407001B01 Figure 51
a. Locate the s top valves o n both si des of th e 1. Nibbler
Arm. 2. Breaker
b. Use a 24 mm spanner wrench to turn the stop 3. Digging
valve to the proper position.
When using an optional attachment such a breaker,
NOTE: Make sure to switch the position of the stop etc. are used, always use the correct switch setting.
valves to the “CLOSED” position before removing the
attachment. Always rest the attachment on the ground prior to
changing the attachment mode. The attachment
could suddenly drop if the mode change is made
when the attachment is in a lift position.
If H o r S of the fue l gau ge fl ashes, thi s i s a n
indication that the attachment selection mode is not
correct.

4-28
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

CONTROL PEDAL Nibbler and Breaker Lock

A
1
A Locked

B
Unlocked

UYN00070027J01 Figure 52
UYN00070013E01 Figure 53

Release pedal lock on the right front side of driver’s Release pedal lock on the right front side of driver’s
seat to operate pedal. seat to operate pedal.
Pedal operation - Nibbler
CAUTION: Pedal operation varies upon
Foot Pedal Depressing
specifications. Make sure to read the operator’s Operating Condition
Section
manual carefully before operating optional
attachment. Depress toe section Nibbler close
Depress hell section Nibbler open
Pedal Operation - Breaker Only

Foot Pedal Depressing

Operating Condition
Section
CAUTION: Operation of Breaker or Nibbler longer
Depress toe section Breaker starts operation than one (1) minute intervals could cause premature
Pedal in neutral position Breaker stops operating wear or damage to the attachment and the machine.
If material is not breaking, reposition Breaker or
Nibbler and repeat operation in one (1) minute
intervals.

WARNING: Never leave the operator cab

with engine running.

4-29
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

After market optional equipment

Non-standard optional equipment (breakers, etc.) Installation of relief valve
may have mounting differences regarding hydraulics,
etc. N P K Installation is not necessary.
(Contact the breaker manufacture as it
Contact the attachment manufacturer before field is necessary depending upon modesl.)
mounting. Use the following information as a guide T O K U Installation is necessary.
only. It will not apply to all after market equipment. KRUPP A relief valve is specified by each
OKADA breaker manufacturer.
High and low pressure accumulators FURUKAWA Since the method of pressure setting
of the relief valve differes with breaker
manufacuturers, install a relief valve
N P K according to the manufacurer's
They must be placed basically
T O K U instructions.
(depending upn models)
KRUPP UYN00070046E01 Figure 55
Check the osillation of the pulsation of
OKADA
the breaker pressure and if pulsation
FURUKAWA
is large, always install acculators.
Plug
Accumulator installation
High pressure side:
Measure the plus oscillation by pressure on the high Boom
pressure side of the breaker at the inspection port for N&B
the pump's deliver y pressure by actuation the Low Pressure side
breaker at the full revolution of the engine in mode H (Return)
and set the maximum pressure difference to within Plug
20% of the excavator's system pressure 34.3 MPa
{350 kgf/cm2(4,980 psi).
In case it exceeds 20%, install a hi gh pressure
N&B
accumulator. High pressure side

max

ULC00070005E01 Figure 56

min

Max. - Min. < system press 20%

SYT00630052E02 Figure 54
The pulse oscillation is 34.3 MPa {350 kgf/cm2} x
20% = 6.9 MPa {70 kgf/cm2(1,000 psi). Therefore, if
it is more than this level, and accumulator must be
installed.
Ins tal l ac cu mul ato r r efer r ing to th e r es ul t o f
verification test.
Low pressure side:
Measure the inlet pressure of the line filter on the
breaker side by actuating the breaker at full engine
revolution in the H mode, and in case the maximum
pressure exceeds 5.4 MPa {55 kgf/cm2} (780 psi),
install a low pressure accumulator.
Max. < 5.4 MPa {55 kgf/cm} (780 psi)
Regarding the capacity and the charge pressure of
accumulators, contact the breaker manufacturer
before installation.

4-30
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

11

2 33

ULCX3407004B01 Figure 57
PROPORTIONAL HAND CONTROL Use these switches for hand control convenience.

Left Hand Control Lever Switch Right Hand Control Lever Switch
1 Extra control switch 3 Reserve switch
2 Horn switch

1. To o perate, s et th e s afety lock l ever in th e B

UNLOCKED (down) position. Make certain all
control levers are in neutral.

A
A
RT
STA

ON
OFF ACC

6 5 UYN00070049E01 Figure 59
4. Using bo om, ar m, and b ucket controls set th e
3 2 attachment to desired position.
ULCX3407005B01 Figure 58
5. Use t he boom, arm, and b ucket c ontrols t o
2. Set throttle potentiometer (5) to low idle. position the attachment.
3. Turn the ig nition key (6) to the O N position an d 6. Press b uttons on r ight or l eft control l ever t o
start the engine. operate optional attachments.
Switch operation (ON/OFF - Oil Flow
Right (ON) - B
Left (ON) - A

4-31
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

. Switch operation 1
Operation procedure of Oil flow
option switch (1)
Slide to the left Extra (L.H)
Slide to the right Extra (R.H)

UYFX1707002E01 Figure 60
Slide switch (1) that is located on left controller lever to actuate the operation. The slide distance will increase
hydraulic flow rate.

4-32
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS D. CYLINDERS

The following safety precautions should be used in
conjunction with other safety precautions found in
this manual.

WARNING: Read, understand and follow all

safety precautions and operating procedures
found in this manual before operating the
machine or any attachment.
A. USE FOR INTENDED PURPOSE

DC04E063 Figure 63
DO NOT OPERATE boom, arm or bucket cylinders at
stroke ends when using a breaker attachment. Doing
this can cause undue stress on the cylinder rods and
result in damage.
E. AVOID CONTINUOUS OPERATION

DC04E061 Figure 61
Use the attachment only for its intended purpose. If
not used in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions, the excessive pressure exerted on the
boom. arm and frame structure of the machine will
cause premature failure of the components.
B. PASSENGERS
Never al low pa ssengers on th e a ttachment or
machine.
C. PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT DC04E064 Figure 64
Operate the Nibbler/Breaker in one (1) minute
intervals. Operation for longer than one (1) minute at
a time can cause high oil temperatures and damage
the accumulators, cylinder seals and possibly pump
damage.

DC04E062 Figure 62
When operating attachments that produce flying
debris, it is highly recommended to procure and
install protective guards on the machine and close all
windows to protect the operator from flying debris.
Also the operator and all personnel in the vicinity of
the machine should wear protective gear such as
safety shoes, hard hat, gloves and face shield or
goggles.
4-33
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

F. HOSE SURGE Never use the swing force of the machine for pushing
or sliding objects. This will cause premature failure of
the attachment and other machine components.
I. DO NOT LIFT

DC04E065 Figure 65
Should the hydraulic hoses begin to surge or vibrate
abnormally during operation of a Breaker or Nibbler,
immediately st op o peration an d con tact an DC04E068 Figure 68
a u t h o r i z e d K o b e l c o C o n s t r u c t i o n d e a l e r fo r
Never use optional attachment to lift or transport
assis tance. T hi s pr oblem often is a r esult of
objects or materials. Doing so can cause extensive
damaged accumulators and can also result in valve
damage to the attachment, the machine structures or
failure.
cause injury or death due to slipping or dropping of
G. DO NOT USE DROPPING FORCE load due to improper attachment.
J. WORKING RANGES

DC04E066 Figure 66
Never use the dropping force of the attachment to DC04E069 Figure 69
break or drive objects. This will cause extensive
Never operate an optional attachment over the sides
damage to the attachment and machine structure.
of the machine. Only operate over the front or rear of
H. DO NOT USE SWING FORCE the tracks.

DC04E067 Figure 67

4-34
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

GETTING THE MOST OUT OF YOUR BREAKER C. BREAKING OVERSIZE ROCKS

WARNING: Read, understand and follow all

safety precautions and operating procedures
found in this manual before operating the
machine or any attachment.

A. BREAKER PROPER POSITIONING

DC03M065 Figure 70
DC03M066 Figure 71
Always position the Breaker perpendicular to the
material you intend to break. The Breaker can be Do not attempt breaking oversize boulders from the
vertical, horizontal, or anywhere in between, as long center. It is much more efficient to break these type
as the tool is perpendicular to the surface and the of rocks from the edges. Also, do not break into
pressure applied is in the same direction of the tool. smaller pieces than nec essary. There is a direct
relationship between the size of the boulders and the
B. APPLIED PRESSURE ON BREAKER size of the breaker. It is inefficient to break large
The Breaker must have sufficient pressure between rocks with small breakers and vice versa.
the tool and the surface of the material intended to D. SURFACE ROCK DEMOLITION
break to allow the shock wave to flow through the tool
and to the mate rial being br oken. The app lied
pressure has to be constantly adjusted by combining
the boom, ar m, and bucket functions so that th e
breaker follows the tool at all times during breaker
operation.
When the excavator boom is lowered, it normally
follows a cur ved path, which changes the or iginal
perpendicular position of the breaker. therefore, it is
ver y impor tant to keep adjusting the operator’s
controls to maintain c onstant per pendicularity
between the breaker and the surface of the material
being broken. In addi tion, the appl ied pressure
should be sufficient to avoid the breaker tool from DC03M067 Figure 72
bouncing on the rock rather than transmitting the Use the breaker just as if it were a hand held breaker,
shock wave into it. The applied pressure should not or a plain hammer and chisel. Adjust the breaker’s
lift t he machine high o ff th e ground, s ince th e position according to the w ork to be done, and take
excavator can drop suddenly, as the breaker breaks small bites at a time. The only difference between a
through the material, and harmful shock loads will be hand held breaker and the hydraulic excavator
transmitted through the entire machine. breaker is the size of the rocks that can be broken.
Do not try to break too much at one time.

4-35
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

E. EXCAVATING AND TRENCHING F. RULES TO REMEMBER

Use the following rules for correct breaker operation:
1. Make sure to adj ust the pr oper h ydraulic flow
according to the breaker specifications.
2. Place to ol aga inst m aterial to be b roken a t 90 °
angle to work surface.
3. Use the boom, arm, and bucket controls to press
firmly against surface, keeping perpendicularity
while operating the breaker.
4. As m aterial br eaks, s top breaker q uickly t o
prevent idle strokes.
5. Reposition b reaker i f mat erial d oes not br eak
after 15 seconds of operation.
6. Do no t ben d or pr y wi th the br eaker to ol wh ile
operating.
7. DO NO T O PERATE br eaker wi th att achment
cylinders at full extension.
8. DO NOT OPERATE breaker submerged in water.
9. DO NO T O PERATE br eaker f or more tha n a
minute at a time.
10. Lubricate breaker every 30 mi nutes. K eep tool
lubricated at all times.
DC03M068 Figure 73
Lay back side walls a bit at the time so that they do
not interfere with the breaker housing. To lessen the
opportunity for side loading, approach each wall from
the oppos ite si de by pos itioning the excavator
perpendicular to the trench.

4-36
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

TRANSPORTATION
GROUND TRANSPORTATION c. Obtain an y per mits r equired fr om p roper
1. Machine Preparation g o v e r n m e n t a g e n c i e s fo r m a c h i n e
transportation.
a. Know the total weight, length, width and height
of the machine being transported. d. Use o nly a trailer wi th a r ated c apacity
sufficient to transport the machine.
b. Know route to be traveled. Investigate bridges,
overpasses, height of road signs on route. e. Make ce rtain tr ailer h as ramps or a r amp is
available for loading and unloading the
machine.

11,200 (36'9") 2,090 (6'10")

77.5 (3.0")

4,095 (13'5")
75 (2.9")

1,080
(23.6") (3'7")
600
ULCX3505001E01 Figure 74
Dimensions and weights are 3.3 m (10 ft 10 in) Arm, 1.40 m3 (1.83 cu.yd) Bucket and 6.5 m (21 ft 4 in) Boom.

Machine Weight
Model 600 mm Shoe 700 mm Shoe 800 mm Shoe 900 mm Shoe
SK350LC-9 35,600 kg (78485 lb) 36,300 kg (80028 lb) 36,700 kg (80910.lb) 37100 kg (81792 lb)
Figure 75

2. Loading the Machine

WARNING: Never attempt to load or unload

machine without ramps.
a. Apply parking brakes on tractor and trailer and
chock trailer wheels before attempting to load
or unload machine.
b. Lower ramps of trailer.
c. Start the machine.
d. Set travel speed to LOW 1st speed.
e. Move throttle control to low idle position.
f. Put Auto Accel function OFF. DC03K083 Figure 76
g. Raise the att achment an d s lowly tr avel
machine up trailer ramps and over rear axles
of trailer.
h. Slowly tr avel ma chine co mpletely onto tr ailer
until in proper transport position.

4-37
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

i. Slowly swing machine 180° until attachment is

toward rear of trailer.

DC03K084 Figure 77
j. Slowly l ower b oom un til att achment r est o n
trailer bed.

DC04D580 Figure 79
Prior to transpor ting a lon g r each attachment
equipped machine, the ar m must be full y retracted
1 and attachment lowered. Make sure the link between
the boom and ar m is properly installed to prevent
damaging the arm and the arm cylinder during
transportation.

DC04C344 Figure 78

1. FUNCTION CANCELLATION LEVER

k. Place h ydraulic fun ction cancellation l ever i n

the “LOCKED” (up) position.
l. Turn machine “OFF”, r emove key and lock all
doors, filler caps and access panels.
CAUTION: Place a cover over the exhaust pipe of
the machine and secure to avoid water entering the
engine, and possible turbo damage.

4-38
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

3. Securing Machine to Trailer LIFTING MACHINE

The following procedures are for lifting the machine,
as built by Kobelco Construction. These procedure
do not take into account modifications made to the
machine that affect machine weight or center of
gravity.
1. Lifting Machine With Attachment Installed

WARNING: Always use proper lifting

equipment and devices. Use of improper
lifting equipment could allow the load to shift
or fall causing severe damage, serious injury
or death.
Figure 81
a. Locate lifting locations at the front and rear of
each crawler frame.
b. Attach c ables or wi re r opes wi th a c apacity
rating sufficient to lift the machine, at lifting
locations.

DC04D582 Figure 82

1. HARDWOOD OR STEEL BLOCK

WARNING: Place a hardwood or steel block

between cables and crawler frame to prevent
DC04D581 Figure 80 damage to the tracks from cables during
a. Use cable or wire rope with sufficient capacity lifting.
to secure front and rear of the m achine to
trailer. Chock the tracks, use the lower frame
front and rear brackets to secure machine to
trailer. Also, make sure to secure front and
rear of each track.
b. Securely fasten all loose pa rts, as w ell as
removed parts from the machine to the trailer
or transporting platform.

4-39
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

NOTE: It may be necessary to place reinforced c. Bring loose ends of cable together at machine
spreader bars between lifting cables to prevent center of gravity and attach to an overhead
damage to the machine during lifting. lifting device w ith a r ated l ifting c apacity
sufficient to lift the machine.

Expander

30~40
Center of Gravity

Place Block between

Each Cable and Frame
ULCX3405003E01.EPS Figure 83

4-40
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

2. Lifting Machine Without Attachment Pass the cables through the lifting points on the
crawlers as indicated and bring loose ends of cables
WARNING: Always use proper lifting together at machine center of gravity and attach to an
equipment and devices. Use of improper overhead lifting device with rated capacity sufficient
lifting equipment could allow the load to shift to lift the machine.
or fall causing severe damage, serious injury
or death.

DC03N010 Figure 84

4-41
 CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

MACHINE STORAGE
PREPARE MACHINE CAUTION: Protect CPU and all electrical
Perform the following procedure to prepare the components from water and steam when cleaning
machine for long term storage. the machine.

1. Perform al l in spection and ma intenance 3. Completely fi ll fuel tank wit h fr esh, cl ean fuel to
pro cedur es as des cr ibe d in Main tenanc e aid in preventing condensation of moisture inside
Section. the fuel tank. Make sure to use an anti-algae
2. Thoroughly c lean the machine, ins pect f or additive in the fuel tank.
damaged or wor n parts and components and 4. Move machine to an indoor location for storage.
replace or repair all damaged or worn parts.

1 2
2

2
DC04D586 Figure 85

1. MACHINE IN STORAGE POSITION

2. CYLINDER RODS HEAVILY GREASE TO PREVENT CORROSION DURING STORAGE

5. Operate b ucket and arm completely “ IN” REMOVING MACHINE FROM STORAGE
extending cylinders. then lo wer boo m until 1. Perform al l in spection and ma intenance
attachment is resting on the floor. procedures as descr ibed in the Mainten ance
6. Coat cy linder r ods wit h he avy coat of grease t o Section before bringing machine out of storage
prevent corrosion during storage. for normal operation.

7. Remove batt eries a nd s tore i n a well ventilated, 2. Remove drain plugs fr om the travel mo tors an d
warm area. swing gea r reduction un its to drain off any
moisture which may have accumulated during
CARE DURING STORAGE storage.
1. Every 30 da ys d uring s torage, it wil l b e 3. Carefully and closely inspect all hydraulic hoses
necessar y to star t and run the machine to after long per io ds of s torage fo r s igns of
circulate the fluids through the systems. Before deterioration. Replace all hoses showing these
starting, clean cylinder rods and after running, signs.
re-grease cylinder rods.

NOTE: Run and operate machine for approximately

1 hour to allow all fluids to circulate well and reach
normal operating temperatures.

4-42
 CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS

CHAPTER 5
LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS

FLUIDS AND FILTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Required Fluids/Lubricants and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Swing Motor Reduction Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Travel Motor Reduction Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Track Upper Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Track Lower Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Track Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Operating Lever Joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Upper Attachment Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Swing Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Track Tension Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Swing Ring Gear Bath . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Required Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Operator Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
USE OF BIO-DEGRADABLE OILS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

5-1
 CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS

NOTES

5-2
 CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS

FLUIDS AND FILTERS

REQUIRED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS AND TRACK LOWER ROLLERS
CAPACITIES
Type of Oil ----------------------- Engine Oil SAE 15W40
ENGINE Capacity ------------- 160 cc (5.41 Fluid Oz.) Each x 16

Type of Oil Engine Oil ------------------------SAE 15W40 NOTE: See MAINTENANCE ON ROLLERS AND
Capacity: IDLERS in Chapter 6 for proper oil filling.
Engine Oil Pan (H Level) -----26.0Liters (6.9 Gal)
Engine Oil Pan (L level) ----- 20.0Liters (5.3 Gal) TRACK IDLERS
Filter Capacity ------------------- 1.1 Liters (0.3 Gal) Type of Oil ------------------------ Engine Oil SAE 15W40
Total Engine Oil Volume ---- 28.5 Liters (7.5 Gal)
Capacity -------------- 200 cc (6.76 Fluid Oz.) Each x 2
IMPORTANT: Must comply with requirements of API
CJ4 or better. NOTE: See MAINTENANCE ON ROLLERS AND
IDLERS in Chapter 6 for proper oil filling.
NOTE: See ENGINE OIL LEVEL in Chapter 6 for proper
oil filling and/or checking engine oil level.
OPERATING LEVER JOINT
HYDRAULIC
Type of Oil -------------------------------- EP Grease EP/2
Type of Oil --------------------------- Hydraulic Oil AW 46
Capacity ------------------------- As required in each joint
Capacity:
Hydraulic Tank ---------------- 245 Liters (65.0 Gal) NOTE: See CONTROL LEVER JOINT
LUBRICATION in chapter 6 for proper lubrications.
Hydraulic System ----------- 386 Liters (102.0 Gal)
IMPORTANT: Shipped from factory with oil passing
5000 hour turbine test. Replace oil will similarly UPPER ATTACHMENT PINS
compliant.
Type of Oil -------------------------------- EP Grease EP/2
NOTE: See HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL in Chapter 6 for
proper filling and/or checking hydraulic oil level. Capacity -------------------------- As required in each pin

SWING MOTOR REDUCTION UNIT NOTE: See ATTACHMENT LUBRICATION in

Chapter 6 for proper lubrications.
Type of Oil ------------------------- SAE 90 GL4 Gear Oil
Capacity -------------------------------- 7.4 Liters (2.0 Gal)
SWING BEARING
NOTE: See SWING MOTOR REDUCTION UNIT Type of Oil -------------------------------- EP Grease EP/2
OIL in Chapter 6 for proper filling and/or checking oil
level. Capacity --------- As required (1 place - swing 90° x 4)

TRAVEL MOTOR REDUCTION UNIT NOTE: See SWING BEARING LUBRICATION in

Chapter 6 for proper lubrication.
Type of Oil ------------------------- SAE 90 GL4 Gear Oil
Capacity ------------------ 9.5 Liters (2.5 Gal) Each x 2
TRACK TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: See TRAVEL MOTORS REDUCTION UNIT OIL Type of Oil -------------------------------- EP Grease EP/2
in Chapter 6 for proper filling and/or checking oil level.
Capacity ---------------------------- As required (2 places)
TRACK UPPER ROLLERS
NOTE: See TRACK TENSION in Chapter 6 for
Type of Oil ----------------------- Engine Oil SAE 15W40
proper procedures in injecting grease.
Capacity ---------------- 50 cc (1.69 Fluid Oz.) Each x 4

NOTE: See MAINTENANCE ON ROLLERS AND SWING RING GEAR BATH

IDLERS in Chapter 6 for proper oil filling.
Type of Oil ------------ Lithium base grease with MOS2

5-3
 CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS

Capacity-----------------------------------28.7 Kg (63.3 lbs) REQUIRED FILTERS

NOTE: See SWING RING GEAR LUBRICATION in NOTE: Refer to the Parts Manual for the correct part
Chapter 6 for proper lubrications. numbers to order.

HYDRAULIC
RADIATOR
• Return Filter Element for Standard Machine
Coolant --------------- Ethylene-glycol Coolant Solution
• Return Filter Element for Breaker and N&B
ENGINE COOLANT MIXTURE • Tank Suction Strainer
Expected Minimum Temp. Long Life Coolant
• Tank Breather Filler Element
-14.5°C (5.9°F) 30% mixed
• Pilot Line Filter
-34°C (-29.2°F) 50% mixed

Capacity: ENGINE
Radiator ---------------------------13.5 Liters (3.6
Gal) • Engine Oil Filter
Cooling System ---------------- 30.0 Liters (8. Gal)
• Air Cleaner Inner Element
NOTE: See ENGINE COOLANT CHANGE in
Chapter 6 for proper coolant filling and/or coolant
• Air Cleaner Outer Element
level check.
FUEL

FUEL TANK • Engine Fuel Filter

Type of Fuel --------------------- Diesel Fuel grade No. 2
• Priming Pump Gauze Filter
Capacity --------------- Fuel Tank - 580 Liters (153 Gal)

NOTE: See FUEL LEVEL in Chapter 6 for proper OPERATOR CAB

filling and/or checking the fuel level.
• A/C Fresh Air Filter
• A/C Recirculate Air Filter

NOTE: Refer to MAINTENANCE AND

ADJUSTMENT Chapter 6 in this Manual for the
Locations and proper procedures in replacing filters.

5-4
 CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS

LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS
The following information is designed to allow usage of the proper oils, greases, fuels and coolants in various
climate and certain conditions.

LUBRICANT CLIMATE ZONE

HYDRAULIC OIL FRIGID FRIGID FRIGID-WARM WARM VERY HOT
(ANTI-WEAR, ANTIOXIDANT, -30°C~15°C -20°C~30°C -25°C~40°C -5°C~40°C 5°C~55°C
AND NON-FOAMING) (-22°F~59°F) (-4°F~86°F) (-13°F~104°F) (23°F~104°F) (41°F~131°F)

ISOVG22 ISOVG32 ISOVG32S ISOVG46* ISOVG68

LUBRICANT CLIMATE ZONE

FRIGID WARM VERY HOT
-30°C~30°C -5°C~40°C 30°C and Above
ENGINE OIL (-22°F~86°F) (23°F~104°F) (86°F and Above)
A.P.I. CLASSIFICATION FOR SERVICE CJ4)
SAE10W30 SAE15W40* SAE15W50

*Note: All engines shipped from factory with SAE15W40 engine oil.

LUBRICANT CLIMATE ZONE

FRIGID WARM VERY HOT
-15°C ~ -25°C -5°C ~ -15°C -5°C and Above
(5°F ~ -13°F) (23°F ~ 5°F) (23°F and Above)
FUEL
WINTERIZED
ASTM D975 No.1 ASTM D975 No.2 ASTM D975 No.2

LUBRICANT
For ROLLERS and IDLERS
ENGINE OIL
A.P.I. Classification for Service CJ4 - SAE15W40
(For General Purpose Lubrication)

LUBRICANT
For Swing Motor Reduction Unit and Travel Motor Reduction Units
ENGINE OIL
A.P.I. Classification for Service CJ4 - SAE15W40
(For General Purpose Lubrication)

LUBRICANT GENERAL LUBRICATION SWING GEAR SUMP (BATH)

Extreme Pressure Multi Purpose N.L.G.I. No. 2 Lithium Base
GREASE Grease No.2 with
EP Type Grease MOS2 Grease

5-5
 CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS

FLUID ANTIFREEZE (LLC)

-34°C (-29.2°F)
ENGINE COOLANT
Mixture ratio should protect to 5°C (9°F) lower than the coldest temperature the machine
(50% MIXTURE)
will experience. Take into consideration Wind Chill Factors.

USE OF BIO-DEGRADABLE OILS

When you use Bio-degradable Oil (BIO OIL), refer to the following information:
1. There are two types of BIO OIL available; vegetable based and synthetic based. You are recommended to use
the synthetic based type, because the vegetable based oil has a maximum usage temperature of 80°C
(176°F). Because of this, the degradation of vegetable based oil occurs more rapidly, and causes reduced
service life.
2. Do not mix either type of B IO OIL with the original factory filled mineral oil. In the case that you would like to
use BIO OIL, it is required to flush the hydraulic system that was filled with mineral oil twice, before adding bio
oil.
3. If you use BIO OIL, swing and propel parking brake performance will be reduced, because of the lower friction
of BIO OIL compared to that mineral oil.
4. For further information about recommended Bio-degradable oil, please contact local dealer.

5-6
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

CHAPTER 6
MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS

GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

GENERAL SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Disposal of Hazardous Waste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Keep Machine Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Hot Surface & Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Warm Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
“Tag-Out” Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Inspect Waste Oils and Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Prevent Contamination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Seals & O-Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Stop Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Wear Safety Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Cleaning Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Welding Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Releasing Hydraulic System and Tank Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Guidelines to Replace Ground Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Guidelines for Attachment Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Special Considerations for Hand Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE QUICK REFERENCE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
DAILY INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Engine Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Engine Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Engine Fluid Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Engine Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Fuel Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Hydraulic Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Hydraulic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Hydraulic Oil Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Steps and handholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Frame Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Track Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Boom & Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
50 HOUR MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Attachment Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Fuel Tank Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Engine Accessory Belt Wear and Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
Check Bolt torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Inspecting Counterweight Attaching Bolts for Proper Torque. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Track Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
Hydraulic Return Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
120 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
Intake and Intercooler Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
Swing Motor Reduction Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
Travel Reduction Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29

6-1
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

250 HOUR MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30

Checking the Radiator Cap and Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-30
Engine Accessory Belt Wear and Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-31
Swing Ring Gear and Swing Bearing Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-31
Inspecting Counterweight Attaching Bolts for Proper Torque. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-32
Clean the FresH Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-33
Clean Engine Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-33
Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-33
500 HOUR MAINTENANCE: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
Fuel Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-37
Replacing Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-37
Checking and Cleaning Fuel Tank and Strainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-38
Change Oil in Swing Reduction Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-38
Control Lever Joint Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-39
Slewing ring bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-39
Change Oil in Travel Motor Reduction Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-40
Attachment Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-41
Checking the Air Conditioning Refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-42
1000 HOUR MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
Hydraulic Return Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-43
CHange Engine Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-44
Engine mount bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-45
Engine Valve Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-45
2000 HOUR MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Engine Coolant Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-46
cleaning suction strainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-48
Pilot Line Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-49
Change Oil in Swing Reduction Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-50
Check swing bearing grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-51
Maintenance on Rollers and Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-52
Change Oil in Travel Motor Reduction Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-52
Seat belt and ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-53
5000 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
Change hydraulic fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-55
Dust Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-57
Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-58
Bucket, Arm, & Link Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-58
Reversing Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-59
Removing the Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-60
Installing the Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-61
Bucket Teeth and Side Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-61
MAINTENANCE FOR NIBBLER/BREAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63

6-2
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

GENERAL INFORMATION
1. It is recommended by Kobelco Construction that
WARNING: Read, understand and follow all an inspection and maintenance schedule be
safety precautions contained in this manual developed and maintained on a regular basis for
before performing any inspection or this machine. Developing and maintaining such a
maintenance procedures on this machine, its schedule, helps to keep the machine in optimum
system or components. operating condition.

WARNING: Wear goggles, safety shoes, 2. The i nformation co ntained in this s ection giv es
hard hat, work clothes and work gloves to the proper procedures for performing inspection
perform inspection and maintenance on this and maintenance functions for this machine. Use
machine. these procedures when performing inspection
and maintenance as they will guide the
technician step by step for each procedure. Also,
refer to the inspection and maintenace charts for
general service interval recommendations.
NOTE: The inspection and maintenance charts
provided in this section give only general time
intervals. It may be necessary to developed a custom
schedule to perform machine maintenance at more
frequent intervals based on the work conditions.
3. Use onl y o ils, fl uids, lu bricants, fi lters an d
r e p l a c e m e n t p a r t s s u p p l i e d b y Ko b e l c o
Constr uction to k eep machine in optimum
operating condition.
DC04B668 Figure 1

GENERAL SAFETY
DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS WASTE Thoroughly clean m achine b efore p erfor ming
Dispose waste oils, fluids, lubricants, filters, and inspection and maintenace procedures. It is easier
other hazardous waste properly. and safer to locate problems, perform maintenance
and also redu ce risk of h ydraulic syst em
CAUTION: Dispose of all hazardous waste in contamination when machine is clean.
accordance with government environmental
regulations, laws, and codes. HOT SURFACE & FLUIDS

KEEP MACHINE CLEAN

DC04B670 Figure 3
Use caution and wear the proper safety equipment
DC04B669 Figure 2 when working around hot areas. Never change oils,
engine coolant or filters immediately after a machine
has been s topped. Allow machine to cool do wn
before performing maintenance procedure.

6-3
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

WARM ENGINE OIL PREVENT CONTAMINATION

Engine should have a temperature between 20°C ~
40°C (68°F ~ 104°F) before the oil is changed. If
necessary run engine until the oil is warm within the
recommended oil change temperature.

“TAG-OUT” MACHINE

DC04B673 Figure 6
Always cap or plug lines when hydraulic components
are r emoved to h elp prevent hydraulic system
contamination that can be cau sed by dirt, dust, and
debris entering a line or port.
IMPORTANT: Never allow a hydraulic line or
DC04B671 Figure 4
component to become contaminated. Always use
Before beginning any inspection or maintenance proper caps and plugs.
procedures, secure a “DO NOT OPERATE” tag to
the operators console to inform the operator that the SEALS & O-RINGS
machine will be inoperable for inspection and
Always replace seals and O -rings with new parts.
maintenance. This tag will help prevent accidental
Never reuse a seal or O-ring during reassembly of
starting of the machine.
components. Make sure to lubricate all new seals
with the appropriate oil before installation.
INSPECT WASTE OILS AND FILTERS
STOP ENGINE
Never attempt any MAINTENANCE with engi ne
running. Always stop the engine and allow machine
to cool.

WEAR SAFETY EQUIPMENT

Wear hard hat, safety goggles or face shield, work
gloves, safety shoes, and well fitting work clothes
when per for ming inspection and maintenance
procedures on this machine.

CLEANING PARTS
DC04B672 Figure 5 Use only approved cleaning solvents and proper
Before disposal, inspect all waste oils, fluids, and equipment to clean parts.
filters for debris and foreign mater ial. It is
recommended to cut open the oil filters to determine WARNING: Never use gasoline, diesel fuel
any abnormal wear. or other flammable solvents to clean parts.
Always clean parts in a well ventilated area.

6-4
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

WELDING SAFETY RELEASING HYDRAULIC SYSTEM AND TANK

PRESSURE
1. Turn ignition key to “OFF” position.
WARNING: Never change oils or filters on a
machine that has just finished working. Allow
machine to cool first until oils and fluids are
warm, not hot. Release hydraulic tank
pressure before working with any hydraulic
components.

BS06H238 Figure 7

1. NEGATIVE (-) BATTERY CABLE

2. Remove negative (-) cable from battery terminal

3. Attach the welder ground cable within 1 m (3’ 3”)
from component being welded. DC04B674 Figure 8
4. Do not clamp the welder ground cable close to or 1. Move the machine to firm level ground and place
in location where ground could be separated by the attachments on the ground in the oil check
bearings or seals. position.
5. Unplug E ngine and M echatro control wi ring 2. Stop the engine.
before welding.
3. Turn the ignition key to “ON”.

DC04A001 Figure 9

1. FUNCTION CANCELLATION LEVER

4. Lower the func tion c ancellation lever to un lock

the hydraulic system.

6-5
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

BS06H208 Figure 10
5. Move c ontrol l evers to ful l s troke to r elease all
pressure in hydraulic lines.
6. Shift the r ight an d left tr avel control l evers
forward and backward, also operate the right and
left control levers to full strokes several times.

1A

B
2

DC04B339 Figure 11

1. CAP
2. HYDRAULIC RELEASE VALVE

7. Remove the c ap o n the hydraulic ta nk br eather

and push the air release button down to release
the pressure in the hydraulic tank.
8. Carry ou t the in spection an d/or m aintenance o f
hydraulic system.

WARNING: When replacing any hose or

seal, make sure the attachment is well
secured to avoid sudden movement. Slowly
remove bolts to release any remaining
hydraulic pressure during disassembly.

6-6
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

GUIDELINES TO REPLACE GROUND TOOLS GUIDELINES FOR ATTACHMENT LUBRICATION

It is very important to keep bucket teeth and side Lubricate attachment pins according to the intervals
cutters properly tighten. Loose or missing bolts will indicated in the Maintenance Chart. Use extreme
increase loads and eventually cause tool failure. pressure multipur pose grease No. 2 EP type .
Extended operation with loose hardware can cause Lubr icate a ll p oints u ntil gr ease purges. T he
the bolts to stretch and wear on the support mounting lubr ication inter vals ar e based on a standar d
holes. Heating of hardware and support mounting excavator ( see S pecifications S ection for th e
holes will cause t he same effect. Follow these definition of Standard Excavator) working in an
general guidelines to insure proper tightness of average duty cycle. Average duty cycle is defined
hardware on bucket teeth and side cutters. as “ Most typical digging application, r oad
construction in natural bed clay, digging 50% ~ 60%
• When in stalling new cut ting edg es, en d bi ts, s ide
of the daily work schedule”.
cutters, an d b ucket tee th, make s ure th at all
supporting surfaces are free of dirt, paint, debris,
rust, sc ale or weld splatter. Al l ma ting su rfaces 1
must be clean a nd flat to i nsure t hat maximum
clamping force is obtained.
• Make sure that all bolts and nut threads are clean
and dry. D O N OT AP PLY A NY TY PE OF
LUBRICANT.
• When in stalling end bi ts, st art at the c enter an d
work toward the outside edges.
• Always torque bolts according to specifications.
• For best results, strike all head bolts with a heavy 2 3
hammer to seat them properly before final torque. DC04C280 Figure 12

1. BUSHING
WARNING: Wear safety glasses whenever 2. PIN
striking metal objects with a hammer. 3. ROUGH SURFACE REQUIRING BREAK-IN.

• When new parts are used, the mating surfaces will New pins and bushings, including new machines and
seat m ore un iformly and the b olts t orque will b e repairs require special break-in procedures. While
less than the standard value after a short period of both pin and bushing have a special ground finish,
operation. Make sure to check all bolts for proper they still have to be mated to each other to eliminate
tightness on new p arts af ter e ight ( 8) hours o f the machining high points.
operation.
Because of these high spots, it is recommended that
• Lower maintenance costs by replacing, turning, or the fr ont att achment or the r epair ed ar ea be
rotating cu tting ed ges be fore the y r each the ir lubricated a minimum of once every eight (8) hours
wear limits. for the first one hundred (100) hours for a standard
machine working in an average duty cycle. All other
• When fi nding lo ose bo lts, c heck bo lts f or
machine should be lubricated every 4 hours for the
elongation an d s upport mo unt holes f or wear .
first twenty (20) hours and every eight (8) hours for
Replace bo lts and repair an y w ear on su pport
the n ext eigh ty ( 80) hours o f op eration. T his
mount hol e if nee ded. Torque bolts ac cording to
lubrication procedure will reduce the possibility of a
specifications.
premature pin or bushing failure during the break-in
period.

6-7
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR HAND

LUBRICATION

3
1

2 4

DC04C281 Figure 13

1. BUSHING
2. PIN
3. HAND LUBE FILL
4. LOAD AREA

While grease grooves in the bushings allow grease

to move around the bushing, it does not insure that
grease gets on all of the bushing surfaces. Any load
on the joint will prevent the grease from getting to the
wear surfaces in the loaded area. Due to the fact that
a hand operated grease dispenser does not provide
the volume of grease that a power system does,
there is a greater possibility of bushing galling,
unless the stan dar d l ubr ication pr ocedure is
modified. See the pin load and g rease cavity
illustration s hown above. No matter how much
grease is pumped into the pin bushing cavity with a
hand grease gun, the grease will tend to escape to
the outside before filling the grease cavity. Therefore,
to avoid this situation, the front attachment has to be
repositioned during the lubrication process, to move
the load area and allow the grease to cover the entire
grease cavity between the pin and bushing.

6-8
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER) Check to make certain engine oil level in the oil pan
DPF is an acronym for diesel particulate filter. A DPF is a t a no r mal l evel. Sho uld the oil level r ise
works in conjunction with the an o xidation catalyst abnormally, check the injection system.
and an EGR valve (Exhaust Gas Recirculation) to Make certain there is no exhaust leakage.
remove a majority of the NOx, particulate matter and
unburned hydrocarbons from burned diesel fuel. Check the cover for damage, missing clips.
Soot is a natural by-product from the combustion of Check hoses of the differential pressure sensor for
diesel fuel. Inside the DPF is a porous structure that any deterioration. Replace hoses every two years.
catches the soot as it passes through. After the soot
builds up over time, the on board computer controls See the procedure below for inspection.
fuel injection to allow unburned fuel to enter the filter
at m easured inter vals w here it flares o ff a nd
generates increased temperatures that incinerate the
accumulated soot.

Normal working

Carry into service shop

Connection of Hino-DX <Error code is checked by Hino-DX.>

Checking for previous trouble

1. First check in service shop
DPF condition is checked by monitor

(When the previous engine trouble is found,

2. Diagnosis Engine check
firstly check the engine, and check DPF.)

3. Service the forcible regeneration <To operate manual forcible regeneration,

(To control the gauge cluster, use a personal computer.>
use a personal computer.) Operate forcible regeneration manually.

4. Judgment of forcible
regeneration completion

(Regeneration does not complete.) ¨ Cleaning of filter

5. Diagnosis Cleaning of filter
Error code "PXXXX" is indicated on gauge cluster.

6. Measurement of differential <Raise the engine speed to maximum under no load,

pressure (To control gauge cluster, and check differential pressure value.>
use a acceleration and personal Monitor differential pressure value of differential pressure sensor.
computer.) Monitor engine speed.

(Differential pressure value is beyond the limit of

7. Diagnosis Cleaning of filter
allowable value.) ¨ Cleaning of filter

ULCX3404036E01 Figure 14C

6-9
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE QUICK REFERENCE CHART

Intervals in hours

NEW MACHINE
Service intervals
Service points

lubricate
INITIAL

replace
check
clean
page

drain
6-23 Fan and air conditioning drive belt AR

As Required 6-44 Air filter AR

(AR) 6-38 Fuel tank filter AR AR
6-17 Steel track shoe bolt torque AR
6-12 Engine oil level 8
Every 8 hours
6-12 Coolant level 8
6-14 Hydraulic reservoir level 8
6-20 Attachment 50
6-21 Engine oil and filter Run-in 50
6-23 Accessory drive belts 50 50
6-23 Drain fuel tank sediment 50
Every 50 hours
6-25 Bolt and nut torque Run-in 50
6-27 Hydraulic return filter 50
6-26 Track shoe bolt torque Run-in 50
6-24 Battery check 50
6-28 Intake and intercooler hose 120
Every 120 hours
6-28 Swing motor reduction oil 120
6-29 Travel motor reduction oil 120
6-30 Radiator hoses and clamps 250
6-31 Accessory belt 250

Every 250 hours 6-31 Swing reduction gear Run-in 250

6-32 Bolt and nut torque 250
6-33 Fresh air filter 250
6-33 Engine air filter 250
6-35 Engine oil and filter 50 500
6-37 Fuel filters 50 500
6-38 Fuel tank strainer 500
6-38 Swing reduction gear oil 500
Every 500 hours 6-39 Control lever 500
6-39 Slewing ring bolts 500
6-40 Travel reduction gear oil 500
6-41 Attachment 500
6-42 Air conditioning unit 500
Every 1000 6-43 Hydraulic return filter 1000
hours
6-44 Engine air filter 1000
6-45 Engine mount bracket 1000 1000
SM Engine valve clearance

6-10
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

Intervals in hours

NEW MACHINE
Service intervals
Service points

lubricate
INITIAL

replace
check
clean
page

drain
6-46 Engine coolant 2000
6-48 Suction strainer 2000 2000
6-49 Swing reduction oil 2000
Every 2000
6-49 Pilot line filter 2000
hours
6-51 Swing bearing grease 2000
6-52 Travel motor 2000
6-53 Seat belt/ROPS 2000
Every 5000
6-56 Hydraulic oil 5000
hours

NOTE: Due to operating conditions, the service intervals may need to be shortened to provide maximum machine
performance and protection.
NOTE: Once the machine has completed 500 hours (then 1000 hours, 1500 hours, etc.) the message Service Due
will appear on the screen to serve as a reminder that service work is due. See “Systems display and control panel”
in the “Controls/Instruments/Accessories” Section.
NOTE: SM = See Service Manual or contact Authorized Dealer
NOTE: Hydraulic oil used must be certified to comply with 5000 hour turbine test.

6-11
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

DAILY INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

The following procedures are to be performed every ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
8 hours or daily, before starting the machine.

WARNING: Be cautious of hot fluids and

surfaces. Wear goggles, safety shoes, hard
hat, work cloths, and work gloves to perform
inspection and maintenance on this machine.
1

ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Raise the engine cover.

G1
F2

BS06H211 Figure 16

1. ENGINE COOLANT RESERVOIR

1. Open left r ear c ompartment c over and i nspect

coolant level in engine coolant reservoir.
2. Proper c oolant l evel i s b etween “ FULL” an d
“LOW” marks.
3. If nec essary to add co olant, r emove r eservoir
cap and fill to proper le vel with fresh coolant
mixture.

L
2

ULCX3403022E01 Figure 15
A
1. ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK
2. OIL FILL CAP B

2. Remove the engine di pstick, c lean i t wi th a BS06H205 Figure 17

clean, dry, lint free cloth. Reinsert into engine.
Pull out again and visually inspect the engine oil 1. RESERVOIR
level on dipstick. 2. FILL CAP

3. If necessary to add oil, remove oil filler cap and 4. If no coolant is shown in reservoir, check coolant
fill engine oil to proper level. level in radiator. Fill radiator with proper coolant
mixture and replace cap. Then refill reservoir to
NOTE: After adding oil, check oil level again,
proper level.
replace filler cap and dipstick and close engine
cover.
WARNING: Never remove radiator cap
when engine is hot. Allow engine to cool
down before removing radiator cap.

6-12
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

ENGINE FLUID LEAKS 2. Repair or replace all damaged or malfunctioning

1. Inspect complete engine for signs of fluid leaks. wiring, connec tors and components before
resuming operation of the machine.

WARNING: Operating the machine with

damaged or malfunctioning electrical
components can cause serious damage to
the machine and serious injury to personnel.
Repair or replace faulty components
immediately.

FUEL LEVEL

S 12:15 1
DC04C286 Figure 18
2. When i nspecting ar ound pr essure li nes an d
hoses use a stiff piece of cardboard.

DC04D600 Figure 21

1. FUEL LEVEL GAUGE

1. Turn the ignition key on and the fuel gauge in the

cluster will indicate the fuel tank level.

DC04C287 Figure 19

WARNING: Never use your hand to check

for leaks. High pressure fluid leaks will
penetrate the skin and cause severe injury. 1
1

ENGINE ELECTRICAL

ULCX3403003B01.EPS Figure 22

1. FUEL TANK CAP

2. To r efuel the mac hine, us e th e ig nition key to

unlock the cap (if locked) and remove the fuel
tank cap. Do not r emove the fuel screen for
fueling. Refill fuel tank to full mark to reduce air
volume (condensation). Failure to do so could
DC04C292 Figure 20 create pr oblems su ch as r usting a nd f uel
1. Visually and manually in spect all eng ine freezing, as well as other associated problems.
electrical wiring, connectors and components for
signs of damage and malfunction.

6-13
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL 3. To add hydraulic oil, proceed as follows:

11

Push
Valve

DC04B339 Figure 25
DC04B674 Figure 23
1. Place the machine in the oil check position on a 1. CAP
firm level surface.
A. Depress a ir r elease button to release
hydraulic tank pressure.
11
WARNING: Gasses from hydraulic tank may
be hot. Wear personal safety equipment.

1
H
G
25
L

ULCX3403005B01 Figure 24
2. Check the sight glass through the opening of the
hydraulic tank side cover.
BS06M157 Figure 26
WARNING: For safe operation on inclines,
the hydraulic oil level must be maintained 1. COVER - FILL PORT
2. SIGHT GAUGE
between “Proper Level” and “Upper Limit”
mark. DO NOT OPERATE machines on B. Slowly r emove the m ounting bol ts fr om th e
inclined surfaces with a slope greater than hydraulic return filter cover plate.
35°.
C. Add h ydraulic o il, fi lling h ydraulic tan k to th e
proper level.
D. Clean and inspect the O-ring. Replace O-ring
if dama ged. Lubr icate the O -ring with
hydraulic oil and install the O-ring.
E. Install c over p late, cap screws a nd washers.
Tighten the cap screws to torque specification.
Refer to Torque Specification Table in the
Specifications Section.

WARNING: Clean all spilled oil to prevent

fires. Dispose of hazardous waste according
to environmental laws and regulations.

6-14
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

IMPORTANT: Always use clean hydraulic oil. Use HYDRAULIC OIL LEAKS
caution to avoid contamination during filling.

HYDRAULIC FUNCTIONS

DC04C287 Figure 28

WARNING: Never use your hand to check

for leaks. High pressure fluid leaks will
BS06H208 Figure 27 penetrate the skin and cause severe injury.
Check all hydraulic controls for proper functionality
before operating the machine. 1. Check complete hydraulic system for leaks. Use
a small piece of cardboard when checking areas
with high pressure.
WARNING: Never operate the machine with
faulty control or function. Make all necessary 2. Check all hoses and lines for signs of damage.
repairs before allowing any operation. 3. Repair or r eplace damaged hoses an d li nes
before allowing any operation.

WARNING: Clean all spilled oil to prevent

fires. Dispose of hazardous waste according
to environmental laws and regulations.

6-15
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

STEPS AND HANDHOLDS FRAME STRUCTURE

1. Carefully i nspect th e ent ire fr ame s tructure f or
signs of damage, broken welds, etc.

DC03K221 Figure 30
DC04A040 Figure 29 NOTE: Remove any excessive grease from the
1. Inspect daily all mounting steps, handholds, and attachment pin connecting areas to inspect welding.
mirrors on the machine to make sure they are
2. Repair or replace all frame components found to
clean and in safe working condition.
be damaged before allowing any operation of the
2. Repair or r eplace all dam aged par ts or machine.
components before allowing any operation of the
3. In c ases whe re w elding i s r equired, c onsult a n
machine.
authorized dealer for proper procedures. Use
IMPORTANT: Use steps and handholds when only certified welding personnel familiar with
mounting and dismounting the machine. Keep steps, structural welding methods to perform repairs
handholds, and step rails clean and in safe working requiring welding. Never allow current to flow
condition. through a joint such as between a pin, bushing,
bearing, seal and/or between upper and lower
structures.

WARNING: Disconnect ECU, Mechatro

Controller, and batteries before welding on
this machine. Connect welder ground cable
within 1 m (3’ 3”) of area to be welded.

6-16
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

Track Shoes Track Links

DC04A040 Figure 31 DC04C300 Figure 32

1. TRACK SHOES 1. TRACK LINK

A. Visually in spect tr ack sh oes f or s igns o f A. Inspect li nk f or si gns o f e xcessive w ear o r

excessive wear or damage. damage.
B. Have all r epair or r eplacement wor k do ne by B. Have al l r epair or r eplacement work do ne by
an authorized Kobelco Construction Service an authorized Kobelco Construction Service
Dealer. Dealer.
C. Check tightness of sh oe mo unting bolts and
nuts. If loose, remove bolt, clean thread, apply Sprockets
engine oil and torque to 853 ± 27 N-m (628 ±
36 ft-lbs).
1

DC04C301 Figure 33

1. SPROCKET
2. SPROCKET BOLT

A. Inspect sp rockets f or e xcessive w ear a nd

damage.
B. Should t he s prockets require s ervice, c ontact
an authorized Kobelco Construction Service
Dealer.
C. Check an d ma ke su re all sp rocket bol ts ar e
properly torqued.
NOTE:
If any sprocket bolt is loose, proceed as follow:
C1 - Remove bolt and clean threads.
C2 - Apply Loctite #262 to the bolt.
C3 - Torque to 55 kgf-m (397 lbs-ft)
6-17
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

IDLERS TRACK TENSION

DC04C302 Figure 34

1. IDLER

A. Inspect Idl ers for e xcessive w ear an d

damage.
B. Should the Idl ers r equire se rvice, contact an
authorized Kobelco Construction Service
Dealer.
DC04C304 Figure 36
NOTE: Every 8 hours of operation, make sure to 1. On a fi rm l evel s urface o perate s wing, a rm,
check Idlers and Rollers for leakage and repair as bucket, and boom controls until machine is set
needed. Contact your Kobelco Construction dealer’s up as shown. Stop the engine.
Service Department for any assistance.
WARNING: Support lower frame with
NOTE: Change oil in Idlers and Rollers every 2000
suitable blocks.
hours of operation. See 2000 hour maintenance in
this section for specific details. 2. Measure the sag in the ce nter of the tr ack,
between the bottom of the track frame and the
track shoe surface.
1. Rollers

DC04C307 Figure 37

WARNING: Grease in track tensioning

mechanism is under extreme pressure and
1 can penetrate skin causing severe injury.
Keep face and body away from grease fitting
DC04C303 Figure 35
area. Never loosen grease fitting more than
1. ROLLERS one (1) complete turn. If grease does not
release after one (1) turn of the fitting, call an
A. Inspect R ollers f or e xcessive w ear a nd authorized Kobelco Construction service
damage. dealer for assistance.
B. Should the Rollers require service, contact an 3. To i ncrease tr ack te nsion, i nject extreme
authorized Kobelco Construction Service pressure No. 2 grease into idle r adjustment
Dealer for assistance. grease fitting with a gr ease gun until proper
tension is reach.

6-18
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

4. To de crease tr ack tens ion, c arefully l oosen BOOM & ARM

grease fitting to allow grease to escape. 1. Inspect Boom a nd A rm s tructures f or s igns o f
5. Tighten grease fitting to 6 kgf-m (45 lbf-ft) torque. excessive wear and damage.
6. Keep others away from machine start engine and
operate th e travel mo tor for the track bei ng
adjusted, back and forth. Recheck track tension
and adjust if needed.
7. Keep ot hers a way, st art a nd l ower m achine t o
the ground.
8. Perform steps 1 th rough 6 o n the opposite track
if needed.

DC03K221 Figure 38
NOTE: Remove any excessive grease from the
attachment pin connecting areas for inspection.
2. Should r epair o r r eplacement b e ne cessary,
contact an authorized Kobelco Construction
Service Dealer for assistance.
NOTE: Visually check every eight (8) hours for
excessive lateral play between boom and arm, and
arm and bucket connections. Measure clearances
every fifty (50) hours. Refer to shop manual for
details regarding attachment lateral clearance.

WARNING: Should welding be necessary,

disconnect ECU, Mechatro Controller, and
batteries before welding on this machine.
Connect welder ground cable within 1 m (3’
3”) of area to be welded.

6-19
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

50 HOUR MAINTENANCE
ATTACHMENT LUBRICATION
1

1 DC04C308 Figure 41

DC04C305 Figure 39 1. ARM TO BOOM PIN

2. ARM CYLINDER ROD PIN
1. BOOM CYLINDER HEAD 3. BUCKET CYLINDER HEAD PIN

1. Boom cylinder head pins. 5. Arm to boom pin.

6. Arm cylinder rod pin.
7. Bucket cylinder head pin.
4
3 5

1 4
1

3
2
DC04C309 Figure 42
DC04C306 Figure 40
1. BUCKET CYLINDER ROD END
1. BOOM FOOT
2. TOP BUCKET LINK PIN
2. BOOM FOOT PIN (EACH SIDE)
3. BOTTOM BUCKET LINK PIN
3. ARM CYLINDER HEAD PIN
4. ARM TO BUCKET PIN
4. BOOM CYLINDER ROD PINS
5. IDLER LINK TO ARM PIN
2. Boom foot pin.
8. Bucket cylinder rod pin.
3. Arm cylinder head pin.
9. Top bucket link pin.
4. Boom cylinder rod pins.
10. Bottom bucket link pin.
11. Arm to bucket pin.
12. Idler link to arm pin
.

WARNING: The machine and attachment

should not be moved when greasing.
Personal injury may result. Move attachment
to a different position, stop the engine and
lubricate the attachment again. Repeat this
procedure until the front attachment is
completely lubricated.

6-20
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER ELEMENT

Change the engine oil and filter on a new machine
after the first 50 hours of operation. Then change the
engine oil at every 500 hours of operation.

NOTE: Engine oil must comply with API

classification for Service CJ4.
NOTE: One new oil filter is shipped with the machine
in the support kit. This is to be used at the 50 hour oil
& filter change.

3 4
DC04C310 Figure 45

3. BELLY PAN COVER

4. BELLY PAN COVER BOLTS

3. Remove bolts and engine belly pan covers

4. Locate the eng ine oi l d rain plu g an d pl ace a n
empty oil container [20 L (5 Gal) capacity] under
the engine.
5. Remove engine oil drain plug and let the engine
DC04B674 Figure 43 oil drain out completely.
1. Move the mac hine to a firm, le vel surface, and
run engine for 5 minutes to warm the oil.

WARNING: Do not change oil on a machine

that has just stopped working. The oil will be
extremely hot. Allow the engine to cool until
oil is just warm before changing.
42
11

2
5
ULCX3404026B01 Figure 46

5. ENGINE OIL DRAIN PLUG

ULCX3404027B01 Figure 44

1. ENGINE OIL FILLER CAP

2. DIPSTICK

2. Raise th e engine c over an d secure i t o pen.

Remove the oil filler cap.

6-21
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

12. Should a ny o il le aks b e f ound, s top en gine,

check for the so urce of leakage, and r epair
immediately and refill with proper oil.

42
1
1

63

ULCX3404008B01 Figure 47
6. OIL FILTER

6. Use a filter wrench and turn counter clockwise to

remove the oil filter.
7. To install the oil filter, apply a th in coat of eng ine H
oil to the gasket of the new oil filter, fill the filter
partially with engine oil and then secure the filter L
by tightening 3/4 ~ 1 complete turn by hand after
the gasket comes in contact with the oil filter
head.
ULCX3404027B01 Figure 49
NOTE: Check the waste oil. If there are metal flakes
in the oil, contact your authorized dealer. Do not 1. FILL CAP
reuse the oil filter. 2. DIPSTICK

8. Clean o il dr ain p lug an d i nstall i t. T ighten 13. Check oil level and close engine cover.
securely.
14. Reinstall e ngine bel ly p an c overs and ti ghten
9. Refer to LUB RICATION, FILTERS, a nd FLUIDS bolts to 83.3 N-m (38 Ft-lbs).
Section for the proper oil to use and fill engine oil
to proper level. WARNING: Clean all spilled oil to prevent
fires. Dispose of hazardous waste according
to environmental laws and regulations.
Apply Clean Engine Oil

UYT00040085E01 Figure 48

10. Add oi l a nd i nstall o il fil ler cap. Cl ean up all

spilled oil.
11. Keep o thers a way f rom m achine, s tart en gine,
run for 5 minutes. While r unning, check for oil
leaks.

6-22
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

FUEL TANK DRAIN ENGINE ACCESSORY BELT WEAR AND

TENSION
Drain the fuel tank every 50 hours or weekly.
Inspect belt wear and tension on a new machine
after the first 50 hours of engine operation. Then,
every 250 hours.

A
3

11
B 11

1
UYN00040029B01 Figure 50
22
1. FUEL TANK DRAIN VALVE

1. Stop the engine. Place an empty container below

the fuel tank drain valve.
2. Locate and open fuel tank drain valve on bottom
of fuel tank.
3. Drain w ater a nd sediment fr om fu el tank into a
waste container, then close the drain valve.

4G
B

ULCX3504009B01 Figure 51

1. ALTERNATOR 3. CRANK PULLEY

2. FAN BELT 4. A/C COMPRESSOR BELT

Measure belt tension on longest span of belt. Apply a

30 N-m (22 lbf) on the Alternator and Fan belts, and
8 N-m (5.4 lbf) on the Air Conditioner belt. Measure
the belt deflection and compare to the Belt Deflection
table.

BELT DEFLECTION
Alternator Belt 4 mm ~ 6 mm (0.16”~ 0.24 “)
Fan Belt 4 mm ~ 6 mm (0.16”~ 0.24 “
Air Conditioner Belt (New) 2.4 mm (0.09”)

NOTE: Be very careful when moving the alternator.

Do not damage the stator coil section located
between the alternator’s front and rear housing.

6-23
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS
.
BATTERIES
Perform complete battery service on a new machine
after the first 50 hours of engine operation. Then,
check electrolyte (acid) every 50 hours.

WARNING:

BS06H237 Figure 53
3. Remove bat tery c ell c aps and vi sually i nspect
electrolyte (acid) level. Proper level is 10 ~ 15
mm (0.4” ~ 0.6”) above cell plates.
Wear safety clothes, goggles or face shield,
gloves and safety shoes when working with 4. If nec essary, fill each cell to pr oper le vel wit h
batteries. DISTILLED WATER ONLY.
Work in a well ventilated area. 5. Remove cables fr om te rminals and clean wit h
Battery electrolyte (acid) is corrosive. If it hot water. Coat each terminal with a thin layer of
comes in contact with skin, eyes or clothing, petroleum j elly. C lean c ables i n t he s ame
flush with large amount of water and seek manner and reinstall onto battery.
immediate medical attention. 6. If c ables ar e f ound to be in po or condition,
Battery electrolyte (acid) produces hydrogen replace with new parts immediately.
gas that is highly explosive. Keep away
sparks, fire or flames and do not smoke when
working with batteries. WARNING:
Prevent Battery Explosion:
Batteries give hydrogen gases that can
3 explode and cause personal injury.
11 Keep sparks, open flames and cigarettes
2 away from the batteries.
Keep metallic articles away from batteries.
Keep all ventilation caps tightly secured.
Never check charge by placing metal articles
across battery terminals.
Leave battery box open to improve ventilation
when charging.
NOTE: Battery life can be shortened by over
charging and over discharging of the battery.
Replace any battery that will not hold charge or is
difficult to charge.
ULCX3504001B01 Figure 52
1. Stop th e en gine. O pen the batt ery ac cess do or
and secure it open.
2. Loosen n ut ( 1) and r emove w asher ( 2) an d
remove cover (3).

6-24
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

7. Use a hydrometer to check the specific gravity of CHECK BOLT TORQUE

each cell. Compare readings to the chart below. Check tor que of bolts at the fi rst 50 hou rs of
NOTE: Use hydrometer according to its operation. Check every 250 hours thereafter. See
manufacturer’s instruction. torque charts for specific torque rates.

ATMOSPHERIC TEMPERATURE
CHARGE
20°C (68°F) 0°C (32°F) -10°C (14°F) INSPECTING COUNTERWEIGHT ATTACHING
BOLTS FOR PROPER TORQUE.
100% 1.28 1.29 1.31

90% 1.26 1.28 1.29

80% 1.25 1.26 1.28

75% 1.24 1.25 1.27

1
DC04C335 Figure 55
2 1. COUNTERWEIGHT BOLTS

Stop the engine. Check bolts and nuts for proper

torque.
1 CAUTION: Striking counterweight against
obstruction may cause loosening of bolts. Check
bolts for loosening after the first 50 hours of engine
operation. Then, every 250 hours.
BS06H238 Figure 54
NOTE: If a counterweight bolt is found loose,
1. POSITIVE (+) BATTERY CABLE
remove it, clean threads, apply Loctite #262 before
2. NEGATIVE (-) BATTERY CABLE
installing it. See Specification Section for torque
8. When d isconnecting bat teries, remove th e reference.
negative ( -) cable fir st. W hen connecting
WARNING: Wear goggles, safety shoes,
batteries, connect the negative (-) cable last.
hard hat, work clothes and work gloves to
9. When the battery requires charging: perform inspection and maintenance on this
machine.
a. Disconnect battery cables from terminals.
b. Remove all cell caps.
c. Check f or pr oper electrolyte ( acid) level, an d CONTACT YOUR AUATHORIZED DEALER
reinstall caps before charging. Contact your authorized dealer for valve clearance
d. Connect charger l eads to th e p roper battery adjustment, intake and exhaust manifold, turbo
terminals. charger at the first 50 hours of operation.

NOTE: Make certain not to cross Positive (+) and

negative (-) terminals when connecting charger.
e. Stop charge if battery overheats.
f. Periodically ch eck the sp ecific gr avity of th e
batteries with a hydrometer. Stop charging
batteries when 100% charged.

6-25
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

TRACK TENSION

DC04C307 Figure 58

WARNING: Grease in track tensioning

mechanism is under extreme pressure and
can penetrate skin causing severe injury.
Keep face and body away from grease fitting
area. Never loosen grease fitting more than
one (1) complete turn. If grease does not
release after one (1) turn of the fitting, call an
authorized dealer for assistance.
4. To i ncrease tr ack te nsion, i nject extreme
pressure No. 2 grease into idle r adjustment
grease fitting with a gr ease gun until proper
tension is reach.
DC04C304 Figure 56
1. On a fi rm l evel s urface o perate s wing, ar m, 5. To de crease tr ack tens ion, c arefully loo sen
bucket, and boom controls until machine is set grease fitting to allow grease to escape.
up as shown. Stop the engine. 6. Tighten grease fitting to 49 to 69 Nm ( a36.6 to
51.4 lbf) torque.
WARNING: Support lower frame with
suitable blocks. 7. Keep others away from machine start engine and
operate th e travel m otor for the track be ing
2. Measure th e s ag i n t he center of t he track, adjusted, back and forth. Recheck track tension
between the bottom of the track frame and the and adjust if needed.
track shoe surface.
8. Keep o thers a way, st art a nd l ower machine t o
the ground.
9. Perform steps 1 th rough 6 o n the opposite track
if needed.

A
1

UYT00040061J01 Figure 57
3. Proper tension (A): 350 to 38 0 mm ( 13.8 to 15. 0
inches)

6-26
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

HYDRAULIC RETURN FILTER

Change the hydraulic tank return filter on a new
machine after the first 50 hours of engine operation
1
4
then change every 1000 hours.
NOTE: If Breaker is used replace return filter every
2
250 hours.

5
3
3
6

DC04B674 Figure 59
1. Move t he m achine t o a fi rm, le vel su rface w ith
the attachment resting on the ground. BS06H083 Figure 61

1. BOLT
WARNING: Never change oils or filters on a 2. COVER PLATE
machine that has just finished working. Allow 3. O-RING
machine to cool first until oils and fluids are 4. SPRING
warm not hot. Release hydraulic tank 5. BYPASS VALVE
pressure before working with any hydraulic 6. RETURN FILTERS
components.
4. Remove O-ring, Sp ring, Bypass V alve, an d
Return Filters.
11 5. Install the new Return filters.
6. Install the Bypass Valve and spring.
Push
7. Clean an d ins pect th e O-ring. Rep lace O -ring if
Valve damaged. Lubricate the O-ring with hydraulic
fluid and install the O-ring.
8. Install Cover P late, B olts, and Lo ck Washers.
Tighten the Bolts to torque Specification.
Tightening torque
41.9 to 51.1 Nm (30.9 to 37.7 lbf).

ULC00040021E01 Figure 60

1. COVER
2. HYDRAULIC RELEASE

2. Stop t he e ngine. D epress a ir r elease b utton to

release hydraulic tank pressure.

IMPORTANT: Slowly remove the mounting bolts.

The filter cover plate is under spring tension.
3. Remove t he mounting bo lts f rom t he h ydraulic
return cover plate.

6-27
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

120 HOURS
INTAKE AND INTERCOOLER HOSE SWING MOTOR REDUCTION OIL

22 1
1 22 1
1 2
ULCX3404002B01 Figure 62 ULC00040021J01 Figure 64
1. Check suc tion hos e ( 1) for damage, 1. Park ma chine on fir m, le vel gr ound wit h
deterioration, and looseness of clamp (2). attachment on the ground. Place safety lock
lever in UP (locked) position.
2. Replace any damaged parts.
2. Remove dipstick ( 1) f rom s wing motor. Wi pe
clean with lint free cloth, reinsert.
11 22 3. Check gauge markings to determine if gear oil is
2 at specified range. Refill as necessary.

11

22 11 2

ULCX3404003B01 Figure 63
1. Check in ner co oler ho se (1) f or da mage,
deterioration, and looseness of clamp (2).
2. Replace any damaged parts.

6-28
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

TRAVEL REDUCTION OIL

1
DC04C334 Figure 65

1. DRAIN PLUG
2. FILL/LEVEL PLUG

1. Stop t he engine. C heck t he oil level o n t ravel

motor reduction unit on a new machine after the
first 50 hours of engine operation then check
every 250 hours.
2. Remove level plug (2). Oil should be at the tope
of oil level plug.
3. If level is low, fill at plug (2).
4. Check th e tr avel r eduction u nit on bo th s ides o f
the machine.

WARNING: Never change oils on a machine

that has just finished working. Allow machine
to cool first until oils and fluids are warm not
hot. Release hydraulic tank pressure before
working with any hydraulic components.

NOTE: Loosen plug slowly. Reduction unit can be

under pressure. Do not face to plug.

6-29
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

250 HOUR MAINTENANCE

CHECKING THE RADIATOR CAP & HOSES b. Locate the radiator lower cover. Remove bolts
Inspect the radiator cap and hoses every 250 hours and cover to obtain access to the radiator
of engine operation. drain hose and lower hose.

11 22

BS06H209 Figure 68
ULC00040025J01 Figure 66 1. RADIATOR DRAIN VALVE

1. RADIATOR HOSE CLAMP 2. RADIATOR HOSE

c. Place a n e mpty clean c ontainer und er th e
1. Stop th e en gine. Ra ise th e e ngine c over an d radiator dr ain hos e. Do not contaminate
secure it open. coolant mi xture dr ained, since it can b e
reused.
2. Check th e ho ses f or le akage d ue to lo ose
clamps, or crack and worn hoses. d. Turn d rain v alve co unter cl ockwise to dr ain
coolant.
3. Tighten any loose clamps.
e. Loosen the ho se clamp an d remove radiator
4. Should you need to replace any cracked or worn hose.
hoses, proceed as follows:
f. Clean the ar eas where th e new ho se wi ll b e
WARNING: Use extreme caution when connected.
removing the radiator cap. The coolant is g. Remove the c lamps (if r eusing old clamps)
under high pressure when hot. Never remove from the old hose and install them to the new
the radiator cap when system is hot. Allow hose.
sufficient time for machine to cool down.
h. Coat the inside ends of the ne w radiator hose
a. Place a rag or paper towel on the radiator cap with grease and install it. T ighten clamps
and slowly remove it to release the pressure. properly.
i. Fill r adiator wi th c oolant dr ained i n s tep “ c” i f
reusing old coolant mixture.
j. Install radiator cap, s tart en gine, a nd bring
engine temperature to about 90°C (194°F).
k. Run eng ine at l ow i dle, ch eck f or lea kages
and repair as needed.
l. Install r adiator lower c over an d cl ose en gine
1 cover.
NOTE: Refer to LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND
FLUIDS section for proper engine coolant and
capacity.
BS06H209 Figure 67
5. Inspect radiator c ap f or proper o peration an d
1. RADIATOR LOWER HOSE
replace if needed.

6-30
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

ENGINE ACCESSORY BELT WEAR AND SWING RING GEAR AND SWING BEARING
TENSION LUBRICATION
Inspect belt wear and tension on a new machine Swing Ring Gear Lubrication
after the first 50 hours of engine operation. Then,
Check the grease level and condition of the swing
every 250 hours.
ring gear grease bath on a new machine after the
first 50 hours of engine operation. Then, check every
A
250 hours. Replace the grease in the swing ring gear
3 bath every 2,000 hours.

11

22

UYN00040024J019 Figure 70

1. BOOM CYLINDER PINS

Stop the engine. Locate grease points and apply

4G
B
lubricant.

5
4
61
54
33
ULCX3504009B01 Figure 69
22
1. ALTERNATOR 3. CRANK PULLEY 7
2. FAN BELT 4. A/C COMPRESSOR BELT

Measure belt tension on longest span of belt. Apply a

30 N-m (22 lbf) on the Alternator and Fan belts, and
8 N-m (5.4 lbf) on the Air Conditioner belt. Measure UYN00040025J01 Figure 71
the belt deflection and compare to the Belt Deflection
Lubricate at the following remote grease zerts.
table.
(2) Boom foot pin
BELT DEFLECTION (3) Boom foot pin

Alternator Belt 4 mm ~ 6 mm (0.16”~ 0.24 “) (4) Boom cylinder rod pin

(5) Boom cylinder rod pin
Fan Belt 4 mm ~ 6 mm (0.16”~ 0.24 “
(6) Arm cylinder rod pin
Air Conditioner Belt (New) 2.4 mm (0.09”)
(7) Boom foot (center) pin

NOTE: Use care when moving the alternator. Do not

damage the stator coil section located between the
alternator’s front and rear housing.

6-31
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

INSPECTING COUNTERWEIGHT ATTACHING

BOLTS FOR PROPER TORQUE.

88
10
UYN00040026J02 Figure 72
(8) Arm cylinder rod pin
1
(9) Arm to boom pin DC04C335 Figure 74

(10) Bucket cylinder head pin 1. COUNTERWEIGHT BOLTS

Stop the engine. Check bolts and nuts for proper

11 torque.
CAUTION: Striking counterweight against
14
14 obstruction may cause loosening of bolts. Check
12 bolts for loosening after the first 50 hours of engine
12 operation. Then, every 250 hours.
NOTE: If a counterweight bolt is found loose,
remove it, clean threads, apply Loctite #262 before
installing it. See Specification Section for torque
reference.
13
13
WARNING: Wear goggles, safety shoes,
ULC00040018J01 Figure 73 hard hat, work clothes and work gloves to
(11) Bucket link pins perform inspection and maintenance on this
machine.
(12) Bucket cylinder rod pin
(13) Idler link to arm pin and arm to bucket pin
(14) Arm top pin

6-32
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

CLEAN THE FRESH AIR FILTER CLEAN ENGINE AIR FILTER

1. Park the mac hine on a fir m, level service. Keep
AIR CLEANER
all unauthorized personnel clear of the ar ea.
Start the engine. Clean the engine air filter every 250 hours or if a
warning is indicated on the multidisplay. After 6
cleanings, the filter should be replaced. DO NOT
clean the i nner element if the m achine has two
elements. It must be replaced.

11

ULFX1204001E01 Figure 75

1. FRESH AIR FILTER ULCX3404012B01 Figure 77

NOTE: The air restriction indicator will not signal if
the element is torn or if the air cleaner compartment
is not sealed properly.
1. Stop the engine. Open engine air cleaner access
door. Use ignition key to unlock door.
2. Unlock snap clamps on the cover.

33
22

DC04C383 Figure 76
2. Check the refrigerant volume by looking through
the sight glass (inspection window) on the upper
part of the receiver-dryer. 22
44
11

ULCX3404013B01 Figure 78

1. OUTER ELEMENT
2. CLAMP
3. ELEMENT
4. O-RING

3. Pull ai r fi lter ele ment out . DO NO T RE MOVE

inner element.

6-33
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

DC04C289 Figure 79

AIR CLEANER OUTER ELEMENT

4. Clean the inside of air cleaner housing.

5. Use compressed air (less then 0.1 MPa (29 psi),
blowing the ai r up an d down folds of the filter
element interior.

WARNING: Wear protective glasses or

goggles when using compressed air.
6. After cleaning, use light to check the inside of the
element for tear ing, pinholes, or cracking.
Replace with new element if necessary.
7. Assemble elements in the reverse or der of
disassembly.
IMPORTANT: Make sure to properly place the
O-ring seal on the wing nut sleeve for the outer filter
element. Failure to do so could cause engine failure.

6-34
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

500 HOUR MAINTENANCE:

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER ELEMENT
Change the engine oil and filter on a new machine
after the first 50 hours of operation. Then change the
engine oil at every 500 hours of operation.
NOTE: One new oil filter is shipped with the machine
in the support kit. This is to be used at the 50 hour oil
& filter change.

3 4
DC04C310 Figure 82

3. BELLY PAN COVER

4. BELLY PAN COVER BOLTS

3. Remove bolts and engine belly pan covers

4. Locate the eng ine oi l d rain plu g an d pl ace a n
DC04B674 Figure 80
empty oil container [20 L (5 Gal) capacity] under
the engine.
1. Move the mac hine to a firm, le vel surface, and
run engine for 5 minutes to warm the oil. 5. Remove engine oil drain plug and let the engine
oil drain out completely.

WARNING: Do not change oil on a machine

that has just stopped working. The oil will be
extremely hot. Allow the engine to cool until
oil is just warm before changing.
42
11

2
5
ULCX3404026B01 Figure 83

5. ENGINE OIL DRAIN PLUG

ULCX3404027B01 Figure 81

1. ENGINE OIL FILLER CAP

2. DIPSTICK

2. Raise th e engine c over an d secure i t o pen.

Remove the oil filler cap.

6-35
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

12. Should a ny o il le aks b e f ound, s top en gine,

check for the so urce of leakage, and r epair
immediately and refill with proper oil.

42
1
1

63

ULCX3404008B01 Figure 84
6. OIL FILTER

6. Use a filter wrench and turn counter clockwise to

remove the oil filter.
7. To install the oil filter, apply a th in coat of eng ine H
oil to the gasket of the new oil filter, fill the filter
partially with engine oil and then secure the filter L
by tightening 3/4 ~ 1 complete turn by hand after
the gasket comes in contact with the oil filter
head.
ULCX3404027B01 Figure 86
NOTE: Check the waste oil. If there are metal flakes
in the oil, contact your authorized dealer. Do not 1. FILL CAP
reuse the oil filter. 2. DIPSTICK

8. Clean o il dr ain p lug an d i nstall i t. T ighten 13. Check oil level and close engine cover.
securely.
14. Reinstall e ngine bel ly p an c overs and ti ghten
9. Refer to LUB RICATION, FILTERS, a nd FLUIDS bolts to 83.3 N-m (38 Ft-lbs).
Section for the proper oil to use and fill engine oil
to proper level. WARNING: Clean all spilled oil to prevent
fires. Dispose of hazardous waste according
to environmental laws and regulations.
Apply Clean Engine Oil

UYT00040085E01 Figure 85

10. Add oi l a nd i nstall o il fil ler cap. Cl ean up all

spilled oil.
11. Keep o thers a way f rom m achine, s tart en gine,
run for 5 minutes. While r unning, check for oil
leaks.

6-36
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

FUEL FILTERS 6. Lubricate O-ring for fuel filter bowl and attach to
NOTE: To replace the fuel and fuel pre-filter, new fuel filter.
perform the following instructions with the engine off. 7. Lubricate the O -ring seal with di esel fuel an d
install filter by hand (do not use wrench), and
1. Replacing Fuel Filter
tighten 3/4 ~ 1 tur n after the O-ring seal has
1. Place an empty container below fuel filters. made contact with support mount surface.
8. Open fuel shutoff valve.
9. Open air b leeder plug on top of filter support
housing and use primer pump to fill filter with
clean fuel.
Bleed air from the fuel system

3 22

ULCX3404014B01 Figure 87 11
(A) SHUT OFF VALVE
Figure 89
2. Close fuel shutoff valve. BS06H084 Figure 90
2. BLEEDER PLUG
3. Clean th e ar ea ar ound the filter to pr event 1. FUEL FILTER
3. PRIMING PUMP
contamination.
4. Use a filter wrench and turn counter clockwise to If air contaminates the fuel system, the engine may
remove the fuel filter. become hard to start or malfunction. Bleed the air
5. Remove O -ring s eal f rom the filter support whenever the fuel filter elements are replaced.
mount. 1. Place a suitable container under filter drain.
2. Loosen bleeder plug.
3. Use the pump to pump fuel and air.
4. When clean fluid only flows from the valve, close
the valve.

2 5. Tighten the bleeder plug and pump again about

20 times. After bleeding is complete, wipe off any
spilled fuel on and around the fil ter and/or
1 engine.

WARNING: Clean up all spilled fuel to

2
prevent fires. Dispose of hazardous waste
according to environmental laws and
3 regulations.
NOTE: The air in the injection pump will
BS06H086 Figure 88 automatically be forced out when the engine starts.
1. FUEL FILTER 3. FUEL FILTER BOWL 6. Run engine at low idle for 5 minutes to check and
2. O-RING make sure there is no fuel leakage.
m.Remove fuel filter bowl from bottom of filter.
n. With a clean, dry cloth, clean the filter support
mount surface.

6-37
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

CHECKING AND CLEANING FUEL TANK AND CHANGE OIL IN SWING REDUCTION UNIT
STRAINER
Change the Swing Reduction Unit oil on a new
machine after the first 500 hours of engine operation.
Then, change every 2000 hours.

WARNING: Wear goggles, safety shoes,

hard hat, work clothes, and work gloves to
perform inspection and maintenance on this
machine.

WARNING: Never change oil or filters on a

machine that has just finished working. Allow
sufficient time for the machine to cool down
before performing any maintenance.

WARNING: Clean up all spilled oil. Dispose

DC04C387 Figure 91
of all hazardous waste in accordance with
1. Stop t he engine. Us e i gnition key a nd r emove government environmental regulations.
the fuel tank cap.
1. Move machine to a fir m, level surface and place
2. Check the cap seal and replace it if needed. attachment on the ground. Stop the engine.

1
DC04C386 Figure 92
DC04C338 Figure 93
3. Remove the f uel tank s trainer an d c lean i t.
1. DRAIN PORT
Replace the strainer if it is damaged.
Install fuel tank strainer and use the ignition key to 2. Locate drain port under the center opening of the
install the cap.
lower frame. Place an empty container under
drain port and remove plug allowing oil to drain
into container
3. Clean the drain plug. Use teflon tape on plug for
additional sealing and install it. Tighten securely.

6-38
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

CONTROL LEVER JOINT LUBRICATION

BS06H210 Figure 94
2
1. DIPSTICK

4. Remove the dipstick and fill the unit with oil. DC04C336 Figure 96

1. UNIVERSAL JOINT
NOTE: Refer to LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND
2. TOP OF THE SLIDING AREA
FLUIDS Section for proper capacities and oil
specifications. Stop the engine. Remove the rubber boots from the
Swing Reduction Unit Capacity control levers and lubricate the universal joint and the
7.4 Liters (2.0 gal) top of the sliding area.

WARNING: Wear goggles, safety shoes, SLEWING RING BOLTS

hard hat, work clothes, and work gloves to
perform inspection and maintenance on this
machine.

WARNING: Never change oil or filters on a

machine that has just finished working. Allow
sufficient time for the machine to cool down
before performing any maintenance.
11
WARNING: Clean up all spilled oil. Dispose
of all hazardous waste in accordance with
government environmental regulations. 2
2

ULCX3504008B01 Figure 97

1. BOLT
2. BOLT

Check to make certain bolts are tight and secure.

If loosened, remove bolts, apply Loctite #262 or
equivalent and replace and tighten.

Location Torque specification N.m (lbf.ft)

Inner race 932 93 (687 69)
DC04C337 Figure 95
Outer race 932 93 (687 69)
ULCX2704004E01 Figure 98
5. Using the d ipstick, confirm t hat the o il l evel i s
within the designated range.
6. Clean th e fil l pl ug. Use te flon tap e on pl ug f or
additional sealing and install it. Tighten securely.

6-39
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

CHANGE OIL IN TRAVEL MOTOR REDUCTION

UNITS
Change the travel reduction units oil on a ne w
machine after the first 500 hours of engine operation.
Then change every 2000 hours.

WARNING: Wear goggles, safety shoes,

hard hat, work clothes, and work gloves to
perform inspection and maintenance on this
machine.

WARNING: Never change oil or filters on a

machine that has just finished working. Allow
sufficient time for the machine to cool down
before performing any maintenance.

WARNING: Clean up all spilled oil. Dispose

DC03N027 Figure 100
of all hazardous waste in accordance with
government environmental regulations. 3. Remove oil “FILL/LEVEL”, and “DRAIN” plugs to
drain oil into the container.
4. After oi l ha s b een d rained o ut c ompletely, c lean
1 “DRAIN” plug. Use teflon tape on “DRAIN” plug
for additional sealing and install plug. T ighten
securely.

2
DC04C334 Figure 99

1. FILL/LEVEL PLUG 2. DRAIN PLUG

1. Move m achine to a fi rm, l evel s urface. O perate

travel until “DRAIN” plug is positioned at 6:00
o’clock. Oil “FILL/LEVEL” plug should be on the DC04C388 Figure 101
top side at about 10:00 o’clock. 5. Add SA E 90W G ear oil through the oil
2. Stop engine and place an empty container under “FILL/LEVEL” opening until oil starts flowing out
the drain plug. of the port.
6. Clean oi l “ FILL/LEVEL plug. Use teflon tape on
plug for additional sealing and insta ll plug.
Tighten plug securely.

TRAVEL REDUCTION UNIT CAPACITY

9.5 Liters (2.5 GAL)

6-40
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

ATTACHMENT LUBRICATION
1

1 DC04C308 Figure 104

DC04C305 Figure 102 1. ARM TO BOOM PIN

2. ARM CYLINDER ROD PIN
1. BOOM CYLINDER HEAD 3. BUCKET CYLINDER HEAD PIN

1. Boom cylinder head pins. 5. Arm to boom pin.

6. Arm cylinder rod pin.
7. Bucket cylinder head pin.
4
3 5

1 4
1

3
2
DC04C309 Figure 105
DC04C306 Figure 103
1. BUCKET CYLINDER ROD END
1. BOOM FOOT
2. TOP BUCKET LINK PIN
2. BOOM FOOT PIN (EACH SIDE)
3. BOTTOM BUCKET LINK PIN
3. ARM CYLINDER HEAD PIN
4. ARM TO BUCKET PIN
4. BOOM CYLINDER ROD PINS
5. IDLER LINK TO ARM PIN
2. Boom foot pin.
8. Bucket cylinder rod pin.
3. Arm cylinder head pin.
9. Top bucket link pin.
4. Boom cylinder rod pins.
10. Bottom bucket link pin.
11. Arm to bucket pin.
12. Idler link to arm pin
.

WARNING: The machine and attachment

should not be moved when greasing.
Personal injury may result. Move attachment
to a different position, stop the engine and
lubricate the attachment again. Repeat this
procedure until the front attachment is
completely lubricated.

Figure 106

6-41
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING

REFRIGERANT
1. Keep others clear of machine. Start the engine.
2. Set the en gine sp eed to the Mi ddle s peed 1
position.

44

ULCX3404016E01 Figure 109

1. SIGHT GLASS

a. Figure (A) shows that the refrigerant volume is

proper.
33 22 1
1 b. Figure ( B) sh ows th at the r efrigerant i s o ver
charged. This w ill make both high and low
ULCX3404016E01 Figure 107
pressure extreme and exert a bad influence
on the pressure switch operation and the air
1. POWER SWITCH conditioning system.
2. FAN SWITCH
3. TEMPERATURE SWITCH c. Figure ( C) s hows that the r efrigerant is
4. COMPRESSOR SWITCH insufficient. Have the refrigerant recharged at
your Kobelco Construction Dealer.
3. Set m achine t o t he c onditions sh own w hen
checking the refrigerant. NOTE:

• Air Conditioner ---------- ON • New Refrigerant HFC-134a is used in this

machine. Do not mix HFC-134a with CFC-12.
• Fan Switch --------------- HI position (Max.)
• Operate the air conditioner at least once every
• Temp. Adjustment Switch -- Lower Temp week for several minutes to rotate the compressor
• Door/window ------------ Close regardless of the season. This will prevent the
refrigerant gas from leaking from the compressor
• Compressor Switch --- ON (The lamp lit up) sealing.
• Air conditioning unit should only be serviced by a
qualified technician.

DC04C383 Figure 108

4. Check the refrigerant volume by looking through
the sight glass (inspection window) on the upper
part of the receiver-dryer.

6-42
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

1000 HOUR MAINTENANCE

HYDRAULIC RETURN FILTER 3. Remove t he m ounting bo lts fr om t he h ydraulic
Change the hydraulic tank return filter on a new return cover plate.
machine after the first 50 hours of engine operation
then change every 1000 hours.
1
NOTE: If Breaker is used replace return filter every 4
250 hours.
2

5
3
3
6

DC04B674 Figure 110

1. Move t he m achine t o a fi rm, le vel su rface w ith
the attachment resting on the ground.

WARNING: Never change oils or filters on a BS06H083 Figure 112

machine that has just finished working. Allow
1. BOLT
machine to cool first until oils and fluids are 2. COVER PLATE
warm not hot. Release hydraulic tank 3. O-RING
pressure before working with any hydraulic 4. SPRING
components. 5. BYPASS VALVE
6. RETURN FILTERS

11 4. Remove O-ring, Sp ring, Bypass V alve, an d

Return Filters.

Push 5. Install the new Return filters.

Valve 6. Install the Bypass Valve and spring.
7. Clean an d ins pect th e O-ring. Rep lace O -ring if
damaged. Lubricate the O-ring with hydraulic
fluid and install the O-ring.
8. I Cover Plate, Bolts, and Lock Washers. Tighten
the Bolts to torque Specification.
Tightening torque
ULC00040021E01 Figure 111 41.9 to 51.1 Nm (30.9 to 37.7 lbf).
1. COVER
2. HYDRAULIC RELEASE

2. Stop t he e ngine. D epress a ir r elease b utton to

release hydraulic tank pressure.

IMPORTANT: Slowly remove the mounting bolts.

The filter cover plate is under spring tension.

6-43
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

CHANGE ENGINE AIR FILTER

Change the engine air filter when the hour meter 33
registers 1000 hou rs. DO NOT clean th e inner
element if the machine has two elements. It must be
replaced.

22
44
11

ULCX3404012B01 Figure 113

NOTE: The air restriction indicator will not signal if ULCX3404013B01 Figure 115
the element is torn or if the air cleaner compartment
is not sealed properly. 1. OUTER ELEMENT
2. CLAMP
1. Stop the engine. Open engine air cleaner access 3. ELEMENT
door. Use ignition key to unlock door. 4. O-RING

2. Unlock snap clamps on the cover. 4. Remove the inner element. Clean inside housing
body.
33
5. Fit new element 3 to connector.
6. Install ou ter ele ment ( 1) fi t O -ring ( 4) to co ver
and install cover.
7. Fasten clamps.
IMPORTANT: Make sure to properly place the
O-ring seal on the wing nut sleeve for the outer filter
22 element. Failure to do so could cause engine failure.
44
11 8. Clean an d ins pect th e O-ring. Rep lace O -ring if
damaged. Lubricate the O-ring with hydraulic
fluid and install the O-ring.
9. Install Cover P late, B olts, and Lo ck Washers.
Tighten the Bolts to torque Specification.

ULCX3404013B01 Figure 114

1. OUTER ELEMENT
2. CLAMP
3. ELEMENT
4. O-RING

3. Pull a ir f ilter el ement o ut. D O N OT R EMOVE

inner element.

6-44
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

ENGINE MOUNT BRACKET ENGINE VALVE CLEARANCE

Check and adjust the engine valve clearance every
1000 hours of the engine oper ation. Contact your
authorized Dealer’s Service Department for a
CHECK VOLTAGE
3,4 3 1 3,4 2 3,4 3 3,4 2
See electrical section 7 for fur ther electrical and
battery information.

1 3 2 2 3 1 1

ULCX3404018E01 Figure 116

Check the engine mount bracket (1) and r ubber
mount (2) for damage, deterioration. Check bolts and
nuts (3, 4) for looseness, etc. If mounting bracket is
damaged, contact your authorized dealer.

6-45
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

2000 HOUR MAINTENANCE

ENGINE COOLANT CHANGE

WARNING: Be cautious of hot fluids and

surfaces. Wear goggles, safety shoes, hard
hat, work clothes, and work gloves to perform
inspection and maintenance on this machine.
Allow sufficient time for the engine to cool
down before changing fluids.

2
DC04C317 Figure 119

2. RADIATOR LOWER ACCESS COVER

3. Locate the lower cover beneath the radiator.

32

DC04B674 Figure 117

1. Move the machine to a firm level area and place
the attachment on the ground and shut off the
engine.

WARNING: Use extreme caution when

removing the radiator cap. The coolant is
under pressure when hot. Never remove the
radiator cap when system is hot. allow BS06H209 Figure 120
sufficient time for machine to cool down. 3. RADIATOR DRAIN VALVE

4. Remove c over to o btain access to the r adiator

drain hose. Place an e mpty container, with
sufficient capacity for engine coolant, below the
radiator drain hose. Turn valve counter clockwise
to open drain.

NOTE: Refer to LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND

FLUIDS section for proper engine coolant and
capacity.

1
1

ULCX3404024B01 Figure 118

1. RADIATOR CAP

2. Stop the en gine and al low it to cool. Rai se the

engine cover, secure it open, and place a rag or
paper towel on the radiator cap. Slowly remove
the cap. The system could be under pressure.

6-46
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

9. Keep o thers a way fr om the ma chine. Sta rt th e

3
4 engine and br ing engine cooling temperature to
about 90°C (194°F). Then run engine at low idle.
Remove engine drain plug, open radiator drain
plug, and simultaneously feed fresh water into
radiator until draining water comes out clear
(about 10 minutes flushing is sufficient).
10. When f lushing i s c ompleted, sto p en gine an d
also stop water feeding. Drain engine cooling
system completely. Close drain valve and install
drain plug.
11. Prepare a m ixture of r adiator d etergent
according to the manufacturing specs. and pour
the solution into the radiator.
12. Repeat step 8 and start the engine, but run it at
low idle for 30 minutes before draining and
Open Close
flushing.
UYN00040061E01 Figure 121
13. After flushing is co mpleted, us e teflon tape on
4. DRAIN PLUG
the engine drain plug for additional sealing.
5. Remove the engine lower covers. Install plug and tighten securely.

6. Locate the engine coolant drain plug. Remove it 14. Close the radiator drain valve.
to drain coolant. Use a funnel with hose attached 15. Add a mi xture of e ngine c oolant ac cording to
t o d i r e c t t h e d r a i n e d c o o l a n t t owa r d t h e specifications indicated in the ENGINE
container. C O O L A N T M I X T U R E t a b l e . R e fe r t o
7. After dr aining, c lose the dr ain v alve and in stall LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS section
the drain plug. Fill cooling system with fresh for proper system capacity.
water, preferable with hot water.
ENGINE COOLANT MIXTURE
Expected Minimum Temp. Long Life Coolant
-14.5°C (5.9°F) 30% mixed
-34°C (-29.2°F) 50% mixed

NOTE:
54 • Change contaminated and foamy coolant with
new coolant mixture as soon as possible.
A • Cooling water other than long life coolant
B should be changed two times a year, in Autumn
and Spring.
16. Install radiator cap. Start engine and run it at low
BS06H082 Figure 122
5. COOLANT RESERVOIR
idle for 5 minutes. Check and make sure there is
no leakage.
8. Turn the k ey switch to O N po sition. Do not start
the engine. Deactivate the Auto Accel system (1) 17. Install en gine and r adiator low er covers. Se e
by pressing the switch located on the lower side Specification section for proper torque values.
of monitor. 18. Repeat steps 8, s tart the engine and run engine
at high idle for 5 minutes to bleed out any air
from the cooling system.

19. Return throttle to low idle and stop engine. Wait

about 3 m inutes a nd c heck engine c oolant
reservoir for proper level.

6-47
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

CLEANING SUCTION STRAINER

DC04C373 Figure 125

ULC00040021B01 Figure 123 4. Clean a nd i nspect s uction st rainer for da mage.
1. Park m achine on f irm l evel su rface w ith Replace strainer if needed.
attachment on the ground and the safety lock
lever in LOCKED position. Clean the surface 1
a r o u n d t h e hy d r a u l i c t a n k t o p r ev e n t
3
contamination. Release all hydraulic pressure 2
before starting this procedure.
4

1 3 5
2
4

5
6

DC04C376 Figure 126

6 1. BOLT 4. O-RING
2. LOCK WASHER 5. SUCTION STRAINER
3. COVER 6. STRAINER O-RING

5. Install a new O -ring se al on the s trainer.

Lubricate seal with hydraulic oil a nd install
DC04C376 Figure 124 strainer assembly onto suction tube.
1. BOLT 4. O-RING
2. LOCK WASHER 5. SUCTION STRAINER 6. Install a new O-ring on cover plate mount surface
3. COVER 6. STRAINER O-RING groove, lubricate seal with hydraulic oil.

2. Remove co ver, O -ring, an d s trainer fr om

hydraulic tank.

3. Remove the O -ring fr om th e b ottom o f th e

strainer.

NOTE: Make sure to install the correct filter element

for a Standard Excavator and for an Excavator with
Nibbler & Breaker attachment. Check Parts Catalog.

6-48
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

PILOT LINE FILTER

Clean the pilot sy stem fi lter/screen on a new
machine after the first 50 hours of engine operations.
Then clean it every 2000 hours.

WARNING: Never change oils or filters on a

machine that has just stopped working. Allow
machine to cool first until oils and fluids are
warm not hot. Release hydraulic tank
pressure before working with any hydraulic
components.
Figure 128

DC04C297 Figure 127

1
7. Fill hydraulic tank to proper level with fresh clean
hydraulic oil through return filter cover.

8. Install s uction strainer co ver. Tighten the bolts.

Refer to SPEC IFICATIONS Section in t his A
manual for proper torque values.
9. Install new O-ring seal, lubricate it wi th hydraulic
oil and install cover for hydraulic tank return filter
e l e m e n t . T i g h t e n t h e b o l t s . R e fe r t o
SPECIFICATIONS section in this manual for
proper torque values.
ULC00040021B01 Figure 129

WARNING: Clean up all spilled oil. Dispose 1. AIR RELEASE BUTTON

of all hazardous waste in accordance with 2. HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER
government environmental regulations.
1. Depress ai r r elease b utton t o r elease h ydraulic
tank pressure.

43

51
23

BS06H206 Figure 130

3. PILOT SYSTEM FILTER

4. LINE FILTER
5. HOSE

2. Open side door on pump side of machine.

3. Remove hose from pilot line filter.
4. Clean filter with light oil.
5. Re-connect pilot line filter.

6-49
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

CHANGE OIL IN SWING REDUCTION UNIT

Change the Swing Red uction Unit oi l on a ne w
machine after the first 500 hours of engine operation.
Then, change every 2000 hours.
1
WARNING: Wear goggles, safety shoes,
hard hat, work clothes, and work gloves to
perform inspection and maintenance on this
machine.

WARNING: Never change oil or filters on a

machine that has just finished working. Allow
sufficient time for the machine to cool down
before performing any maintenance. BS06H210 Figure 132

WARNING: Clean up all spilled oil. Dispose 1. DIPSTICK

of all hazardous waste in accordance with
4. Remove the dipstick and fill the unit with oil.
government environmental regulations.
1. Move machine to a fir m, level surface and place NOTE: Refer to LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND
attachment on the ground. Stop the engine. FLUIDS Section for proper capacities and oil
specifications.
Swing Reduction Unit Capacity
7.4 Liters (2.0 gal)

WARNING: Wear goggles, safety shoes,

hard hat, work clothes, and work gloves to
perform inspection and maintenance on this
machine.

WARNING: Never change oil or filters on a

machine that has just finished working. Allow
sufficient time for the machine to cool down
1 before performing any maintenance.
DC04C338 Figure 131
WARNING: Clean up all spilled oil. Dispose
1. DRAIN PORT of all hazardous waste in accordance with
government environmental regulations.
2. Locate drain port under the center opening of the
lower frame. Place an empty container under
drain port and remove plug allowing oil to drain
into container
3. Clean the drain plug. Use teflon tape on plug for
additional sealing and install it. Tighten securely.

DC04C337 Figure 133

5. Using the dip stick, confirm tha t the oi l le vel is

within the designated range.
6. Clean th e fil l pl ug. Use teflon tap e on pl ug f or
additional sealing and install it. Tighten securely.

6-50
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

CHECK SWING BEARING GREASE CHECK THE SWING BEARING TEETH

7
8

5
4
DC04C369 Figure 134 UYNX0040014E01 Figure 136

1. SWING RING GREASE 1. Loosen bo lt ( 1) on th e up per s tructure an d

remove cover 2 and packing (3).
Change the Swing Ring grease every 2000 hours of
2. Check bearing ge ar. Re place pa cking (3) with
machine operation. To properly replace the grease, it
new packing. Clean and apply Loctite #572 for
is necessary to remove the upper frame. Refer to
water and moisture prevention.
the Se rvice Ma nual or Ma chine’s S hop Ma nual
and/or contact your Kobelco Construction Dealer’s 3. If grease is cloudy due to contamination of water,
Service Department for assistance. Proper tools replace grease. If water is present, loosen bolts
have to be used and specific instructions must be (4) and sp ring washers (5 ) on lower f rame.
followed to disassemble the machine upper structure Remove cover (6) and packing (7). Drain water
from the lower structure. and replace packing. Reassemble in r everse
order.
IMPORTANT: If the Swing Ring ever becomes
submerged in water, it is mandatory that the swing
ring grease be changed.
R E F E R TO L U B R I C AT I O N , F I LT E R S , A N D
FLUIDS SECTION FOR PROPER GREASE AND
CAPACITY INFORMATION
Deterioration of grease may cause damage of pinion
shaft and swing bearing of swing reduction unit.

2,2 3

UYN00040070J01 Figure 135

Grease can be white due to moisture content. This
lowers the viscosity of grease. Replace the grease
with new. grease. Check packing. Loosen bolt (1) on
the front of upper structure

6-51
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

MAINTENANCE ON ROLLERS AND IDLERS CHANGE OIL IN TRAVEL MOTOR REDUCTION

UNITS
Change the oil in all r ollers and idlers every 2000
hours of machine operation. Change the travel reduction units oil on a ne w
machine after the first 500 hours of engine operation.
NOTE: Refer to the machine’s Service Manual for Then change every 2000 hours.
specific instruction regarding removing and installing
the undercarriage rollers and idlers. Contact your WARNING: Wear goggles, safety shoes,
Kobelco Construction dealer’s Service Department hard hat, work clothes, and work gloves to
for assistance if necessary. perform inspection and maintenance on this
machine.

WARNING: Never change oil or filters on a

machine that has just finished working. Allow
sufficient time for the machine to cool down
before performing any maintenance.

WARNING: Clean up all spilled oil. Dispose

of all hazardous waste in accordance with
government environmental regulations.

1
DC04C371 Figure 137
1. Remove rollers and idlers as ind icated in th e
Service Manual.
2. Remove side plugs from upper rollers cover plate
and drain the oil into an empty container.
3. Remove plu gs fr om track r ollers ce nter fl anges
and drain the oil into an empty container.
2
DC04C334 Figure 139

1. FILL/LEVEL PLUG 2. DRAIN PLUG

1. Move m achine to a fi rm, l evel s urface. O perate

travel until “DRAIN” plug is positioned at 6:00
o’clock. Oil “FILL/LEVEL” plug should be on the
top side at about 10:00 o’clock.
2. Stop engine and place an empty container under
the drain plug.

DC04C370 Figure 138

4. Remove idlers and remove side plugs from idler
h o u s i n g . Dr a i n th e o i l o u t i n t o a n e m p t y
container.
5. Refill the upp er r ollers, tr ack r ollers, an d id lers
with clean oil and install the plugs.
6. Install rollers and id lers a nd t orque pr operly.
Refer to SPECIFICATIONS Section for proper
torque values.
NOTE: Refer to LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND
FLUIDS Section for proper oil and capacity
information.

6-52
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

SEAT BELT AND ROPS

Wear the se at bel t to ma ximize the pr otection
capability of a ROPS (Roll Over Protective Structure)
when the machine is so equipped.
Check seat belt for wear, fray, etc. Check torque of
mounting bolts. Torque to specified in torque charts.
Before you operate this machine, always make sure
the ROPS and ope rator’s seat be lt is correctly
installed.
The seat belt is an impor tant part of the ROPS. You
must wear the seat belt at all times when you operate
the machine.
Replace all seat belts every three years, regardless
of appearance.
DC03N027 Figure 140 Make sure all hardware that secures the seat to the
3. Remove oil “FILL/LEVEL”, and “DRAIN” plugs to cab is pr operly torqued. Make sure all seat belt
drain oil into the container. hardware is secure and torqued correctly.
Keep seat belts away from objects that can damage
4. After oil ha s be en d rained o ut c ompletely, cl ean
the seat belts.
“DRAIN” plug. Use teflon tape on “DRAIN” plug
for additional sealing and install plug. Tighten Keep the seat belts clean. Wash the seat belts only
securely. in soap and water. Do not put the seat belts in bleach
or dye. This will weaken the seat belt composition.

ROPS
D o N OT m o d i f y t h e RO P S i n a n y m a n n e r.
Unauthorized modifications such as welding, drilling,
cutting, or adding attachments can weaken the
structure and reduce your protection. Replace ROPS
if it is sub jected to roll-over or damage. Do not
attempt to repair.

DC04C388 Figure 141

5. Add SA E 90W G ear oil through the oil
“FILL/LEVEL” opening until oil starts flowing out
of the port.
6. Clean oil “FILL/LEVEL pl ug. Us e t eflon tape on
plug for additional sealing and inst all plug.
Tighten plug securely.

TRAVEL REDUCTION UNIT CAPACITY

9.5 Liters (2.5 GAL)

WARNING: Clean up all spilled oil. Dispose

of all hazardous waste in accordance with
government environmental regulations.

6-53
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

WARNING

You r m a c h in e i s e q u ip p ed w i th a n o p e rat or
Protective Structure, such as: Rollover Protective
Structure (ROPS) or Falling Object Protective
Structure (FOPS). A ROPS may be a cab frame or a
two-posted or four-posted structure used for the
protection of the operator to minimize the possibility
of serious injury. The mounting structure and
fasteners forming the mounting connection with the
machine are part of the ROPS.
The Protective S tr ucture is a special s afety
component of your machine.
DO NOT attach any device to the Protective
Structure for pulling purposes. DO NOT drill holes
into the Protective Structure.
The Protective Structure and interconnecting
components are a certified system. Any damage,
fire, corrosion or modification will weaken the
structure and reduce your protection. If this occurs,
the Protective Structure MUST be replaced so
that it will provide the same protection as a new
Protective Structure. Contact your dealer for
Protective Structure inspection and replacement.
After an accident, fire, tip or roll over, the following
MUST be performed by a qualified technician before
returning the machine to field or job site operation:
The protective structure MUST be replaced.
The mounting or suspension for the Protective
Structure, operator seat and suspension, seat belts
and mounting components and wiring within the
operator’s protective system MUST be carefully
inspected for damage.
All damaged parts MUST be replaced.
DO NOT WELD, DRILL HOLES, ATTEMPT TO
STRAIGHTEN OR REPAIR THE PROTECTIVE
STRUCTURE. MODIFICATION IN ANY WAY CAN
REDUCE THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF
T H E S T RU C T U R E W H I C H C O U L D C AU S E
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY IN THE EVENT OF
F I R E , T I P, R O L L OV E R , C O L L I S I O N O R
ACCIDENT

6-54
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

5000 HOURS
CHANGE HYDRAULIC FLUID
Change the hydraulic fluid on the machine when the
hour meter registers 5000 hours. Adhere to other
maintenance checks. Always check hydraulic fluid for
metal shavings or other contaminants.
NOTE: The following procedures are to be used for
a normal oil change for the hydraulic tank oil only.
NOTE: If it is necessary to change the hydraulic oil
viscosity, change hydraulic oil due to hydraulic
component failure, or change main pump, contact an
authorized Kobelco Construction Dealer’s Service 1
Department for assistance.
DC04A001 Figure 143

WARNING: Be cautious of hot fluids, and 1. FUNCTION CANCELLATION LEVER

surfaces. Wear goggles, safety shoes, hard
hat, work clothes, and work gloves to perform 4. Make s ure th e fu nction c ancellation le ver is i n
inspection and maintenance on this machine. the unlock (down) position.
Allow hydraulic oil to cool before changing.

BS06H208 Figure 144

DC04B674 Figure 142
5. Move t he attachment co ntrol l evers s everal
1. Move t he m achine t o a fi rm, le vel su rface w ith times.
the attachment in the hydraulic oil check position.
Lower the attachment to the ground.
NOTE: Warm up hydraulic system before changing
12
hydraulic oil.Do not change while fluid is hot.
Hydraulic fluid is under extreme pressure.
2. Shut off the engine. A
2
3. Turn the ignition key to the ON position.
CAUTION: DO NOT START THE ENGINE.

ULC00040023B01 Figure 145

1. CAP 2. VALVE
6. Press hydraulic r elease button. Cl ean the area
a r o u n d t h e t a n k a n d c o v e r s t o p r ev e n t
contamination.

6-55
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

4
4
33
65

ULCX3404021B01 Figure 146 ULCX3404034B01 Figure 148

7. Loosen mounting bolts (3) and remove cover (4). 11. Fill ta nk wi th h ydraulic oi l th rough filler po rt.
Drain the tank using a hydraulic oil pump. Watch sight gauge (6) for accurate fill. Check
fluids and filter section - 5 for correct amount.
Replace cover and torque bolts to:
42.9 to 51.1 Nm (30.9 to 37.7 lbf)
12. Start en gine a nd o perate at low i dle f or 5 to 7
minutes. Operate each cylind er and swing.
Retur n machine to fir m, level s urface with
attachment on the ground and recheck the sight
gauge for correct oil fill.

15

UYN00040073J01 Figure 147

3. DRAIN
8. Place a s uitable container b eneath drain ( 5) a t
bottom of tank and drain tank completely. Check
the oil for any contaminations, shavings, etc.
9. Clean th e dr ain pl ug an d r einstall. Torque plug
to:
10. 98 to 118 Nm (72 to 87 lbf)

6-56
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

.PERIODICAL INSPECTION ITEMS

DUST SEALS Inspect dust seals in all pin connections frequently.
The attachment incorporates several dust seals that
should be per iodically checked for damage and
WARNING: Wear goggles, safety shoes, excessive wear.
hard hat, work clothes, and work gloves to
perform inspection and maintenance on this
machine.

7 8
1

6 9 5

2
4
3
DC04C367 Figure 149

1. BOOM FOOT DUST SEALS (2 PCS) 6. BOOM CYLINDER HEAD DUST SEALS (2 PCS)
2. ARM TO BOOM DUST SEALS (2 PCS) 7. BOOM CYLINDER ROD DUST SEALS (2 PCS)
3. ARM TO IDLER LINK DUST SEALS (2 PCS) 8. ARM CYLINDER HEAD AND ROD DUST SEALS (4 PCS)
4. BUCKET CYLINDER TO BUCKET LINK DUST SEALS (4 PCS) 9. BUCKET LINK (AT BUCKET) DUST SEALS (2 PCS)
5. ARM TO BUCKET DUST SEALS (2 PCS)

NOTE: Refer to the Parts Catalog for replacement

Dust Seals Part Number.
3
If excessive wear is found, refer to the Machine’s
Sh op M anual or S er vi c e Ma nua l f or sp ec if ic
instructions in regards to disassembly and assembly.
Contact your Kobelco Construction Dealer’s Service
Department for assistance if necessary.

2
DC04C366 Figure 150

1. DUST SEAL 2. BUSHING 3. BOSS

Install the seals as shown. Make certain that the pin

surface and tapered end are smooth and free from
burrs or imperfections that could cause damage to
the new seals.

6-57
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

BUCKET

WARNING: Wear goggles, safety shoes,

hard hat, work clothes, and work gloves to
perform inspection and maintenance on this
machine.
1. Bucket, Arm, & Link Clearance
Frequently check clearance between Bucket and
Bucket Link and/or between Arm and Bucket to make
sure it is within specifications. If clearance is greater
than 1.2 mm (0.05”) adjust clearance. Proceed as
follows to correct excessive play: DC03K235 Figure 153
NOTE: You may have to start the engine and
operate the boom and arm slightly to remove the
load from pins.
d. Carefully s lide out , partially, ma in pins
mounting arm and bucket link to bucket.
e. Insert shims as ne eded to co rrect an y
excessive play. Refer to Parts Catalog for
proper Part Numbers.
f. Align the shims with pin holes and insert pins
into position. Be careful not to damage the
seals.
DC04C363 Figure 151
a. Move the ma chine to a firm level surface and
place t he bucket on th e gr ound, m aking
certain that the bucket is stable.

2
1

DC04C364 Figure 154

2 1. O-RING SEAL
2. RETAINING BOLT, NUT, & JAM NUT
1
g. Install retaining bolt with nut and jam nut.
DC04C362 Figure 152
h. Roll O -ring on to the g rooves be tween
1. O-RING SEAL Bucket/Arm, and Bucket/Bucket Link.
2. RETAINING BOLT, NUT, & JAM NUT

NOTE: Inspect O-rings for damage or excessive

b. Roll O-rings onto the bucket bosses.
wear. If worn or damaged replace with new parts to
c. Remove jam nut, nuts, and retaining bolt. protect the seals, pins, and surfaces from dirt and
debris which can cause premature failure.

6-58
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

2. Reversing Bucket

DC03K232 Figure 157

DC04C363 Figure 155 f. Rotate bucket 180° or move machine.
a. Move the ma chine to a firm level surface and
place t he bucket on th e gr ound, m aking
certain that the bucket is stable. 1
2

2 DC03K233 Figure 158

1 1. ARM PIN FOR FRONT BUCKET OPERATION
2. ARM PIN FOR BACK HOE BUCKET OPERATION
DC04C362 Figure 156

1. O-RING SEAL g. install ar m an d b ucket li nk i n th eir r espective

2. RETAINING BOLT, NUT, & JAM NUT positions.
h. Move the bucket cylinder to match the bucket
b. Roll O-rings onto the bucket bosses.
pin holes with the bucket link hole. Insert pin.
c. Remove ja m nuts, nuts an d r etaining bo lts Be careful not to damage the seals.
from both pins.
i. Operate th e bo om and ar m to m atch th e
d. Carefully s lide o ut ma in p ins mo unting a rm bucket pin holes with the arm hole connection.
and bucket link to bucket. Insert pin. Be careful not to damage the seals.
NOTE: You may have to start the engine and
operate the boom and arm slightly to remove load
from pins.
e. Clean pins and pin holes, and apply grease on
pins and holes surfaces.

6-59
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

3. Removing the Bucket

2
1
DC04C364 Figure 159
DC04C363 Figure 161
1. O-RING SEAL
2. RETAINING BOLT, NUT, & JAM NUT a. Move the machine to a firm level surface and
place the bucket on the ground, making
certain that the bucket is stable.
j. Install r etaining bo lts wi th nuts an d ja m nuts
on both pins.
k. Roll O -rings onto grooves bet ween
bucket/arm, and bucket/bucket cylinder link.
IMPORTANT: Slowly cycle bucket, check for
interference with arm, particularly if a lifting eye is
welded on bucket bottom. Be careful not to confuse
the bucket shoveling operation with that of the
backhoe.

2
1
DC04C362 Figure 162

1. O-RING SEAL
2. RETAINING BOLT, RETAINING NUT, & JAM NUT

b. Roll O-rings onto bucket bosses.

c. Remove jam nuts, r etaining n uts, an d
retaining bolts.

BS06H081 Figure 160

WARNING: Bucket can contact and damage cab
when machine is equipped with certain attachments.
Check clearance between bucket and cab before
operation. Exercise care when operating a bucket
near cab.

DC03K235 Figure 163

NOTE: You may have to start the engine and
operate the boom and arm slightly to remove load
from pins.

6-60
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

d. Carefully remove main pins mounting arm and g. Roll O -rings onto grooves be tween
bucket lin k to bucket. Be c areful not to bucket/arm and bucket/bucket link.
damage the dust seals.
h. Apply s ufficient gr ease to t he b ucket pi n
4. Installing the Bucket connections.
a. Make certain that the bucket is stable on firm 5. Bucket Teeth and Side Cutters
level ground.
Frequently, check bucket tooth points and side
b. Install O-rings onto bucket bosses. cutters for wear and looseness. The life of the bucket
teeth and s ide cutters can not be determined by
c. Clean pins and pin holes, and apply grease on
wor king hour s, but r ather by application and
pin and holes surfaces.
operating conditions.

1 WARNING: Wear goggles, safety shoes,

hard hat, work clothes, and work gloves to
perform inspection and maintenance on this
machine.
a. Parts Description.

6 1

DC04C361 Figure 164

1. BUCKET LINK 7 4

d. Move the bucket cylinder to match the bucket 3

pin holes with the bucket link hole. Insert pin.
Be careful not to damage seals. 2
5
DC03K237 Figure 166
1
1. ADAPTER NOSE 5. SIDE CUTTER
2. TOOTH POINT 6. CAP SCREW
3. RUBBER LOCK PIN 7. NUT
4. LOCKING PIN

3 NOTE: Contact your Kobelco Construction Dealer

for assistance in regards to parts for the specific
bucket installed on your machine.

2
DC03K236 Figure 165

1. ARM
2. BUCKET
3. PIN

e. Operate th e bo om and arm t o ma tch th e

bucket pin holes with the arm hole connection.
Insert pin carefully to avoid damaging the
seals.
f. Install r etaining bo lts wi th nuts an d ja m nuts
on both pins, leaving 1 mm gap between the
nut and pin boss.

6-61
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

b. Replace the bucket teeth when their

cutting edge and/or when hole for retaining
pin on tooth are excessively worn.

1 DC03K239 Figure 168

c.1 - Remove al l sa nd and s oil ad hered
around the side cutters capscrews.
DC03K238 Figure 167 c.2 - Use an impact wrench to remove the
1. WOOD BLOCK capscrews, then remove the side cutters.

b.1 - Place a wood block under the bucket

teeth support lip and remove all sand and
soil adhered to th e teeth pin connection
areas.

WARNING: Do not strike teeth with hammer.

This can cause chips to fly causing injury.

b.2 - Use a hammer and a punching tool to

hammer out the locking pin. Be careful not
to damage the rubber lock pin.

b.3 - Inspect the locking pin and rubber lock DC03K240 Figure 169
pin. Replace them if the locking pin is too c.3 - Clean the mounting surface and install
shor t or the r ubber lock pin is in poor a new side cutter with new cap screws
condition. and nuts.
c.4 - Torque the cap screws with nuts to 100
b.4 - Clean the surface of the adapter nose
± 5 kgf-m (722 ± 36 ft-lbs).
with putty knife.

b.5 - Fit tooth point onto adapter nose.

b.6 - Push the rubber lock pin into the hole of

the adapter nose.

b.7 - Hammer the locking pi n un til i t is

aligned with the point surface.
c. Replacing the side cutters.

6-62
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

MAINTENANCE FOR NIBBLER/BREAKER

It is necessary to perform the following maintenance
schedule in regard to Hydraulic Oil and Filters along
with the normal inspection and maintenance.

REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE
1st 2nd Regular
Item Location
Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance

Every 600
Hyd. Oil Hyd. Tank - -
Hours

Return Every 250

Hyd. Tank 50 Hours 250 Hours
Filter Hours

WARNING: Never change oils or filters on a

machine that has just finished working. Allow
machine to cool first until oils and fluids are
warm not hot. Release hydraulic tank
pressure before working with any hydraulic
components.

6-63
 CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

NOTES

6-64
 CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL

CHAPTER 7
ELECTRICAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Starter Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Starter fusible link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Mechatro controller (CPU) Engine controller (ECU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

7-1
 CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL

NOTES

7-2
 CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
ALTERNATOR 4. Refer t o fu se bo x c over for fuse amperage an d
Ask you dealer to check the alternator. location.

Make sure that the terminal protectors are correctly

installed. WARNING
Do not use steam cleaning equipment or a cleaning Never replace a faulty fuse with a higher amperage
solvent to clean the alternator. fuse. Never use a jumper in place of a fuse. Never
splice accessories directly into fuse terminals.
STARTER MOTOR Failure to comply could result in death or serious
injury.
Ask your dealer to check the starter motor.
M1728
Make sure that the terminal protectors are correctly .

installed.

FUSES
.

11

22

ULCX3402022B01 Figure 1
Fuses protect the electrical system from excess
current. Replace a blown fuse or any fuse generating
white powder on it.
Always replace f uses w ith a f use of the same
capacity. The spare fuses are stored in the back side
of the fuse box cover.
1. To r eplace fus es, move seat and seat bac k
completely forward. Fuse box is located to the
right rear of the operator’s seat.
2. Loosen screws (2) on cover (1). Press lock (3) on
cover to open. Lift up.
3. Remove fuse from fuse box with fuse remover.

7-3
 CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL
.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

33

34

35

36

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
ULBX0102032E01

No. AMPS FUNCTION No. AMPS FUNCTION

1 20A Cab Work Light 21 10A DC-DC Converter
2 20A Cab Work Light 22 5A DC-DC Converter (Camera)
3 5A Gauge Cluster 23 15A Option (Roof Wiper)
4 20A Wiper, Washer 24 20A Flasher, Alarm, One Way Call
5 20A Option 1 25 10A Safety Lever Lock
6 20A Flasher 26 5A Mechatro Controller
7 15A Air Conditioner 27 20A Mechatro Controller
8 5A Air Conditioner 28 15A Engine Controller (ECU)
9 5A Option (Hand Control) 29 15A Engine Controller (ECU)
10 5A Relay, Hour Meter 30 5A IT Controller
11 10A Cigarette Lighter 31 15A Fuel Supply Pump
12 10A Horn, Horn Relay Mechatro Controller (Back Up)
32 5A
13 10A Tuner Lifting Magnet (Back Up)
14 20A Starter Key Switch 33 5A Spare
15 5A Room Lamp, Tuner 34 10A Spare
16 10A Option 2 (Auto Grease) 35 15A Spare
17 10A Option 4 36 20A Spare
18 10A Solenoid Valve
19 5A Air Conditioner
20 20A Work Light

7-4
 CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL

BATTERIES
Perform complete battery service on a new machine
after the first 50 hours of engine operation. Then,
check electrolyte (acid) every 250 hours.

WARNING
Battery electrolyte is an acid and can cause injury or
blindness if it contacts with skin or eyes.
Wear eye protection and protective clothing when
handling or servicing batteries.
If electrolyte contacts skin or eyes, flush affected
areas immediately with clean water and seek
medical attention. Failure to comply could result in
injury or death.
M4655

BS07N390 Figure 2

1. Park the mac hine on a f irm, l evel s urface wit h 1. CAP

2. TERMINAL
both attachments resting on the ground. Turn the
3. TERMINAL COVER
engine off. Place the safety lock lever in the A. INDICATOR
locked position. Keep all unauthorized personnel B. AIR VENT HOLE
clear of the area. C. BLUE
D. RED
E. WHITE
F. UPPER LIMIT
G. LOWER LIMIT
H. GOOD CONDITION
I. REFILLING REQUIRED
J. CHARGING REQUIRED

7-5
 CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL
.

2 1
ATMOSPHERIC TEMPERATURE
CHARGE
20°C (68°F) 0°C (32°F) -10°C (14°F)

100% 1.26 1.27 1.28

90% 1.24 1.25 1.26

80% 1.22 1.23 1.24

75% 1.21 1.22 1.23

7. When disconnecting ba tteries, r emove th e

negative ( - ) cable fir st. Whe n connecting
BS07N391 Figure 3
batteries, connect the negative (-) cable last.
2. Remove battery cell caps (1) and visually inspect
8. When the battery requires charging:
electrolyte (acid) level. Proper level is 10 - 15
mm (0.4 in. - 0.6 in.) above cell plates. a. Disconnect battery cables from terminals.
3. If necessary, fill ea ch c ell t o p roper level with b. Remove all cell caps.
DISTILLED WATER ONLY.
c. Check for proper electrolyte (acid) level.
4. Remove cables fr om ter minals and c lean wit h
d. Connect ch arger lea ds to the pr oper bat tery
hot water. Coat each terminal with a thin layer of
terminals.
petroleum je lly. Cl ean c ables i n th e s ame
manner and reinstall onto battery. NOTICE: Make certain not to cross Positive (+) and
negative (-) terminals when connecting charger.
5. If c ables ar e f ound to be i n po or condition,
replace with new parts immediately. e. Stop charge if battery overheats.
f. Periodically ch eck the sp ecific gravity of th e
WARNING batteries with a hydrometer. Stop charging
batteries when 100% charged.
Wear safety clothes, goggles or face shield, gloves
and safety shoes when working with batteries.
Work in a well ventilated area.
Battery electrolyte (acid) is corrosive. If it comes in
contact with skin, eyes or clothing, flush with large
amount of water and seek immediate medical
attention.
Battery electrolyte (acid) produces hydrogen gas
that is highly explosive. Keep away sparks, fire or
flames and do not smoke when working with
batteries. Failure to comply could result in death or
serious injury.
M144C

NOTICE: Battery life can be shortened by over

charging and over discharging of the battery. Replace
any battery that will not hold charge or is difficult to
charge.

6. Use a hydrometer to check the specific gravity of

each cell. Compare readings to the chart below.
NOTICE: Use hydrometer according to its
manufacturer’s instruction.

7-6
 CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL

STARTING MACHINE ENGINE WITH BOOSTER

CABLES WARNING
CONNECTING BOOSTER CABLE Battery explosion and/or damage to electrical
components can result from improper connection of
WARNING booster batteries or charger. Connect positive to
positive first. Connect negative (ground) last and.
Sparks or flame can cause hydrogen gas in a disconnect negative first. Failure to comply could
battery to explode. To prevent an explosion, do the result in injury or death.
following: 1. When you disconnect the battery M146B
cables, always disconnect the negative (-) battery
cable first. 2. When you connect the battery cables,
always connect the negative (-) battery cable first. 3. 3
Do not short circuit the battery posts with metal 2 1
items. 4. Do not weld, grind or smoke near a battery.
84-109

1. Move vehicle or machine to be used for boosting

as close to th e batte r y b ox of the di sabled
machine as possible.
NOTICE: Do not allow the vehicle or machine used 4
for boosting to touch metal to metal with the disabled
machine. This could short circuit electrical systems 1 2 4
3
and cause extensive damage to the CPU and other
DC04D588 Figure 4
components.
1. POSITIVE (+) TERMINAL OF DISABLED MACHINE
2. Make ce rtain k ey s witch of di sabled m achine is 2. POSITIVE (+) TERMINAL OF BATTERY BEING USED
in the OFF position before proceeding with FOR BOOSTING
booster cable connection. 3. NEGATIVE (-) TERMINAL OF BATTERY BEING USED
FOR BOOSTING
4. UPPER FRAME OF DISABLED MACHINE
WARNING
3. Locate and connect one end of the booster cable
Improper booster cable connections can cause an to the positive (+) terminal on the battery of the
explosion resulting in personal injury. disabled machine.
Always follow the correct procedures when 4. Connect ot her en d of pos itive bo oster c able t o
connecting and disconnecting the booster cables. positive (+) terminal of battery being used for
Failure to comply could result in injury or death. boosting.
M146B
5. Locate and connect second cable to the negative
(- ) ter mi nal o f the batter y being used f or
WARNING boosting.

Battery electrolyte is an acid and can cause injury or 6. Connect ot her en d o f neg ative ( -) c able to th e
blindness if it contacts with skin or eyes. upper frame of d isabled machine as far away
from battery as possible.
Wear eye protection and protective clothing when
handling or servicing batteries.
STARTING BOOSTING MACHINE ENGINE
If electrolyte contacts skin or eyes, flush affected
areas immediately with clean water and seek 1. Start engine boosting machine in normal manner
medical attention. Failure to comply could result in according to climate conditions.
injury or death. 2. Allow 5 minutes or more to provide partial charge
M4655 to the discharged batteries.

7-7
 CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL

STARTING DISABLED MACHINE ENGINE ALTERNATOR

1. Start engine of di sabled mac hine in normal Ask your Dealer to check the Alternator.
manner according to climate conditions.
Make sure that the terminal protectors are correctly
installed.
DISCONNECTING BOOSTER CABLES
Do not use steam cleaning equipment or a cleaning
solvent to clean the alternator.
3
2 1 STARTER MOTOR
Ask your Dealer to check the Starter Motor.
Make sure that the terminal protectors are correctly
installed.

4 3 2 1
DC04D588 Figure 5

1. POSITIVE (+) TERMINAL OF DISABLED MACHINE

2. POSITIVE (+) TERMINAL OF BATTERY USED FOR
BOOSTING
3. NEGATIVE (-) TERMINAL OF BATTERY USED FOR
BOOSTING
4. UPPER FRAME OF DISABLED MACHINE

After disabled machine engine is running, follow

these steps to disconnect the cables.
1. Disconnect the n egative ( -) c able fr om d isabled
machine upper frame.
2. Disconnect negative ( -) c able fr om battery used
for boosting.
3. Disconnect po sitive ( +) cable f rom ba ttery us ed
for boosting.
4. Disconnect po sitive (+) c able fr om terminal o f
disabled machine.
NOTICE: When disconnecting booster cables
always disconnect negative (-) cable first from frame
of disabled machine.

7-8
 CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL

FUSIBLE STARTER LINK

.

2
2

1
33

11

ULCX3402023B01 Figure 6
If the electrical power does not come on when the
starter key switch is in the on position, the fusible link
may be the c ause. In spect and r eplace th e red
fusible link (1).
The fusible link protects the electrical system from
current over load. The fusible link functions like a
fuse.
To replace fusible link, remove screws (2) for the
fuse and relay box and remove cover (3). Remove
fusible link (1) and replace with a new one.

7-9
 CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL

MECHATRO CONTROLLER (CPU) AND ENGINE CONTROLLER (ECU)

.

22

ULCX3402025B01/\ULCX3402024B01 Figure 7
The mechatro controller is located at the rear of the
operator’s seat.
Do not spill or splash liquid, etc. on the controllers.
DO NOT attempt to repair the controllers, always
contact your authorized dealer.

7-10
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

CHAPTER 8
SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Machine Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Working Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Digging Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Attachment Working Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Bucket Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Travel Speed, Swing Speed & Gradeability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Engine Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Hydraulic Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Operating Pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
MACHINE AND COMPONENTS WEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Machine and Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
LIFTING CAPACITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Standard Lift - Machine with 2.6 m Arm, 1.60 m3 Bucket, 600 mm Triple Grouser Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Heavy Lift - Machine with 2.6 m Arm, 1.60 m3 Bucket, 600 mm Triple Grouser Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Standard Lift - Machine with 2.6 m Arm, 1.60 m3 Bucket, 800 mm Triple Grouser Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Heavy Lift - Machine with 2.6 m Arm, 1.60 m3 Bucket, 800 mm Triple Grouser Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
standard Lift - Machine with 2.6 m Arm, 1.60 m3 Bucket, 900 mm Triple Grouser Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
Heavy Lift - Machine with 2.6 m Arm, 1.60 m3 Bucket, 900 mm Triple Grouser Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
Standard Lift - Machine with 3.3 m Arm, 1.40 m3 Bucket, 600 mm Triple Grouser Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Heavy Lift - Machine with 3.3 m Arm, 1.40 m3 Bucket, 600 mm Triple Grouser Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
Standard Lift - Machine with 3.3 m Arm, 1.40 m3 Bucket, 800 mm Triple Grouser Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
Heavy Lift - Machine with 3.3 m Arm, 1.40 m3 Bucket, 800 mm Triple Grouser Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
standard Lift - Machine with 3.3 m Arm, 1.40 m3 Bucket, 900 mm Triple Grouser Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
Heavy Lift - Machine with 3.3 m Arm, 1.40 m3 Bucket, 900 mm Triple Grouser Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
standard Lift - Machine with 4.15 m Arm, 1.20 m3 Bucket, 600 mm Triple Grouser Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Heavy Lift - Machine with 4.15 m Arm, 1.20 m3 Bucket, 600 mm Triple Grouser Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
standard Lift - Machine with 4.15 m Arm, 1.20 m3 Bucket, 800 mm Triple Grouser Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
Heavy Lift - Machine with 4.15 m Arm, 1.20 m3 Bucket, 800 mm Triple Grouser Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23
standard Lift - Machine with 4.15 m Arm, 1.20 m3 Bucket, 900 mm Triple Grouser Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24
Heavy Lift - Machine with 4.15 m Arm, 1.20 m3 Bucket, 900 mm Triple Grouser Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26
Capscrews & Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26
Metric Coarse Thread Standard Tightening Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26
Metric Fine Thread Standard Tightening Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27
ORS Joint (O-ring Sealing Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27
Nuts & Sleeves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
Flare Type Fitting Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
N2 (Nylon) Tube Fitting Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
Torque Values For Most Common Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
Weight of Materials Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

8-1
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

Some Conversion Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31

Units of Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31
Units of Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31
Units of Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31
Units of Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31
Units of Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31
Units of Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31
Units of Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31

8-2
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
The specifications found in this section are given on the Standard Hydraulic Excavator as manufactured by
Kobelco Construction: Boom 6.5 m (21’ 4”), Arm 3.3 m (10’ 10”), and 1.40 m3 (1.83 yd3) SAE Bucket. No
modification or options are taken into consideration in regard to these specifications.

MACHINE DIMENSIONS

DC03N007 Figure 1

WORKING WEIGHT
TRIPLE GROUSER DOUBLE GROUSER TRIPLE GROUSER TRIPLE GROUSER

Track Shoe Width - mm (in) 600 (23.6) 700 (27.5) 800 (31.5) 900 (35.4)
Overall Width - m (ft - in) 2.99 (9’ 10”) 3.14 (10’ 4”) 3.4 (11’ 2”) 3.29 (11’ 10”)
Ground Pressure - kg/cm2 (psi) 0.67 (9.48) 0.58 (8.31) 0.52 (7.33) 0.46 (6.59)
Working Weight - kg (lbs) 35,000 (77,200) 35,800 (78,900) 36,100 (79,600) 36,500 (80,500)
Bucket Weight: 1,070 kg (2,360 lbs)

DIGGING FORCES

ARM LENGTH
3.3 m (10’ 10”) 3.3 m (10’ 10”)
Bucket Digging Force *219 kN (49,233 lbs) 199 kN (44,737 lbs))
Arm Crowding Force *176 kN (39,566 lbs) 160 kN (35,969 lbs)
* Power boost engaged

8-3
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

ATTACHMENT WORKING RANGES

DC03K130 Figure 2

Units: ft-in (m) ARM

Machine equipped with 1.8 yd3 (1.4 m3) 10’ 10” (3.30 m) 13’ 6” (4.15 m)
Bucket 7’ 4” (2.25 m)
1.83 yd3 (1.4 1.57 yd3 (1.2
3.0 yd3 (2.3 m3)
WORKING RANGES m3) m 3)
A Maximum digging reach 33’ 9” (10.350) 36’ 11” (11.260) 39’ 3” (11.970)
A’ Maximum digging reach at ground level 33’ 3” (10.140) 36’ 4” (11.060) 38’ 7” (11.790)
B Maximum digging depth 21’ 4” (6.510) 24’ 10” (7.560) 27’ 6” (8.410)
C Maximum digging height 33’ 7” (10.280) 34’ 9” (10.580) 35’ 10” (10.700)
D Maximum dumping clearance 23’ 1” (7.050) 24’ 2” (7.370) 24’ 7” (7.530)
E Minimum dumping clearance 11’ 0” (3.370) 8’ 7” (2.620) 5’ 8” (1.770)
F Maximum vertical wall digging depth 17’ 3” (5.280) 21’ 8” (6.610) 23’ 4” (7.150)
G Minimum front swing radius 14’ 7” (4.480) 14’ 4” (4.370) 14’ 5” (4.430)
H Height at minimum swing radius 28’ 9” (8.810) 28’ 4” (8.640) 28’ 4” (8.650)
L Minimum finish radius at ground level 14’ 0” (4.290) 8’ 10” (2.700) 6’ 6” (2.020)

8-4
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

BUCKET SELECTION CHART

Bucket Selection Chart

Arm
Capacity Width Weight
Application
m3 (yrd3) m (inches) kg (lbs) 2.40 m 2.94 m 3.50 m
(7’ 10”) (9’ 8”) (11’ 6”)
0.695 (0.91) 0.762 (30) 601 (1,325) H H H
0.871 (1.14) 0.914 (36) 658 (1,450) H H M
General
1.047 (1.37) 1.066 (42) 749 (1,651) H M L
Purpose
1.223 (1.60) 1.219 (48) 807 (1,780) M L X
1.380 (1.80) 1.371 (54) 916 (2,019) L X X
0.519 (0.68) 0.609 (24) 567 (1,250) H H H
0.695 (0.91) 0.762 (30) 644 (1,420) H H M
Heavy Duty 0.871 (1.14) 0.914 (36) 708 (1,560) H M L
1.040 (1.37) 1.066 (42) 785 (1,730) M L X
1.223 (1.60) 1.905 (48) 864 (1,905) L X X
0.481 (0.63) 0.66 (26) 660 (1,455) H H H
0.573 (0.75) 0.787 (31) 721 (1,590) H H H
Severe Duty
0.672 (0.88) 0.939 (37) 812 (1,790) H M M
0.871 (1.13) 1.092 (43) 907 (2,000) M L X
H - Used with material weight up to 1,780 kg/m3 (3,000 lb/yrd3).
M - Used with material weight up to 1,483 kg/m 3 (2,500 lb/yrd3).
L - Used with material weight up to 1,186 kg/m3 (2,000 lb/yrd3).
X - Not recommended.

ARM BUCKET

DC04B663 Figure 3 DC04B664 Figure 4

Standard Arm is 2.94 m (9’ 8”) Standard Bucket is 0.80 m3 (1.05 yrd3)
A - Length is 2.94 m (9’ 8”) A - Length is 1.37 m (4’ 6”)
Center line to center line of pins. B - Height is 1.26 m (4’ 2”)
B - Width is 325 mm (12.8”) C - Width without side cutters is 1.05 m (3’ 5”)
From edge to edge of arm tip.
D - Width with side cutters is 1.16 m (3’ 10”)
C - Width is 348mm (1’ 7”)
Weight - Approximately 650 kg (1,430 lbs)
Fr o m e d g e t o e d g e o f a r m - b o o m p i n
connection.
Weight - Approximately 610 kg (1,340 lbs)
8-5
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

BOOM SHOES

1
2

DC04B662 Figure 5
DC03K215 Figure 6
1. ARM CYLINDER BOSS 2. GROUND LEVEL
1. Standard S hoes ar e 2’ 6 ” (800 m m) tr iple
Standard Boom is 5.65 m (18’ 6”) grouser.
A - Length is 5.65 m (18’ 6”) Height of grouser: 1.18” (30 mm).
Center line to center line of pins. 2. Quantity of shoes:
B - Height is 1,182 mm (46.5”) 48 per track.
From center line of boom end to center line of
arm cylinder boss.
C - Width is 674 mm (26.5”)
From edge to edge of boom foot.
Weight - Approximately 1,240 kg(2,730 lbs)

8-6
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
The following performance specifications are based on the standard machine with standard attachment.

TRAVEL SPEED, SWING SPEED & GRADEABILITY

5.6 km/hr (3.5 mph) in high speed

Travel Speed 3.3 km/hr (2.1 mph) in low speed
Swing Speed 10 RPM in M-Mode/High Idle
Gradeability 70% (35°) Limited by engine lubrication
Drawbar Force 322 kN (72,400 Lbf)

ENGINE
Engine Make HINO
Model J08E-UV
Diesel - 4 cycle, water cooled, direct injection with intercooler & turbo-
Type
charger
No. of Cylinder - Bore x Stroke 6 cyl. - 112 mm x 130 mm (4.41” x 5.12”)
Displacement 7.684 Liters (469 cu. in)
Output Rating 213 kW (290 HP) @ 2,100 rpm
Maximum Torque 998 N-m (736 Lb-ft) @ 1,600 rpm
Cooling System circulating by a centrifugal pump.
Lubrication System Pressurized oil fed by a gear pump.
Air Cleaner Dry type with safety element
Electric System 24 V DC
Starting Motor 24 V - 5.0 kW
Alternator 24 V - 60Amps
Batteries 2 x 12V - (136 AmpHr)
Cold Start Assist Electric Type
Engine Dry Weight 680 kg (1,499 lbs)
Cooling Fan Drive Method Suction type - 6 blades 850 mm Dia. (33” dia). Drive pulley ratio: 1.0

ENGINE SPEED

ENGINE SPEED
Low Idle 1,600 RPM
High Idle 2,100 RPM

8-7
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
2 x 210 l/min. (2 x 55.5 gpm) Tandem, variable displacement axial piston pump with 20.5
Hydraulic Pumps
l/min. (5.4 gpm) Pilot Gear Pump at 4.9 MPa (710 psi).
Swing Motor Axial piston, fixed displacement 179 l/min. (47 gpm) @ 27.9 MPa (4,050 psi)
Axial piston, variable displacement. Max. displacement of 210 l/min (55 gpm) at 35.8 MPa
Travel Motors
(5,200 psi), 32.8 rpm in high speed and 48.8 rpm in low speed.
Control Valve 7 spools in the main control valve
Cylinders (All) Double action
Oil Filtration Hydraulic oil filtration is performed through a replaceable element and a suction strainer.
Oil Cooler Air forced ventilation through finned tubbing.

OPERATING PRESSURES
Pilot System 50 (710)
Upper Attachment 350 (4980)
Swing 300 (4270)
Travel 350 (4980)
Power Boost/Heavy Lift 385 (5470)
Units: kgf/cm2 (psi)

8-8
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

MACHINE AND COMPONENTS WEIGHTS

Based on the standard mach ine with s tandard MACHINE AND COMPONENTS
attachment.
COMPONENTS Units - kg (lb)
MACHINE AND COMPONENTS Boom 1,320 (2,910)

COMPONENTS Units - kg (lb) Arm cylinder* 230 (510)

Complete Machine (Std.) 21,200 (46,700) Pin (Arm and Boom 27 (59)
connection)
Upper Frame Assembly 9,065 (19,943)
Fluids 548 (1,206)
Upper Chassis 2,521 (5,558)
Hydraulic oil 215 (470)
Counterweight 4,500 (9,920)
Engine oil 20 (44)
Cab 250 (551)
Grease 8 (18)
Boom Cylinder* 168 (370) x 2
Fuel 285 (630)
Engine* 470 (1,040)
Water 20 (44)
Radiator and Coolers* 97 (210)
* Dry Weight
Hydraulic pumps 142 (310)
Control valve 280 (620)
Fuel tank* 91 (200)
Hydraulic tank* 143 (320)
Swing motor assembly 235 (520)
Lower Frame Assembly 7,988 (17,574)
Lower chassis 1,525 (3,362)
Swing ring* 245 (540)
Travel motor assembly* 250 (550) x 2
Idler 106 (230) x 2
Lower rollers 37 (77) x 16
Upper rollers 22 (48) x 4
Track tension assembly 104 (230) x 2
Sprocket 54 (120) x 2
Swivel joint 30 (66)
Track assembly - 800 mm
1,710 (3,748) x 2
(31.5”) shoes
Track link 530 (1,168) x 2
Standard Attachment 3,600 (7,930)
Bucket - 0.81m3 (1.06
650 (1,430)
yrd3)
Arm assembly 980 (2,160)
Arm 2.94 m (9’ 8”) 610 (1,340)
Bucket cylinder* 135 (300)
Idler link 21 (46) x 2
Bucket link 135 (300)
Pin (2 pcs for bucket &
65 (140)
bucket cylinder)
Standard boom assembly 1,650 (3,640)

8-9
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

LIFTING CAPACITIES
1. Do no t attempt to l ift any lo ad tha t exceeds th e 5. Capacities app ly to t he m achine as or iginally
rated values at their specified load radius and manufactured and normally equipped by Kobelco
height. Construction.
2. Lifting capacities assume a machine standing on IMPORTANT: The operator must consider the
a level, firm, and uniform supporting surface. weight of any device utilized for lifting to properly
Operator must make allowance for job conditions calculate the total lifting capacity of the machine.
such as soft or uneven ground, out of level example:
conditions, side loads, sudden stopping of loads,
1. If the excavator uses the same bucket size
hazardous conditions, inexperienced personnel,
indicated in the Lifting Chart, and a lifting cable,
weight of various other buckets, lifting slings,
etc. weighing 100 kg (220 lbs) is used for lifting,
attachment, etc.
then you have to subtract this additional 100 kg
3. Rating at bucket lift hook. (220 lbs) from every value indicated in the Lifting
4. The rated loads ar e in compliance wi th SA E Chart accordingly.
Hydraulic Excavator Lift Capacity Standard 2. If a bucket is changed for a larger bucket, which
J1097. They do not exceed 87% of hydraulic weight is 350 kg (770 lbs) more than the bucket
lifting capacity or 75% of tipping load. Rated indicated in the Lifting Chart, then you have to
loads marked with asterisk (*) are limited by subtract this additional weight from every value
hydraulic capacity rather than tipping load. indicated in the Lifting Chart accordingly.
3. If a bucket is changed for a smaller bucket, which
WARNING: Operator sh ould be fu lly weight is 350 kg (770 lbs) less than the bucket
acquainted with the O perator’s Manual indicated in the Lifting Chart, then you can safely
before operating this machine. Rules for safe add 350 kg (770 lbs) to every value indicated in
operation of equipment should be followed at the Lifting Chart accordingly.
all times.

Lifting Capacities Chart Legends:

A - Reach swing center line to bucket hook (Load Radius).

B - Bucket hook height above/below ground.
C - Lifting capacities in pounds (lb) and kilograms (kg).

Front Lifting. Side Lifting.

8-10
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

STANDARD LIFT - MACHINE WITH 2.6 M ARM, 1.60 M3 BUCKET, 600 MM TRIPLE GROUSER SHOES

Lifting Capacities based on machine with:

Boom: 21’ 4” (6.5 m) Arm: 8’ 6” (2.6 m)
Bucket: 2.09 yd3 (1.60 m 3) At Maximum Reach
Shoes: 23.6” (600 mm) triple grouser shoe

A 5’ 0” (1.5 m) 10’ 0” (3.0 m) 15’ 0” (4.6 m) 20’ 0” (6.1 m) 25’ 0” (7.6 m)

B C Radius

25’ 0” lb *14260 *14260 23’ 5”

(7.6 m) kg *6460 *6460 (7.14 m)

20’ 0” lb *14240 *14240 *14060 13450 26’ 7”

(6.1 m) kg *6460 *6460 *6370 6100 (8.11 m)

15’ 0” lb *34580 *34580 *22370 *22370 *17590 *17590 *15150 14580 *14200 11510 28’ 6”
(4.6 m) kg *15680 *15680 *10140 *10140 *7980 *7980 *6870 6610 *6440 5220 (8.70 m)

10’ 0” lb *27960 *27960 *20220 19660 *16460 13890 *14530 10490 29’ 6”
(3.0 m) kg *12680 *12680 *9170 8920 *7460 6300 *6590 4750 (9.00 m)

5’ 0” lb *31930 28020 *22500 18460 *17700 13240 *15030 10100 29’ 7”

(1.5 m) kg *14480 12710 *10200 8370 *8030 6000 *6810 4580 (9.04 m)

Ground lb *33060 27130 *23760 17710 *18450 12780 *15640 10290 28’ 10”
Level kg *14990 12300 *10780 8030 *8360 5790 *7090 4660 (8.80 m)

-5’ 0”- lb *37020 *37020 *32060 27030 *23680 17440 *18270 12610 *16340 11180 27’ 2”
(1.5 m) kg *16790 *16790 *14540 12250 *10740 7910 8280 5720 *7410 5070 (8.29 m)

-10’ 0” lb *39540 *39540 *29160 27420 *21920 17610 *17010 13270 24’ 4”
(-3.0 m) kg *17930 *17930 *13220 12430 *9940 7990 *7710 6010 (7.43 m)

-15’ 0” lb *30940 *30940 *23490 *23490 *17220 *17220 19’ 11”

(-4.6 m) kg *14030 *14030 *10650 *10650 *7810 *7810 (6.07 m)

HEAVY LIFT - MACHINE WITH 2.6 M ARM, 1.60 M3 BUCKET, 600 MM TRIPLE GROUSER SHOES

Lifting Capacities (Heavy Lift) based on machine with:

Boom: 21’ 4” (6.5 m) Arm: 8’ 6” (2.6 m)
Bucket: 2.09 yd3 (1.60 m 3) At Maximum Reach
Shoes: 23.6” (600 mm) triple grouser shoe

A 5’ 0” (1.5 m) 10’ 0” (3.0 m) 15’ 0” (4.6 m) 20’ 0” (6.1 m) 25’ 0” (7.6 m)

B C Radius

25’ 0” lb *16280 *16280 23’ 5”

(7.6 m) kg *7380 *7380 (7.14 m)

20’ 0” lb *16290 15110 *16110 13450 26’ 7”

(6.1 m) kg *7390 6850 *7300 6100 (8.11 m)

15’ 0” lb *38980 *38980 *25340 *25340 *20040 *20040 *17340 14580 *16290 11510 28’ 6”
(4.6 m) kg *17670 *17670 *11490 *11490 *9090 *9090 *7860 6610 *7380 5220 (8.70 m)

10’ 0” lb *31760 30260 *23060 19660 *18850 13890 16620 10490 29’ 6”
(3.0 m) kg *14400 13720 *10450 8920 8550 6300 7530 4750 (9.00 m)

5’ 0” lb *36300 28020 *25680 18460 *20280 13240 16170 10100 29’ 7”

(1.5 m) kg *16460 12710 *11640 8370 *9190 6000 7330 4580 (9.04 m)

Ground lb *37620 27130 *27130 17710 20680 12780 16580 10290 28’ 10”
Level kg *17060 12300 *12300 8030 9380 5790 7520 4660 (8.80 m)

-5’ 0” lb *40980 *40980 *36530 27030 *27070 17440 20490 12610 18070 11180 27’ 2”
(-1.5 m) kg *18580 *18580 *16570 12250 *12270 7910 9290 5720 8190 5070 (8.29 m)

-10’ 0” lb *45130 *45130 *33310 27420 *25110 17610 *19570 13270 24’ 4”
(-3.0 m) kg *20460 *20460 *15100 12430 *11380 7990 *8870 6010 (7.43 m)

-15’ 0” lb *35560 *35560 *26990 *26990 *19880 18430 19’ 11”

(-4.6 m) kg *16120 *16120 *12240 *12240 *9010 8350 (6.07 m)

8-11
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

STANDARD LIFT - MACHINE WITH 2.6 M ARM, 1.60 M3 BUCKET, 800 MM TRIPLE GROUSER SHOES

Lifting Capacities based on machine with:

Boom: 21’ 4” (6.5 m) Arm: 8’ 6” (2.6 m)
Bucket: 2.09 yd3 (1.60 m 3) At Maximum Reach
Shoes: 31.5” (800 mm) triple grouser shoe

A 5’ 0” (1.5 m) 10’ 0” (3.0 m) 15’ 0” (4.6 m) 20’ 0” (6.1 m) 25’ 0” (7.6 m)

B C Radius

25’ 0” lb *14260 *14260 23’ 5”

(7.6 m) kg *6460 *6460 (7.14 m)

20’ 0” lb *14240 *14240 *14060 13860 26’ 7”

(6.1 m) kg *6460 *6460 *6370 6280 (8.11 m)

15’ 0” lb *34580 *34580 *22370 *22370 *17590 *17590 *15150 15020 *14200 11880 28’ 6”
(4.6 m) kg *15680 *15680 *10140 *10140 *7980 *7980 *6870 6810 *6440 5380 (8.70 m)

10’ 0” lb *27960 *27960 *20220 *20220 *16460 14330 *14530 10850 29’ 6”
(3.0 m) kg *12680 *12680 *9170 *9170 *7460 6500 *6590 4920 (9.00 m)

5’ 0” lb *31390 28890 *22500 19040 *17700 13680 *15030 10460 29’ 7”

(1.5 m) kg *14480 13100 *10200 8630 *8030 6200 *6810 4740 (9.04 m)

Ground lb *33060 27990 *23760 18290 *18450 13220 *15640 10660 28’ 10”
Level kg *14990 12690 *10780 8290 *8360 5990 *7090 4830 (8.80 m)

-5’ 0”- lb *37020 *37020 *32060 27890 *23680 18030 *18270 13050 *16340 11580 27’ 2”
(1.5 m) kg *16790 *16790 *14540 12640 *10740 8170 *8280 5920 *7410 5250 (8.29 m)

-10’ 0” lb *39540 *39540 *29160 28280 *21920 18200 *17010 13730 24’ 4”
(-3.0 m) kg *17930 *17930 *13220 12820 *9940 8250 *7710 6220 (7.43 m)

-15’ 0” lb *30940 *30940 *23490 *23490 *17220 *17220 19’ 11”

(-4.6 m) kg *14030 *14030 *10650 *10650 *7810 *7810 (6.07 m)

HEAVY LIFT - MACHINE WITH 2.6 M ARM, 1.60 M3 BUCKET, 800 MM TRIPLE GROUSER SHOES

Lifting Capacities (Heavy Lift) based on machine with:

Boom: 21’ 4” (6.5 m) Arm: 8’ 6” (2.6 m)
Bucket: 2.09 yd3 (1.60 m 3) At Maximum Reach
Shoes: 31.5” (800 mm) triple grouser shoe

A 5’ 0” (1.5 m) 10’ 0” (3.0 m) 15’ 0” (4.6 m) 20’ 0” (6.1 m) 25’ 0” (7.6 m)

B C Radius

25’ 0” lb *16280 *16280 23’ 5”

(7.6 m) kg *7380 *7380 (7.14 m)

20’ 0” lb *16290 15550 *16110 13860 26’ 7”

(6.1 m) kg *7390 7050 *7300 6280 (8.11 m)

15’ 0” lb *38980 *38980 *25340 *25340 *20040 *20040 *17340 15020 *16290 11880 28’ 6”
(4.6 m) kg *17670 *17670 *11490 *11490 *9090 *9090 *7860 6810 *7380 5380 (8.70 m)

10’ 0” lb *31760 32230 *23060 20250 *18850 14330 *16700 10850 29’ 6”
(3.0 m) kg *14400 14110 *10450 9180 *8550 6500 *7570 4920 (9.00 m)

5’ 0” lb *36300 28890 *25680 19040 *20280 13680 16730 10460 29’ 7”

(1.5 m) kg *16460 13100 *11640 8630 *9190 6200 7580 4740 (9.04 m)

Ground lb *37620 27990 *27130 18290 *21140 13220 17160 10660 28’ 10”
Level kg *17060 12690 *12300 8290 *9580 5990 7780 4830 (8.80 m)

-5’ 0” lb *40980 *40980 *36530 27890 *27070 18030 *20960 13050 18700 11580 27’ 2”
(-1.5 m) kg *18580 *18580 *16570 12640 *12270 8170 *9500 5920 8480 5250 (8.29 m)

-10’ 0” lb *45130 *45130 *33310 28280 *25110 18200 *19570 13730 24’ 4”
(-3.0 m) kg *20460 *20460 *15100 12820 *11380 8250 *8870 6220 (7.43 m)

-15’ 0” lb *35560 *35560 *26990 *26990 *19880 19010 19’ 11”

(-4.6 m) kg *16120 *16120 *12240 *12240 *9010 8620 (6.07 m)

8-12
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

STANDARD LIFT - MACHINE WITH 2.6 M ARM, 1.60 M3 BUCKET, 900 MM TRIPLE GROUSER SHOES

Lifting Capacities based on machine with:

Boom: 21’ 4” (6.5 m) Arm: 8’ 6” (2.6 m)
Bucket: 2.09 yd3 (1.60 m 3) At Maximum Reach
Shoes: 35.4” (900 mm) triple grouser shoe

A 5’ 0” (1.5 m) 10’ 0” (3.0 m) 15’ 0” (4.6 m) 20’ 0” (6.1 m) 25’ 0” (7.6 m)

B C Radius

25’ 0” lb *14260 *14260 23’ 5”

(7.6 m) kg *6460 *6460 (7.14 m)

20’ 0” lb *14240 *14240 *14060 13970 26’ 7”

(6.1 m) kg *6460 *6460 *6370 6330 (8.11 m)

15’ 0” lb *34580 *34580 *22370 *22370 *17590 *17590 *15150 15140 *14200 11990 28’ 6”
(4.6 m) kg *15680 *15680 *10140 *10140 *7980 *7980 *6870 6860 *6440 5430 (8.70 m)

10’ 0” lb *27960 *27960 *20220 *20220 *16460 14450 *14530 10950 29’ 6”
(3.0 m) kg *12680 *12680 *9170 *9170 *7460 6550 *6590 4960 (9.00 m)

5’ 0” lb *31930 29120 *22500 19200 *17700 13800 *15030 10560 29’ 7”

(1.5 m) kg *14480 13200 *10200 8700 *8030 6250 *6810 4780 (9.04 m)

Ground lb *33060 28230 *23790 18450 *18450 13340 *15640 10760 28’ 10”
Level kg *14990 12800 *10780 8370 *8360 6050 *7090 4880 (8.80 m)

-5’ 0”- lb *37020 *37020 *32060 28120 *23680 18180 *18270 13170 *16340 11680 27’ 2”
(1.5 m) kg *16790 *16790 *14540 12750 *10740 8240 *8280 5970 *7410 5290 (8.29 m)

-10’ 0” lb *39540 *39540 *29160 28520 *21920 18360 *17010 13850 24’ 4”
(-3.0 m) kg *17930 *17930 *13220 12930 *9940 8320 *7710 6280 (7.43 m)

-15’ 0” lb *30940 *30940 *23490 *23490 *17220 *17220 19’ 11”

(-4.6 m) kg *14030 *14030 *10650 *10650 *7810 *7810 (6.07 m)

HEAVY LIFT - MACHINE WITH 2.6 M ARM, 1.60 M3 BUCKET, 900 MM TRIPLE GROUSER SHOES

Lifting Capacities (Heavy Lift) based on machine with:

Boom: 21’ 4” (6.5 m) Arm: 8’ 6” (2.6 m)
Bucket: 2.09 yd3 (1.60 m 3) At Maximum Reach
Shoes: 35.4” (900 mm) triple grouser shoe

A 5’ 0” (1.5 m) 10’ 0” (3.0 m) 15’ 0” (4.6 m) 20’ 0” (6.1 m) 25’ 0” (7.6 m)

B C Radius

25’ 0” lb *16280 *16280 23’ 5”

(7.6 m) kg *7380 *7380 (7.14 m)

20’ 0” lb *16290 15670 *16110 13970 26’ 7”

(6.1 m) kg *7390 7100 *7300 6330 (8.11 m)

15’ 0” lb *38980 *38980 *25340 *25340 *20040 *20040 *17340 15140 *16290 11990 28’ 6”
(4.6 m) kg *17670 *17670 *11490 *11490 *9090 *9090 *7860 6860 *7380 5430 (8.70 m)

10’ 0” lb *31760 31360 *23060 20410 *18850 14450 *16700 10950 29’ 6”
(3.0 m) kg *14400 14220 *10450 9250 *8550 6550 *7570 4960 (9.00 m)

5’ 0” lb *36300 29120 *25680 19200 *20280 13800 16890 10560 29’ 7”

(1.5 m) kg *16460 13200 *11640 8700 *9190 6250 7660 4780 (9.04 m)

Ground lb *37620 28230 *27130 18450 *21140 13340 17320 10760 28’ 10”
Level kg *17060 12800 *12300 8370 *9580 6050 7850 4880 (8.80 m)

-5’ 0” lb *40980 *40980 *36530 28120 *27070 18180 *20960 13170 *18780 11680 27’ 2”
(-1.5 m) kg *18580 *18580 *16570 12750 *12270 8240 *9500 5970 *8510 5290 (8.29 m)

-10’ 0” lb *45130 *45130 *33310 28520 *25110 18360 *19570 13850 24’ 4”
(-3.0 m) kg *20460 *20460 *15100 12930 *11380 8320 *8870 6280 (7.43 m)

-15’ 0” lb *35560 *35560 *26990 *26990 *19880 19170 19’ 11”

(-4.6 m) kg *16120 *16120 *12240 *12240 *9010 8690 (6.07 m)

8-13
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

STANDARD LIFT - MACHINE WITH 3.3 M ARM, 1.40 M3 BUCKET, 600 MM TRIPLE GROUSER SHOES

Lifting Capacities based on machine with:

Boom: 21’ 4” (6.5 m) Arm: 10’ 10” (3.3 m)
Bucket: 1.83 yd3 (1.40 m 3)
Shoes: 23.6” (600 mm) triple grouser shoe

A 5’ 0” (1.5 m) 10’ 0” (3.0 m) 15’ 0” (4.6 m) 20’ 0” (6.1 m) 25’ 0” (7.6 m) 30’ 0” (9.1 m)

B C

25’ 0” lb *11160 *11160

(7.6 m) kg *5060 *5060

20’ 0” lb *12780 *12780

(6.1 m) kg *5780 *5780

15’ 0” lb *15850 *15850 *13870 *13870 *11230 10660

(4.6 m) kg *7190 *7190 *6290 *6290 *5090 4830

10’ 0” lb *31990 *31990 *25220 *25220 *18660 *18660 *15350 14050 *13460 10290
(3.0 m) kg *14510 *14510 *11430 *11430 *8460 *8460 *6960 6370 *6100 4660

5’ 0” lb *16710 *16710 *30090 28680 *21310 18710 *16830 13310 *14200 9890
(1.5 m) kg *7580 *7580 *13650 13010 *9660 8480 *7630 6030 *6440 4480

Ground lb *23550 *23550 *32500 27240 *23090 17750 *17910 12730 *14670 9590
Level kg *10680 *10680 *14740 12350 *10470 8050 *8120 5770 *6650 4340

-5’ 0”- lb *23920 *23920 *33550 *33550 *32580 26770 *23640 17280 *18230 12410
(1.5 m) kg *10850 *10850 *15210 *15210 *14770 12140 *10720 7830 *8270 5630

-10’ 0” lb *33920 *33920 *43920 *43920 *30680 26920 *22700 17250 *17310 12430
(-3.0 m) kg *15380 *15380 *19910 *19910 *13910 12200 *10290 7820 *7850 5630

-15’ 0” lb *45270 *45270 *36570 *36570 *26410 *26410 *19590 17690

(-4.6 m) kg *20530 *20530 *16580 *16580 *11980 *11980 *8880 8020

-20’ 0” lb *17830 *17830

(-6.1 m) kg *8080 *8080

At Maximum Reach

B C Radius

25’ 0” lb *8090 *8090 26’ 1”

(7.6 m) kg *3660 *3660 (7.97 m)

20’ 0” lb *7940 *7940 29’ 0”

(6.1 m) kg *3600 *3600 (8.84 m)

15’ 0” lb *8130 *8130 30’ 9”

(4.6 m) kg *3680 *3680 (9.39 m)

10’ 0” lb *8630 *8630 31’ 8”

(3.0 m) kg *3910 *3910 (9.67 m)

5’ 0” lb *9520 8930 31’ 10”

(1.5 m) kg *4310 4050 (9.70 m)

Ground lb *10980 9030 31’ 1”

Level kg *4980 4090 (9.49 m)

-5’ 0”- lb *13440 9670 29’ 6”

(1.5 m) kg *6090 4380 (9.01 m)

-10’ 0” lb *15440 11150 27’ 0”

(-3.0 m) kg *7000 5050 (8.23 m)

-15’ 0” lb *16010 14410 23’ 0”

(-4.6 m) kg *7260 6530 (7.03 m)

-20’ 0” lb *15510 *15510 16’ 10”

(-6.1 m) kg *7030 *7030 (5.14 m)

8-14
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

HEAVY LIFT - MACHINE WITH 3.3 M ARM, 1.40 M3 BUCKET, 600 MM TRIPLE GROUSER SHOES

Lifting Capacities (Heavy Lift) based on machine with:

Boom: 21’ 4” (6.5 m) Arm: 10’ 10” (3.3 m)
Bucket: 1.83 yd3 (1.40 m 3)
Shoes: 23.6” (600 mm) triple grouser shoe

A 5’ 0” (1.5 m) 10’ 0” (3.0 m) 15’ 0” (4.6 m) 20’ 0” (6.1 m) 25’ 0” (7.6 m) 30’ 0” (9.1 m)

B C

25’ 0” lb *12570 *12570

(7.6 m) kg *5700 *5700

20’ 0” lb *14650 *14650

(6.1 m) kg *6640 *6640

15’ 0” lb *18090 *18090 *15910 14830 *12660 *10650

(4.6 m) kg *8200 *8200 *7210 6720 *5740 *4830

10’ 0” lb *35440 *35440 *28650 *28650 *21310 20090 *17610 14060 *15510 10290
(3.0 m) kg *16070 *16070 *12990 *12990 *9860 9110 *7990 6370 *7030 4660

5’ 0” lb *18660 *18660 *34240 28680 *24340 18710 *19320 13310 15870 9890
(1.5 m) kg *8460 *8460 *15520 13010 *11040 8480 *8760 6030 7190 4480

Ground lb *26190 *26190 *37000 27240 *26400 17750 *20560 12730 15530 9590
Level kg *11870 *11870 *16780 11970 *11970 8050 *9320 5770 7040 4340

-5’ 0” lb *26610 *26610 *37180 *37180 *37140 26770 *27040 17280 20300 12410
(-1.5 m) kg *12070 *12070 *16860 *16860 *16840 12140 *12260 7830 9200 5630

-10’ 0” lb *37600 *37600 *50030 *50030 *35030 26920 *26010 17250 *19930 12430
(-3.0 m) kg *17050 *17050 *22690 *22690 *15890 12200 *11790 7820 *9040 5630

-15’ 0” lb *50070 *50070 *41860 *41860 *30280 27580 *22550 17690

(-4.6 m) kg *22700 *22700 *18980 *18980 *13730 12510 *10230 8020

-20’ 0” lb *20720 *20720

(-6.1 m) kg *9390 *9390

At Maximum Reach

B C Radius

25’ 0” lb *9190 *9190 26’ 1”

(7.6 m) kg *4160 *4160 (7.97 m)

20’ 0” lb *9030 *9030 29’ 0”

(6.1 m) kg *4090 *4090 (8.84 m)

15’ 0” lb *9240 *9240 30’ 9”

(4.6 m) kg *4190 *4190 (9.39 m)

10’ 0” lb *9810 9270 31’ 8”

(3.0 m) kg *4440 4200 (9.67 m)

5’ 0” lb *10800 8930 31’ 10”

(1.5 m) kg *4890 4050 (9.70 m)

Ground lb *12410 9030 31’ 1”

Level kg *5620 4090 (9.49 m)

-5’ 0”- lb *15120 9670 29’ 6”

(1.5 m) kg *6850 4380 (9.01 m)

-10’ 0” lb *17820 11150 27’ 0”

(-3.0 m) kg *8080 5050 (8.23 m)

-15’ 0” lb *18510 14410 23’ 0”

(-4.6 m) kg *8390 6530 (7.03 m)

-20’ 0” lb *18080 *18080 16’ 10”

(-6.1 m) kg *8200 *8200 (5.14 m)

8-15
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

STANDARD LIFT - MACHINE WITH 3.3 M ARM, 1.40 M3 BUCKET, 800 MM TRIPLE GROUSER SHOES

Lifting Capacities based on machine with:

Boom: 21’ 4” (6.5 m) Arm: 10’ 10” (3.3 m)
Bucket: 1.83 yd3 (1.40 m 3)
Shoes: 31.5” (800 mm) triple grouser shoe

A 5’ 0” (1.5 m) 10’ 0” (3.0 m) 15’ 0” (4.6 m) 20’ 0” (6.1 m) 25’ 0” (7.6 m) 30’ 0” (9.1 m)

B C

25’ 0” lb *11160 *11160

(7.6 m) kg *5060 *5060

20’ 0” lb *12780 *12780

(6.1 m) kg *5790 *5790

15’ 0” lb *15850 *15850 *13870 *13870 *11230 11020

(4.6 m) kg *7190 *7190 *6290 *6290 *5090 4990

10’ 0” lb *31990 *31990 *25220 *25220 *18660 *18660 *15350 14500 *13460 10640
(3.0 m) kg *14510 *14510 *11430 *11430 *8460 *8460 *6960 6570 *6100 4820

5’ 0” lb *16710 *16710 *30090 29550 *21310 19300 *16830 13750 *14200 10240
(1.5 m) kg *7580 *7580 *13650 13400 *9660 8750 *7630 5230 *6440 4640

Ground lb *23550 *23550 *32500 28110 *23090 18340 *17910 13170 *14670 9940
Level kg *10680 *10680 *14740 12740 *10470 8310 *8120 5970 *6650 4500

-5’ 0”- lb *23920 *23920 *33550 *33550 *32580 27630 *23640 17860 *18230 12850
(1.5 m) kg *10850 *10850 *15210 *15210 *14770 12530 *10720 8100 *8270 5830

-10’ 0” lb *33920 *33920 *43920 *43920 *30680 27780 *22700 17830 *17310 12870
(-3.0 m) kg *15380 *15380 *19910 *19910 *13910 12590 *10290 8080 *7850 5830

-15’ 0” lb *45270 *45270 *36570 *36570 *26410 *26410 *19590 18270

(-4.6 m) kg *20530 *20530 *16580 *16580 *11980 *11980 *8880 8280

-20’ 0” lb *17830 *17830

(-6.1 m) kg *8080 *8080

At Maximum Reach

B C Radius

25’ 0” lb *8090 *8090 26’ 1”

(7.6 m) kg *3660 *3660 (7.97 m)

20’ 0” lb *7940 *7940 29’ 0”

(6.1 m) kg *3600 *3600 (8.84 m)

15’ 0” lb *8130 *8130 30’ 9”

(4.6 m) kg *3680 *3680 (9.39 m)

10’ 0” lb *8630 *8630 31’ 8”

(3.0 m) kg *3910 *3910 (9.67 m)

5’ 0” lb *9520 9260 31’ 10”

(1.5 m) kg *4310 4200 (9.70 m)

Ground lb *10980 9370 31’ 1”

Level kg *4980 4250 (9.49 m)

-5’ 0”- lb *13440 10030 29’ 6”

(1.5 m) kg *6090 4540 (9.01 m)

-10’ 0” lb *15440 11550 27’ 0”

(-3.0 m) kg *7000 5230 (8.23 m)

-15’ 0” lb *16010 14890 23’ 0”

(-4.6 m) kg *7260 6750 (7.03 m)

-20’ 0” lb *15510 *15510 16’ 10”

(-6.1 m) kg *7030 *7030 (5.14 m)

8-16
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

HEAVY LIFT - MACHINE WITH 3.3 M ARM, 1.40 M3 BUCKET, 800 MM TRIPLE GROUSER SHOES

Lifting Capacities (Heavy Lift) based on machine with:

Boom: 21’ 4” (6.5 m) Arm: 10’ 10” (3.3 m)
Bucket: 1.83 yd3 (1.40 m 3)
Shoes: 31.5” (800 mm) triple grouser shoe

A 5’ 0” (1.5 m) 10’ 0” (3.0 m) 15’ 0” (4.6 m) 20’ 0” (6.1 m) 25’ 0” (7.6 m) 30’ 0” (9.1 m)

B C

25’ 0” lb *12570 *12570

(7.6 m) kg *5700 *5700

20’ 0” lb *14650 *14650

(6.1 m) kg *6640 *6640

15’ 0” lb *18090 *18090 *15910 15270 *12660 11020

(4.6 m) kg *8200 *8200 *7210 6920 *5740 4990

10’ 0” lb *35440 *35440 *28650 *28650 *21310 20670 *17610 14500 *15510 10640
(3.0 m) kg *16070 *16070 *12990 *12990 *9860 9370 *7990 6570 *7030 4820

5’ 0” lb *18660 *18660 *34240 29550 *24340 19300 *19320 13750 *16370 10240
(1.5 m) kg *8460 *8460 *15520 13400 *11040 8750 *8760 6230 *7420 4640

Ground lb *26190 *26190 *37000 28110 *26400 18340 *20560 13170 16090 9940
Level kg *11870 *11870 *16780 12740 *11970 8310 *9320 5970 7290 4500

-5’ 0” lb *26610 *26610 *37180 *37180 *37140 27630 *27040 17860 20940 12850
(-1.5 m) kg *12070 *12070 *16860 *16860 *16840 12530 *12260 8100 9500 5830

-10’ 0” lb *37600 *37600 *50030 *50030 *35030 27780 *26010 17830 *19930 12870
(-3.0 m) kg *17050 *17050 *22690 *22690 *15890 12590 *11790 8020 *9040 5830

-15’ 0” lb *50070 *50070 *41860 *41860 *30280 28440 *22550 18270

(-4.6 m) kg *22700 *22700 *18980 *18980 *13730 12900 *10230 8280

-20’ 0” lb *20720 *20720

(-6.1 m) kg *9390 *9390

At Maximum Reach

B C Radius

25’ 0” lb *9190 *9190 26’ 1”

(7.6 m) kg *4160 *4160 (7.97 m)

20’ 0” lb *9030 *9030 29’ 0”

(6.1 m) kg *4090 *4090 (8.84 m)

15’ 0” lb *9240 *9240 30’ 9”

(4.6 m) kg *4190 *4190 (9.39 m)

10’ 0” lb *9810 9600 31’ 8”

(3.0 m) kg *4440 4350 (9.67 m)

5’ 0” lb *10800 9260 31’ 10”

(1.5 m) kg *4890 4200 (9.70 m)

Ground lb *12410 9370 31’ 1”

Level kg *5620 4250 (9.49 m)

-5’ 0”- lb *15120 10030 29’ 6”

(1.5 m) kg *6850 4540 (9.01 m)

-10’ 0” lb *17820 11550 27’ 0”

(-3.0 m) kg *8080 5230 (8.23 m)

-15’ 0” lb *18510 14890 23’ 0”

(-4.6 m) kg *8390 6750 (7.03 m)

-20’ 0” lb *18080 *18080 16’ 10”

(-6.1 m) kg *8200 *8200 (5.14 m)

8-17
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

STANDARD LIFT - MACHINE WITH 3.3 M ARM, 1.40 M3 BUCKET, 900 MM TRIPLE GROUSER SHOES

Lifting Capacities based on machine with:

Boom: 21’ 4” (6.5 m) Arm: 10’ 10” (3.3 m)
Bucket: 1.83 yd3 (1.40 m 3)
Shoes: 35.4” (900 mm) triple grouser shoe

A 5’ 0” (1.5 m) 10’ 0” (3.0 m) 15’ 0” (4.6 m) 20’ 0” (6.1 m) 25’ 0” (7.6 m) 30’ 0” (9.1 m)

B C

25’ 0” lb *11160 *11160

(7.6 m) kg *5060 *5060

20’ 0” lb *12780 *12780

(6.1 m) kg *5780 *5780

15’ 0” lb *15850 *15850 *13870 *13870 *11230 11110

(4.6 m) kg *7190 *7190 *6290 *6290 *5090 5040

10’ 0” lb *31990 *31990 *25220 *25220 *18660 *18660 *15350 14620 *13460 10740
(3.0 m) kg *14510 *14510 *11430 *11430 *8460 *8460 *6960 6630 *6100 4870

5’ 0” lb *16710 *16710 *30090 29780 *21310 19450 *16830 13870 *14200 10340
(1.5 m) kg *7580 *7580 *13650 13500 *9660 8820 *7630 6290 *6440 4690

Ground lb *23550 *23550 *32500 28340 *23090 18490 *17910 13290 *14670 10030
Level kg *10680 *10680 *14740 12850 *10470 8380 *8120 6020 *6650 4550

-5’ 0” lb *23920 *23920 *33550 *33550 *32580 27870 *23640 18020 *18230 12970
(1.5 m) kg *10850 *10850 *15210 *15210 *14770 12640 *10720 8170 *8270 5880

-10’ 0” lb *33920 *33920 *43920 *43920 *30680 28010 *22700 17990 *17310 12990
(-3.0 m) kg *15380 *15380 *19910 *19910 *13910 12700 *10290 8160 *7850 5890

-15’ 0” lb *45270 *45270 *36570 *36570 *26410 *26410 *19590 18430

(-4.6 m) kg *20530 *20530 *16580 *16580 *11980 *11980 *8880 8350

-20’ 0” lb *17830 *17830

(-6.1 m) kg *8080 *8080

At Maximum Reach

B C Radius

25’ 0” lb *8090 *8090 26’ 1”

(7.6 m) kg *3660 *3660 (7.97 m)

20’ 0” lb *7940 *7940 29’ 0”

(6.1 m) kg *3600 *3600 (8.84 m)

15’ 0” lb *8130 *8130 30’ 9”

(4.6 m) kg *3680 *3680 (9.39 m)

10’ 0” lb *8630 *8630 31’ 8”

(3.0 m) kg *3910 *3910 (9.67 m)

5’ 0” lb *9520 9350 31’ 10”

(1.5 m) kg *4310 4240 (9.70 m)

Ground lb *10980 9460 31’ 1”

Level kg *4980 4290 (9.49 m)

-5’ 0” lb *13440 10130 29’ 6”

(1.5 m) kg *6090 4590 (9.01 m)

-10’ 0” lb *15440 11660 27’ 0”

(-3.0 m) kg *7000 5280 (8.23 m)

-15’ 0” lb *16010 15020 23’ 0”

(-4.6 m) kg *7260 6810 (7.03 m)

-20’ 0” lb *15510 *15510 16’ 10”

(-6.1 m) kg *7030 *7030 (5.14 m)

8-18
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

HEAVY LIFT - MACHINE WITH 3.3 M ARM, 1.40 M3 BUCKET, 900 MM TRIPLE GROUSER SHOES

Lifting Capacities (Heavy Lift) based on machine with:

Boom: 21’ 4” (6.5 m) Arm: 10’ 10” (3.3 m)
Bucket: 1.83 yd3 (1.40 m 3)
Shoes: 35.4” (900 mm) triple grouser shoe

A 5’ 0” (1.5 m) 10’ 0” (3.0 m) 15’ 0” (4.6 m) 20’ 0” (6.1 m) 25’ 0” (7.6 m) 30’ 0” (9.1 m)

B C

25’ 0” lb *12570 *12570

(7.6 m) kg *5700 *5700

20’ 0” lb *14650 *14650

(6.1 m) kg *6640 *6640

15’ 0” lb *18090 *18090 *15910 15390 *12660 11110

(4.6 m) kg *8200 *8200 *7210 6980 *5740 5040

10’ 0” lb *35440 *35440 *28650 *28650 *21310 20830 *17610 14620 *15510 10740
(3.0 m) kg *16070 *16070 *12990 *12990 *9860 9440 *7990 6630 *7030 4870

5’ 0” lb *18660 *18660 *34240 29780 *24340 19450 *19320 13870 *16370 10340
(1.5 m) kg *8460 *8460 *15520 13500 *11040 8820 *8760 6290 *7420 4690

Ground lb *26190 *26190 *37000 28340 *26400 18490 *20560 13290 16240 10030
Level kg *11870 *11870 *16780 12850 *11970 8380 *9320 6020 7360 4550

-5’ 0” lb *26610 *26610 *37180 *37180 *37140 27870 *27040 18020 20940 12970
(-1.5 m) kg *12070 *12070 *16860 *16860 *16840 12640 *12260 8170 9500 5880

-10’ 0” lb *37600 *37600 *50030 *50030 *35030 28010 *26010 17990 *19930 12990
(-3.0 m) kg *17050 *17050 *22690 *22690 *15890 12700 *11790 8160 *9040 5890

-15’ 0” lb *50070 *50070 *41860 *41860 *30280 28680 *22550 18340

(-4.6 m) kg *22700 *22700 *18980 *18980 *13730 13000 *10230 8350

-20’ 0” lb *20720 *20720

(-6.1 m) kg *9390 *9390

At Maximum Reach

B C Radius

25’ 0” lb *9190 *9190 26’ 1”

(7.6 m) kg *4160 *4160 (7.97 m)

20’ 0” lb *9030 *9030 29’ 0”

(6.1 m) kg *4090 *4090 (8.84 m)

15’ 0” lb *9240 *9240 30’ 9”

(4.6 m) kg *4190 *4190 (9.39 m)

10’ 0” lb *9810 9690 31’ 8”

(3.0 m) kg *4440 4390 (9.67 m)

5’ 0” lb *10800 9350 31’ 10”

(1.5 m) kg *4890 4240 (9.70 m)

Ground lb *12410 9460 31’ 1”

Level kg *5620 4290 (9.49 m)

-5’ 0” lb *15120 10130 29’ 6”

(1.5 m) kg *6850 4590 (9.01 m)

-10’ 0” lb *17820 11660 27’ 0”

(-3.0 m) kg *8080 5280 (8.23 m)

-15’ 0” lb *18510 15020 23’ 0”

(-4.6 m) kg *8390 6810 (7.03 m)

-20’ 0” lb *18080 *18080 16’ 10”

(-6.1 m) kg *8200 *8200 (5.14 m)

8-19
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

STANDARD LIFT - MACHINE WITH 4.15 M ARM, 1.20 M3 BUCKET, 600 MM TRIPLE GROUSER SHOES

Lifting Capacities based on machine with:

Boom: 21’ 4” (6.5 m) Arm: 13’ 7” (4.15 m)
Bucket: 1.57 yd3 (1.20 m 3)
Shoes: 23.6” (600 mm) triple grouser shoe

A 5’ 0” (1.5 m) 10’ 0” (3.0 m) 15’ 0” (4.6 m) 20’ 0” (6.1 m) 25’ 0” (7.6 m) 30’ 0” (9.1 m)

B C

25’ 0” lb
(7.6 m) kg

20’ 0” lb *9290 *9290

(6.1 m) kg *4210 *4210

15’ 0” lb *12250 *12250 *11410 10890

(4.6 m) kg *5560 *5560 *5170 4930

10’ 0” lb *33940 *33940 *21590 *21590 *16650 *16650 *13870 *13870 *12280 10410
(3.0 m) kg *15390 *15390 *9790 *9790 *7500 *7500 *6290 *6290 *5570 4720

5’ 0” lb *29160 *29160 *27230 *27230 *19530 19050 *15570 13430 *13240 9900
(1.5 m) kg *13220 *13220 *12350 *12350 *8850 8640 *7060 6090 *5000 4490

Ground lb *13550 *13550 *28570 *28570 *30890 27410 *21850 17810 *16980 12680 *14020 9470
Level kg *6140 *6140 *12050 *12050 *14010 12430 *9900 8070 *7700 5750 *6350 4290

-5’ 0” lb *21150 *21150 *32130 *32130 *32240 26440 *23070 17080 *17780 12200 *14340 9200
(1.5 m) kg *9590 *9590 *14570 *14570 *14620 11990 *10450 7740 *8060 5530 *6500 4170

-10’ 0” lb *29020 *29020 *40710 *40710 *31530 26240 *22960 16800 *17620 12020
(-3.0 m) kg *13160 *13160 *18460 *18460 *14300 11900 *10410 7620 *7990 5450

-15’ 0” lb *37800 *37800 *41530 *41530 *28690 26620 *21160 16990 *15880 12230
(-4.6 m) kg *17140 *17140 *18830 *18830 *13010 12070 *9590 7700 *7190 5540

-20’ 0” lb *31980 *31980 *22780 *22780 *18390 *16390

(-6.1 m) kg *14490 *14490 *10330 *10330 *7430 *7430

At Maximum Reach

B C Radius

25’ 0” lb *6260 *6260 28’ 9”

(7.6 m) kg *2830 *2830 (8.78 m)

20’ 0” lb *6140 *6140 31’ 5”

(6.1 m) kg *2780 *2780 (9.58 m)

15’ 0” lb *6280 *6280 33’ 1”

(4.6 m) kg *2840 *2840 (10.09 m)

10’ 0” lb *6650 *6650 33’ 11”

(3.0 m) kg *3010 *3010 (10.35 m)

5’ 0” lb *7290 *7290 34’ 0”

(1.5 m) kg *3300 *3300 (10.38 m)

Ground lb *8330 7900 33’ 4”

Level kg *3770 3580 (10.18 m)

-5’ 0” lb *10010 8330 31’ 11”

(1.5 m) kg *4540 3770 (9.74 m)

-10’ 0” lb *12980 9370 29’ 7”

(-3.0 m) kg *5880 4250 (9.02 m)

-15’ 0” lb *14820 11530 26’ 0”

(-4.6 m) kg *6720 5220 (7.94 m)

-20’ 0” lb *15450 *15450 20’ 9”

(-6.1 m) kg *7000 *7000 (6.33 m)

8-20
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

HEAVY LIFT - MACHINE WITH 4.15 M ARM, 1.20 M3 BUCKET, 600 MM TRIPLE GROUSER SHOES

Lifting Capacities (Heavy Lift) based on machine with:

Boom: 21’ 4” (6.5 m) Arm: 13’ 7” (4.15 m)
Bucket: 1.57 yd3 (1.20 m 3)
Shoes: 23.6” (600 mm) triple grouser shoe

A 5’ 0” (1.5 m) 10’ 0” (3.0 m) 15’ 0” (4.6 m) 20’ 0” (6.1 m) 25’ 0” (7.6 m) 30’ 0” (9.1 m)

B C

25’ 0” lb
(7.6 m) kg

20’ 0” lb *10540 *10540

(6.1 m) kg *4780 *4780

15’ 0” lb *14110 *14110 *13210 10890

(4.6 m) kg *6390 *6390 *5990 4930

10’ 0” lb *38370 *38370 *24560 *24560 *18940 *18940 *15970 14320 *14210 10410
(3.0 m) kg *17400 *17400 *11140 *11140 *8590 *8590 *7240 6490 *6440 4720

5’ 0” lb *32340 *32340 *31030 29530 *22360 19050 *17920 13430 *15310 9900
(1.5 m) kg *14660 *14660 *14070 13390 *10140 8840 *8130 6090 *6940 4490

Ground lb *15230 *15230 *29510 *29510 *35230 27410 *25030 17810 *19550 12880 15340 9470
Level kg *6900 *6900 *13380 *13380 *15980 12430 *12430 8070 *8880 5750 7000 4290

-5’ 0” lb *23570 *23570 *35630 *35630 *36790 26440 *26440 17060 20090 12200 15140 9200
(-1.5 m) kg *10690 *10690 *16150 *16150 *16680 11990 *11990 7740 9110 5530 6860 4170

-10’ 0” lb *32220 *32220 *45060 *45060 *36030 26240 *26350 16800 19900 12020
(-3.0 m) kg *14610 *14610 *20430 *20430 *16340 11900 *11950 7620 9020 5450

-15’ 0” lb *41870 *41870 *47450 *47450 *32880 26620 *24340 16990 *18360 12230
(-4.6 m) kg *18980 *18980 *21520 *21520 *14910 12070 *11040 7700 *8320 5540

-20’ 0” lb *36800 *36800 *28690 *28690 *19030 17740

(-6.1 m) kg *16690 *16690 *11920 *11920 *8630 8040

At Maximum Reach

B C Radius

25’ 0” lb *7190 *7190 28’ 9”

(7.6 m) kg *3260 *3260 (8.78 m)

20’ 0” lb *7080 *7080 31’ 5”

(6.1 m) kg *3210 *3210 (9.58 m)

15’ 0” lb *7230 *7230 33’ 1”

(4.6 m) kg *3270 *3270 (10.09 m)

10’ 0” lb *7650 *7650 33’ 11”

(3.0 m) kg *3460 *3460 (10.35 m)

5’ 0” lb *8360 7870 34’ 0”

(1.5 m) kg *3790 3560 (10.38 m)

Ground lb *9510 7900 33’ 4”

Level kg *4310 3580 (10.18 m)

-5’ 0” lb *11370 8330 31’ 11”

(1.5 m) kg *5150 3770 (9.74 m)

-10’ 0” lb *14660 9370 29’ 7”

(-3.0 m) kg *6640 4250 (9.02 m)

-15’ 0” lb *17190 11530 26’ 0”

(-4.6 m) kg *7790 5220 (7.94 m)

-20’ 0” lb *17970 16780 20’ 9”

(-6.1 m) kg *8150 7610 (6.33 m)

8-21
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

STANDARD LIFT - MACHINE WITH 4.15 M ARM, 1.20 M3 BUCKET, 800 MM TRIPLE GROUSER SHOES

Lifting Capacities based on machine with:

Boom: 21’ 4” (6.5 m) Arm: 13’ 7” (4.15 m)
Bucket: 1.57 yd3 (1.20 m 3)
Shoes: 31.5” (800 mm) triple grouser shoe

A 5’ 0” (1.5 m) 10’ 0” (3.0 m) 15’ 0” (4.6 m) 20’ 0” (6.1 m) 25’ 0” (7.6 m) 30’ 0” (9.1 m)

B C

25’ 0” lb
(7.6 m) kg

20’ 0” lb *9290 *9290

(6.1 m) kg *4210 *4210

15’ 0” lb *12250 *12250 *11410 11240

(4.6 m) kg *5560 *5560 *5170 5090

10’ 0” lb *33940 *33940 *21590 *21590 *16650 *16650 *13870 *13870 *12280 10750
(3.0 m) kg *15390 *15390 *9790 *9790 *7500 *7500 *6290 *6290 *5570 4880

5’ 0” lb *29160 *29160 *27230 *27230 *19530 *19530 *15570 13870 *13240 10250
(1.5 m) kg *13220 *13220 *12350 *12350 *8850 *8850 *7060 6290 *5000 4650

Ground lb *13550 *13550 *28570 *28570 *30890 28270 *21850 18390 *16980 13120 *14020 9820
Level kg *6140 *6140 *12050 *12050 *14010 12820 *9900 8340 *7700 5950 *6350 4450

-5’ 0” lb *21150 *21150 *32130 *32130 *32240 27300 *23070 17650 *17780 12640 *14340 9560
(1.5 m) kg *9590 *9590 *14570 *14570 *14620 12380 *10450 8000 *8060 5730 *6500 4330

-10’ 0” lb *29020 *29020 *40710 *40710 *31530 27100 *22960 17380 *17620 12460
(-3.0 m) kg *13160 *13160 *18460 *18460 *14300 12290 *10410 7880 *7990 5650

-15’ 0” lb *37800 *37800 *41530 *41530 *28690 27480 *21160 17570 *15860 12670
(-4.6 m) kg *17140 *17140 *18830 *18830 *13010 12460 *9590 7970 *7190 5740

-20’ 0” lb *31980 *31980 *22780 *22780 *18390 *16390

(-6.1 m) kg *14490 *14490 *10330 *10330 *7430 *7430

At Maximum Reach

B C Radius

25’ 0” lb *6260 *6260 28’ 9”

(7.6 m) kg *2830 *2830 (8.78 m)

20’ 0” lb *6140 *6140 31’ 5”

(6.1 m) kg *2780 *2780 (9.58 m)

15’ 0” lb *6280 *6280 33’ 1”

(4.6 m) kg *2840 *2840 (10.09 m)

10’ 0” lb *6650 *6650 33’ 11”

(3.0 m) kg *3010 *3010 (10.35 m)

5’ 0” lb *7920 *7920 34’ 0”

(1.5 m) kg *3300 *3300 (10.38 m)

Ground lb *8330 8210 33’ 4”

Level kg *3770 3720 (10.18 m)

-5’ 0” lb *10010 8660 31’ 11”

(1.5 m) kg *4540 3920 (9.74 m)

-10’ 0” lb *12980 9730 29’ 7”

(-3.0 m) kg *5880 4410 (9.02 m)

-15’ 0” lb *14820 11940 26’ 0”

(-4.6 m) kg *6720 5410 (7.94 m)

-20’ 0” lb *15450 *15450 20’ 9”

(-6.1 m) kg *7000 *7000 (6.33 m)

8-22
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

HEAVY LIFT - MACHINE WITH 4.15 M ARM, 1.20 M3 BUCKET, 800 MM TRIPLE GROUSER SHOES

Lifting Capacities (Heavy Lift) based on machine with:

Boom: 21’ 4” (6.5 m) Arm: 13’ 7” (4.15 m)
Bucket: 1.57 yd3 (1.20 m 3)
Shoes: 31.5” (800 mm) triple grouser shoe

A 5’ 0” (1.5 m) 10’ 0” (3.0 m) 15’ 0” (4.6 m) 20’ 0” (6.1 m) 25’ 0” (7.6 m) 30’ 0” (9.1 m)

B C

25’ 0” lb
(7.6 m) kg

20’ 0” lb *10540 *10540

(6.1 m) kg *4780 *4780

15’ 0” lb *14110 *14110 *13210 11240

(4.6 m) kg *6390 *6390 *5990 5090

10’ 0” lb *38370 *38370 *24560 *24560 *18940 *18940 *15970 14760 *14210 10760
(3.0 m) kg *17400 *17400 *11140 *11140 *8590 *8590 *7240 5590 *6440 4880

5’ 0” lb *32340 *32340 *31030 30390 *22360 19630 *17920 13870 *15310 10250
(1.5 m) kg *14660 *14660 *14070 13780 *10140 8900 *8130 6290 *6940 4650

Ground lb *15230 *15230 *29510 *29510 *35230 28270 *25030 18390 *19550 13120 15990 9820
Level kg *6900 *6900 *13380 *13380 *15980 12820 *12430 8340 *8880 5950 7250 4450

-5’ 0” lb *23570 *23570 *35630 *35630 *36790 27300 *26440 17650 *20470 12640 15700 9650
(-1.5 m) kg *10690 *10690 *16150 *16150 *16680 12380 *11990 8000 *9280 5730 7120 4330

-10’ 0” lb *32220 *32220 *45060 *45060 *36030 27100 *26350 17380 *20310 12460
(-3.0 m) kg *14610 *14610 *20430 *20430 *16340 12290 *11950 7880 *9210 5650

-15’ 0” lb *41870 *41870 *47450 *47450 *32880 27480 *24340 17570 *18360 12670
(-4.6 m) kg *18980 *18980 *21520 *21520 *14910 12460 *11040 7970 *8320 5740

-20’ 0” lb *36800 *36800 *28690 *28690 *19030 18320

(-6.1 m) kg *16690 *16690 *11920 *11920 *8630 8310

At Maximum Reach

B C Radius

25’ 0” lb *7190 *7190 28’ 9”

(7.6 m) kg *3260 *3260 (8.78 m)

20’ 0” lb *7080 *7080 31’ 5”

(6.1 m) kg *3210 *3210 (9.58 m)

15’ 0” lb *7230 *7230 33’ 1”

(4.6 m) kg *3270 *3270 (10.09 m)

10’ 0” lb *7650 *7650 33’ 11”

(3.0 m) kg *3460 *3460 (10.35 m)

5’ 0” lb *8360 8180 34’ 0”

(1.5 m) kg *3790 3710 (10.38 m)

Ground lb *9510 8210 33’ 4”

Level kg *4310 3720 (10.18 m)

-5’ 0” lb *11370 8660 31’ 11”

(1.5 m) kg *5150 3920 (9.74 m)

-10’ 0” lb *14660 9730 29’ 7”

(-3.0 m) kg *6640 4410 (9.02 m)

-15’ 0” lb *17190 11940 26’ 0”

(-4.6 m) kg *7790 5410 (7.94 m)

-20’ 0” lb *17970 17330 20’ 9”

(-6.1 m) kg *8150 7860 (6.33 m)

8-23
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

STANDARD LIFT - MACHINE WITH 4.15 M ARM, 1.20 M3 BUCKET, 900 MM TRIPLE GROUSER SHOES

Lifting Capacities based on machine with:

Boom: 21’ 4” (6.5 m) Arm: 13’ 7” (4.15 m)
Bucket: 1.57 yd3 (1.20 m 3)
Shoes: 35.4” (900 mm) triple grouser shoe

A 5’ 0” (1.5 m) 10’ 0” (3.0 m) 15’ 0” (4.6 m) 20’ 0” (6.1 m) 25’ 0” (7.6 m) 30’ 0” (9.1 m)

B C

25’ 0” lb
(7.6 m) kg

20’ 0” lb *9290 *9290

(6.1 m) kg *4210 *4210

15’ 0” lb *12250 *12250 *11410 11340

(4.6 m) kg *5560 *5560 *5170 5140

10’ 0” lb *33940 *33940 *21590 *21590 *16650 *16650 *13870 *13870 *12280 10860
(3.0 m) kg *15390 *15390 *9790 *9790 *7500 *7500 *6290 *6290 *5570 4920

5’ 0” lb *29160 *29160 *27230 *27230 *19530 *19530 *15570 13990 *13240 10350
(1.5 m) kg *13220 *13220 *12350 *12350 *8850 *8850 *7060 6340 *5000 4690

Ground lb *13550 *13550 *28570 *28570 *30890 28510 *21850 18550 *16980 13240 *14020 9920
Level kg *6140 *6140 *12050 *12050 *14010 12930 *9900 8410 *7700 6000 *6350 4500

-5’ 0” lb *21150 *21150 *32130 *32130 *32240 27530 *23070 17810 *17780 12760 *14340 9650
(1.5 m) kg *9590 *9590 *14570 *14570 *14620 12480 *10450 8070 *8060 5780 *6500 4370

-10’ 0” lb *29020 *29020 *40710 *40710 *31530 27330 *22960 17540 *17620 12580
(-3.0 m) kg *13160 *13160 *18460 *18460 *14300 12390 *10410 7950 *7990 5700

-15’ 0” lb *37800 *37800 *41530 *41530 *28690 27710 *21160 17730 *15860 12790
(-4.6 m) kg *17140 *17140 *18830 *18830 *13010 12570 *9590 8040 *7190 5800

-20’ 0” lb *31960 *31960 *22780 *22780 *16390 *16390

(-6.1 m) kg *14490 *14490 *10330 *10330 *7430 *7430

At Maximum Reach

B C Radius

25’ 0” lb *6260 *6260 28’ 9”

(7.6 m) kg *2830 *2830 (8.78 m)

20’ 0” lb *6140 *6140 31’ 5”

(6.1 m) kg *2780 *2780 (9.58 m)

15’ 0” lb *6280 *6280 33’ 1”

(4.6 m) kg *2840 *2840 (10.09 m)

10’ 0” lb *6650 *6650 33’ 11”

(3.0 m) kg *3010 *3010 (10.35 m)

5’ 0” lb *7290 *7290 34’ 0”

(1.5 m) kg *3300 *3300 (10.38 m)

Ground lb *8330 8290 33’ 4”

Level kg *3770 3760 (10.18 m)

-5’ 0” lb *10010 8750 31’ 11”

(1.5 m) kg *4540 3960 (9.74 m)

-10’ 0” lb *12980 9830 29’ 7”

(-3.0 m) kg *5880 4450 (9.02 m)

-15’ 0” lb *14820 12060 26’ 0”

(-4.6 m) kg *6720 5470 (7.94 m)

-20’ 0” lb *15450 *15450 20’ 9”

(-6.1 m) kg *7000 *7000 (6.33 m)

8-24
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

HEAVY LIFT - MACHINE WITH 4.15 M ARM, 1.20 M3 BUCKET, 900 MM TRIPLE GROUSER SHOES

Lifting Capacities (Heavy Lift) based on machine with:

Boom: 21’ 4” (6.5 m) Arm: 13’ 7” (4.15 m)
Bucket: 1.57 yd3 (1.20 m 3)
Shoes: 35.4” (900 mm) triple grouser shoe

A 5’ 0” (1.5 m) 10’ 0” (3.0 m) 15’ 0” (4.6 m) 20’ 0” (6.1 m) 25’ 0” (7.6 m) 30’ 0” (9.1 m)

B C

25’ 0” lb
(7.6 m) kg

20’ 0” lb *10540 *10540

(6.1 m) kg *4780 *4780

15’ 0” lb *14110 *14110 *13210 11340

(4.6 m) kg *6390 *6390 *5990 5140

10’ 0” lb *38370 *38370 *24560 *24560 *18940 *18940 *15970 14880 *14210 10860
(3.0 m) kg *17400 *17400 *11140 *11140 *8590 *8590 *7240 5740 *6440 4920

5’ 0” lb *32340 *32340 *31030 30630 *22360 19790 *17920 13990 *15310 10350
(1.5 m) kg *14660 *14660 *14070 13890 *10140 8970 *8130 6340 *6940 4690

Ground lb *15230 *15230 *29510 *29510 *35230 28510 *25030 18550 *19550 13240 16140 9920
Level kg *6900 *6900 *13380 *13380 *15980 12930 *12430 8410 *8880 6000 7320 4500

-5’ 0” lb *23570 *23570 *35630 *35630 *36790 27530 *26440 17810 *20470 12760 15850 9650
(-1.5 m) kg *10690 *10690 *16150 *16150 *16680 12480 *11990 8070 *9280 5780 7190 4370

-10’ 0” lb *32220 *32220 *45060 *45060 *36030 27330 *26350 17540 *20310 12580
(-3.0 m) kg *14610 *14610 *20430 *20430 *16340 12390 *11950 7950 *9210 5700

-15’ 0” lb *41870 *41870 *47450 *47450 *32880 27710 *24340 17730 *18360 12790
(-4.6 m) kg *18980 *18980 *21520 *21520 *14910 12570 *11040 8040 *8320 5800

-20’ 0” lb *36800 *36800 *28690 *28690 *19030 18480

(-6.1 m) kg *16690 *16690 *11920 *11920 *8630 8380

At Maximum Reach

B C Radius

25’ 0” lb *7190 *7190 28’ 9”

(7.6 m) kg *3260 *3260 (8.78 m)

20’ 0” lb *7080 *7080 31’ 5”

(6.1 m) kg *3210 *3210 (9.58 m)

15’ 0” lb *7230 *7230 33’ 1”

(4.6 m) kg *3270 *3270 (10.09 m)

10’ 0” lb *7650 *7650 33’ 11”

(3.0 m) kg *3460 *3460 (10.35 m)

5’ 0” lb *8360 8260 34’ 0”

(1.5 m) kg *3790 3740 (10.38 m)

Ground lb *9510 8290 33’ 4”

Level kg *4310 3760 (10.18 m)

-5’ 0” lb *11370 8750 31’ 11”

(1.5 m) kg *5150 3960 (9.74 m)

-10’ 0” lb *14660 9830 29’ 7”

(-3.0 m) kg *6640 4450 (9.02 m)

-15’ 0” lb *17190 12060 26’ 0”

(-4.6 m) kg *7790 5470 (7.94 m)

-20’ 0” lb *17970 17480 20’ 9”

(-6.1 m) kg *8150 7920 (6.33 m)

8-25
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
The following Torque Specifications are provided for use when actual torque value of a fastener is not known.

CAPSCREWS & NUT

METRIC COARSE THREAD STANDARD
TIGHTENING TORQUE VALUES
Make certain to tighten all Capscrews & Nuts to proper torque values.

Metric Coarse Thread Standard Tightening Torque Values

Classification 4.8 T 7T 10.9 T
NOMINAL SIZE NO LUBRICATION OIL LUBRICATION NO LUBRICATION OIL LUBRICATION NO LUBRICATION OIL LUBRICATION

0.45 ± 0.05 0.38 ± 0.04 0.98 ± 0.1 0.83 ± 0.08 1.77 ± 0.18 1.5 ± 0.15
M6 P=1
(3.2 ± 0.4) (2.7 ± 0.3) (7.1 ± 0.7) (6.0 ± 0.6) (12.8 ± 1.3) (10.8 ± 1.1)
1.09 ± 0.11 0.92 ± 0.09 2.4 ± 0.2 2.0 ± 0.2 4.3 ± 0.4 3.6 ± 0.4
M8 P=1.25
(7.9 ± 0.8) (6.6 ± 0.7) (17.3 ± 1.4) (14.4 ± 1.4) (31.0 ± 2.9) (26.0 ± 2.9)
2.2 ± 0.2 1.83 ± 0.18 4.7 ± 0.5 4.0 ± 0.4 8.5 ± 0.9 7.2 ± 0.7
M10 P=1.5
(15.9 ± 1.4) (13.2 ± 1.3) (33.9 ± 3.6) (28.9 ± 2.9) (61.3 ± 6.5) (52.0 ± 5.1)
3.7 ± 0.4 3.2 ± 0.3 8.1 ± 0.8 6.8 ± 0.7 14.6 ± 1.5 12.3 ± 1.2
M12 P=1.75
(26.7 ± 2.9) (23.1 ± 2.2) (58.5 ± 5.8) (49.1 ± 5.1) (105 ± 10.8) (88.8 ± 8.7)
5.9 ± 0.6 5.0 ± 0.5 12.8 ± 1.3 10.8 ± 1.1 23 ± 2 19.5 ± 1.9
M14 P=2
(42.6 ± 4.3) (36.1 ± 3.6) (92.5 ± 9.4) (78.0 ± 7.9) (166 14) (140 ± 14)
9.0 ± 0.9 7.6 ± 0.7 19.5 ± 2.0 16.4 ± 1.6 35 ± 4 29 ± 3
M16 P=2
(64.9 ± 6.5) (54.8 ± 5.1) (140 ± 14.4) (118 ± 11.5) (252 ± 28.9) (209 ± 21.6)
12.4 ± 1.2 10.5 ± 1.0 27 ± 3 23 ± 2 49 ± 5 41 ± 4
M18 P=2.5
(89.6 ± 8.7) (75.8 ± 7.2) (195 ± 22) (166 ± 14) (354 ± 36) (296 ± 29)
17.5 ± 1.7 14.7 ± 1.4 38 ± 4 32 ± 3 68 ± 7 57 ± 6
M20 P=2.5
(126 ± 12.3) (106 ± 10.1) (274 ± 29) (231 ± 22) (491 ± 51) (412 ± 43)
23 ± 2 19.6 ± 2 51 ± 5 43 ± 4 92 ± 9 77 ± 7
M22 P=2.5
(166 ± 14) (142 ± 14) (368 ± 36) 310 ± 29) (663 ± 65) (555 ± 58)
30 ± 3 24 ± 3 65 ± 7 53 ± 5 118 ± 12 96 ± 10
M24 P=3
(217 ± 22) (173 ± 22) (469 ± 51) (383 ± 36) (852 ± 87) (693 ± 72)
44 ± 4 36 ± 3 96 ± 10 78 ± 8 173 ± 17 140 ± 14
M27 P=3
(318 ± 29) (260 ± 22) (693 ± 72) (563 ± 58) (1250 ± 120) (1010 ± 100)
60 ± 6 50.5 ± 5 131 ± 13 110 ± 11 235 ± 24 198 ± 20
M30 P=3.5
(433 ± 43) (361 ± 36) (946 ± 94) (794 ± 79) (1700 ± 170) (1430 ± 140)
81 ± 8 68 ± 7 176 ± 18 148 ± 15 317 ± 32 266 ± 27
M33 P=3.5
(585 ± 58) (491 ± 51) (1270 ± 130) (1070 ± 110) (2290 ± 200) (1920 ± 200)
105 ± 10 88 ± 9 227 ± 23 190 ± 19 409 ± 41 343 ± 34
M36 P=4
(758 ± 72) (636 ± 65) (1640 ± 170) (1370 ± 140) (2960 ± 300) (2480 ± 250)
TORQUE VALUE UNIT: kgf-m (ft-lbs)

8-26
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

METRIC FINE THREAD STANDARD TIGHTENING

TORQUE VALUES
Tighten all Capscrews & Nuts to proper torque values.

Metric Fine Thread Standard Tightening Torque Values

Classification 4.8 T 7T 10.9 T
NOMINAL SIZE NO LUBRICATION OIL LUBRICATION NO LUBRICATION OIL LUBRICATION NO LUBRICATION OIL LUBRICATION

1.15 0.11 0.97 ± 0.1 2.5 ± 0.2 2.1 ± 0.2 4.5 ± 0.4 3.8 ± 0.4
M8 P=1
(8.3 ± 0.8) (7.0 ± 0.7) (18.0 ± 1.4) (15.2 ± 1.4) (32.5 ± 2.9) (27.4 ± 2.9)
2.3 ± 0.2 1.91 ± 0.19 4.9 ± 0.5 4.2 ± 0.4 8.9 ± 0.9 7.5 ± 0.7
M10 P=1.25
(16.6 ± 1.4) (13.8 ± 1.4) (35.4 ± 3.6) (30.3 ± 2.9) (64.2 ± 6.5) (54.2 ± 5.1)
4.0 ± 0.4 3.4 ± 0.3 8.7 ± 0.9 7.3 ± 0.7 15.7 ± 1.6 13.2 ± 1.3
M12 P=1.25
(28.9 ± 2.9) (24.5 ± 2.2) (62.8 ± 6.5) (52.7 ± 5.1) (113 ± 13) (95.3 ± 9.4)
9.4 ± 0.9 7.9 ± 0.8 20 ± 2 17.2 ± 1.7 37 ± 4 31 ± 3
M16 P=1.5
(67.9 ± 6.5) (57.0 ± 5.8) (144 ± 14) (124 ± 12) (267 ± 29) (224 ± 22)
19 ± 9 15.8 ± 1.6 41 ± 4 34 ± 3 74 ± 7 62 ± 6
M20 P=1.5
(137 ± 14) (114 ± 14) (296 ± 29) (246 ± 22) (535 ± 51) (448 ± 43)
32 ± 3 27 ± 3 70 ± 7 58 ± 6 126 ± 12 105 ± 10
M24 P=2
(231 ± 22) (195 ± 22) (506 ± 51) (419 ± 43) (910 ± 87) (758 ± 72)
65 ± 6 54 ± 5 142 ± 14 118 ± 12 255 ± 26 212 ± 21
M30 P=2
(469 ± 43) (390 ± 36) (1030 ± 100) (852 ± 87) (1840 ± 190) (1530 ± 150)
109 ± 11 91 ± 9 238 ± 23 198 ± 20 428 ±43 357 ± 36
M36 P=3
(787 ± 79) (657 ± 65) (1720 ± 170) (1430 ± 140) (3090 ± 310) (2580 ± 260)
TORQUE VALUE UNIT: kgf-m (ft-lbs)

ORS JOINT (O-RING SEALING TYPE)

ORS Joint (O-ring Sealing Type)

OPPOSING FLATS TORQUE VALUE WORKING PRESSURE

NOMINAL SIZE
mm kgf-m (ft.-lbs) kgf/cm2 (psi)
1 - 14 UNS 30 - 32 14 ± 1.4 (101 ± 10)
Hose mouth
350 (4980)
ring and 1 - 3/16 12 UN 36 - 41 18 ± 1.8 (130 ± 13)
385 (5475) Power Boost
Coupling 1 - 7/16 12 UN 41 - 46 21 ± 2.1 (152 ± 15)

8-27
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

NUTS & SLEEVES

Nuts and Sleeves

TUBE SIZE OPPOSING FLATS

MANUFACTURER’S WORKING PRESSURE TORQUE VALUE
O.D. X THICKNESS mm
NAME kgf/cm2 (psi) kgf-m (ft.-lbs)
mm (in) Dimension B
10 X 1.5
19 4.5 ± 0.5 (33 ± 4)
(0.394 X 0.059)
15 X 2.0
27 15 ± 2 (108 ± 14)
(0.591 X 0.079)
350 (4980) 18 X 2.5
NIPPON A.M.C. 32 18 ± 2 (130 ± 14)
Travel line only (0.709 X 0.098)
22 X 3.0
36 22 ± 2 (159 ± 14)
(0.866 X 0.118)
28 X 4.0
41 28 ± 3 (203 ± 22)
(1.10 X 0.157)
350 (4980) 35 X 5.0
IHARA KOATSU 55 35 ± 4.5 (253 ± 29)
Travel line only (1.38 X 0.20)

FLARE TYPE FITTING JOINTS N2 (NYLON) TUBE FITTING JOINTS

Flare Type Fitting Joints N2 (Nylon) Tube Fitting Joints

Overtightening of flare type (Union Nut Type) metal
joints may cause damage to nuts, seat surfaces, and
prevent optimum sealing resulting in oil leaks.
NOMINAL SIZE
TORQUE VALUE
(PIPE THREAD)
1/4” 2.5 ± 0.3 (18.1 ± 1.8)
3/8” 5 ± 0.5 (36.2 ± 3.6)
1/2” 6 ± 0.6 (43.4 ± 4.3)
3/4” 12 ± 1.2 (86.8 ± 8.7)
14 ± 1.4 (101 ± 10) 1. Clean Tube and make sure certain tube end is
1”
trimmed smooth.
1-1/4” 17 ± 1.7 (123 ± 12) 2. Insert tube into fitting until tube end is securely
1-1/2” 21 ± 2.1 (152 ± 15) seated in fitting body.
3. Tighten the nut by hand.
2” 42 ± 4.2 (304 ± 30) 4. Use a spanner wrench, securely tighten nut by
Unit: kgf-m (ft.-lbs) turning 1-1/4 turns.

8-28
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

TORQUE VALUES FOR MOST COMMON BOLTS

[Bolt Size] Units: kgf-m (ft-lbs)

Qty Location
5 Fuel Tank sending unit mounting [M5] 0.2 ± 0.01 (1.4 ± 0.1)
6 A/C condenser mounting [M6x50] 0.46 (3.3)
1 Hyd. tank sending unit mounting 15 ± 2 (108 ± 14)
6 A/C pulley mounting on damper [M8x16] 4 (29)
4 Coolant reservoir mounting 1.1 ± 0.1 (8 ± 0.7)
4 A/C compressor mounting [M8x100] 1.1 ± 0.1 (8 ± 0.7)
1 A/C idler pulley nut [M10] 4 - 5.5 (29 - 40)
2 Pilot pump mounting bolts [M10] 4 ± 0.4 (29 ± 3) Apply Loctite # 262
8 Hydraulic oil tank cover mounting [M10] 4.7 ± 0.6 (34 ± 4)
2 Swing grease bath inspection cover mounting [M10} 3 ± 0.6 (22 ± 4)
8 Swivel joint dust cover mounting [M10} 1.5 ± 0.3 (11 ± 2)
6 Muffler support bracket mounting [M10] 4 ± 0.4 (30 ± 3)
16 Engine mounting (engine body side) [M10] 6.6 ± 0.4 (48 ± 3) Apply Loctite # 262
4 Travel lever mounting [M10] 2.4 ± 0.3 (17 ± 2)
3 Stepping motor mounting [M10] 1.9 (14) Apply Loctite # 242
12 Hydraulic pump housing to engine block mounting [M10] 6.6 ± 0.6 (48 ± 4) Apply Loctite # 262
35 Lower cover mounting [M10] 5.3 ± 0.6 (38 ± 4)
2 A/C compressor cover mounting [M10x45] 6.2 (45)
10 Travel motor cover mounting 8.4 ± 0.8 (61 ± 6) Apply Loctite # 262
16 Cab support mounting bolts 4.7 (34)
3 Swivel joint mounting 11 ± 1 (79 ± 7) Apply Loctite # 262
4 Nuts for cab mounts 19 (137)
4 Idler and idler adjuster connection [M16] 28.5 ± 3 (206 ± 22) Apply Loctite #262
4 Hydraulic oil tank and fuel tank mounting [M16] 22 ± 2 (159 ± 14) Apply Loctite # 262
4 Radiator bottom support mounting [M12] 12.3 ± 1.2 (89 ± 9)
1 Swivel joint locking nut [M16] 15.9 ± 2 (115 ± 14)
8 Hydraulic pump coupling mounting [M16] 22 ± 1 (159 ± 7) Apply Loctite # 262
8 track guide mounting [M18] 40.4 ± 4 (292 ± 29) Apply Loctite # 262
4 Engine mounting (Upper frame side) [M18] 23 ± 2 (166 ± 14) Apply Loctite # 271
44 Sprocket mounting [M18] 40.4 ± 4(292 ± 29) Apply Loctite # 262
56 Lower roller caps [M18] 40.4 ± 4 (292 ± 29) Apply Loctite # 262
4 Hydraulic pump mounting [M20] 44 ± 4 (318 ± 29) Apply Loctite # 262
12 Swing reduction unit mounting [M20] 55 ± 6 (397 ± 43) Apply Loctite # 262
36 Swing bearing inner race mounting [M20] 57.4 ± 5.8 (415 ± 42) Apply Loctite # 262
33 Swing bearing outer race mounting [M20] 40 ± 4 (289 ± 29) Apply Loctite # 262
184 Shoe bolt mounting [M20] 86.8 ± 5 (628 ± 36)
4 Upper roller mounting [M20] 55 ± 5.5 (397 ± 40) Apply Loctite # 262
34 Travel motor mounting [M20] 55 ± 5.5 (397 ± 40) Apply Loctite # 262
4 Counterweight mounting 130 ± 13 (939 ± 94) Apply Loctite # 242
8 Side cutter mounting [M24] 95 - 105 (686 - 758)

8-29
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

[Bolt Size] Units: kgf-m (ft-lbs)

Qty Location
2 Idler adjuster grease fitting mounting [5/8”-18UNF] 5.9 ± 1 (43 ± 7)
2 Connector for heater hoses 2.5 (18) Apply three bond # 1110B
1 Nut on breather valve 1 - 1.4 (7 - 10)
4 Breather mounting bolts 0.48 (3.5)
1 Hydraulic tank plug 16.5 (119) Apply teflon tape
4 Top nuts for U-bolts muffler mounting 1.1 ± 0.1(8 ± 1)
4 Bottom nuts for U-bolts muffler mounting 0.9 ± 0.1 (6.5 ± 1)
1 Engine temperature sensor 2.5 ± 0.6 (18 ± 4) Apply three bond # 1110B
2 A/C hose connection on Compressor 2.4 ± 0.2 (17 ± 1.4)
2 A/C hose connection on Condenser 1.0 ± 0.1 (7.2 ± 0.72)
4 Cover mounting on swing motor [M20] 43.8 (317)
1 Swing reduction unit oil plug 5.7 (41) Apply teflon tape
2 Oil plugs on travel reduction unit cover 5.7 (41) Apply teflon tape

WEIGHT OF MATERIALS TABLE

Material (Loose Weight) lb/yrd3 kg/m 3
Wood chips 700 420
Peat, dry 750 440
Cinders 950 560
Peat, wet 1170 690
Top soil 1600 950
Coal 1780 1050
Caliche 2100 1250
Earth, loam 2100 1250
Shale 2250 1330
Sand, dry 2400 1420
Clay, dry 2500 1480
Earth, dry 2550 1510
Limestone, broken or crush 2600 1540
Earth, wet 2700 1600
Clay, wet 2800 1660
Rock, granite, blasted & broken 2800 1660
Sand, moist 2850 1690
Sand and gravel, dry 2900 1720
Sand, wet 3100 1840
Sand and gravel, wet 3400 2020

8-30
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

SOME CONVERSION UNITS UNITS OF PRESSURE

UNITS OF WEIGHT Units of Pressure

From Into Multiply by
Units of Weight
psi 14.223
From Into Multiply by
kg/cm2 Pa
kg lb 2.2 9.807
(Pascal)
lb kg 0.454
Atm 0.06805
Bars 0.06895
UNITS OF LENGTH
psi kg/cm2 0.0703
Units of Length Pa
6894.76
From Into Multiply by Divide by (Pascal)

meters feet 3.28 - MPa psi 145.04

(MegaPascal)
mm inches - 25.4
inches mm 25.4 - UNITS OF VOLUME

UNITS OF POWER Units of Volume

From Into Multiply by
Units of Power
Gal
From Into Multiply by 0.264
(US Liquid)
HP kW 0.7457 in3 61.02
kW HP 1.341 Liters yard 3 0.00131
quarts 1.0567
UNITS OF FLOW
ounces
33.81
(US)
Units of Flow
m3 0.765
From Into Multiply by
in3 46656
Lit/min 3.79
3 3
Yard ft 27
Gal/min Lit/sec 0.0631
cm3 764554.9
(US liquid) cm3/min 3785.4
liters 764.555
ft3/min 0.1337
ft3/min 0.0353
Gal/min 0.264
Liter/min
Gal/sec 0.004403
yard3/min 0.001308

UNITS OF TORQUE

Units of Torque
From Into Multiply by
lbf-ft 0.738
kgf-m 0.1019716
N-m
lbf-ft 0.737561
lbf-in 8.85075
kgf-m 0.1382552
lbf-ft N-m 1.35582
lbf-in 12

8-31
 CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

8-32
 CHAPTER 9 - INDEX

Chapter 9
INDEX
Symbols D
“Tag-Out” Machine .............................................. 6-4 Decals ..... ...........................................................2-11
Digging Forces .....................................................8-3
A Disposal of Hazardous Waste ..............................6-3
Alternator . ............................................................ 7-8 Document Pouch ..................................................3-5
Arm .... .................................................................. 8-5 Dust Seals ..........................................................6-57
Arm Operation ................................................... 4-17
Attachment Lubrication ...................................... 6-20 E
Attachment Working Ranges ............................... 8-4 Engine ..... ..................................................... 1-4, 8-7
Auto Warm Up ..................................................... 4-9 Engine Coolant Change .....................................6-46
Engine Coolant Level .........................................6-12
B Engine Cover ........................................................3-8
Back Filling & Leveling with Front Attachment .. 4-21 Engine Electrical .................................................6-13
Basic Operation of Hydraulic Controls ............... 4-12 Engine Fluid Leaks .............................................6-13
Batteries .. .......................................................... 6-24 Engine Lubrication Cumulative Time ..................3-25
Before Operating the Hydraulic Breaker ............ 4-25 Engine Oil and Filter Element .............................6-21
Before Operating the Machine ............................. 4-3 Engine Oil Level .................................................6-12
Boom . .................................................................. 8-6 Engine Speed .......................................................8-7
Boom & Arm ...................................................... 6-19 Engine Valve Clearance .....................................6-44
Boom Operation ................................................ 4-16
Bucket ......................................................... 6-58, 8-5 F
Bucket Operation ............................................... 4-17 Fire Extinguisher ..................................................2-9
Bucket Selection Chart ........................................ 8-5 Flare Type Fitting Joints .....................................8-28
Bucket Selection Guide ..................................... 4-23 Frame Structure .................................................6-16
Bucket Teeth and Side Cutters .......................... 6-61 Fuel Cap ...............................................................3-8
Bucket Teeth Direction ...................................... 4-20 Fuel Filters ..........................................................6-37
Bucket, Arm, & Link Clearance .......................... 6-58 Fuel Handling Precautions ...................................2-8
Burn Prevention ................................................... 2-8 Fuel Level ...........................................................6-13
Buzzer Stop Switch ........................................... 3-13 Fuel Tank Drain ..................................................6-23

C G
Cab Dome Light ................................................... 3-5 General Information ..............................................1-1
Cab Door Latch ................................................... 3-3 Ground Transportation .......................................4-37
Change Oil in Travel Motor Reduction Units .... 6-40, Guidelines for Attachment Lubrication .................6-7
6-52 Guidelines to Replace Ground Tools ...................6-7
Checking and Cleaning Fuel Tank and Strainer 6-38
Checking the Air Conditioning Refrigerant 6-33, 6-42 H
Checking the Radiator Cap & Hoses ................. 6-30 Hand Signals ......................................................2-27
Cleaning Parts ..................................................... 6-4 Hazardous Chemical Precautions ........................2-8
Cleaning Sand & Soil from Bucket .................... 4-20 Heavy Lift - Machine with 3.3 m Arm, 1.40 cu. m
Cleaning Suction Strainer .................................. 6-48 Bucket, 600 mm Triple Grouser Shoes .......8-11,
Components & Controls Nomenclature ............. 3-10 8-15
Connecting Booster Cable ............................ 4-7, 7-7 Heavy Lift - Machine with 3.3 m Arm, 1.40 cu. m
Bucket, 800 mm Triple Grouser Shoes .......8-12,
Control Decal ..................................................... 4-11
8-17
Control Lever Joint Lubrication .......................... 6-39
Heavy Lift - Machine with 3.3 m Arm, 1.40 cu. m
Counter Rotating Machine ................................. 4-15 Bucket, 900 mm Triple Grouser Shoes .......8-13,
8-19

9-1
 CHAPTER 9 - INDEX

Heavy Lift - Machine with 4.15 m Arm, 1.20 cu. m Metric Coarse Thread Standard Tightening Torque
Bucket, 600 mm Triple Grouser Shoes ....... 8-21 Values ..... .....................................................8-26
Heavy Lift - Machine with 4.15 m Arm, 1.20 cu. m Metric Fine Thread Standard Tightening Torque
Bucket, 800 mm Triple Grouser Shoes ....... 8-23 Values ..... .....................................................8-27
Heavy Lift - Machine with 4.15 m Arm, 1.20 cu. m Model, Serial Number, and Year of Manufacture .1-4
Bucket, 900 mm Triple Grouser Shoes ....... 8-25 Monitor .... ...........................................................3-11
Hot Surface & Fluids ............................................ 6-3 Mounting and Dismounting Precautions ...............2-5
How to Handle Life Hammer ............................. 2-10
Hydraulic Breaker .............................................. 4-25 N
Hydraulic Components ........................................ 8-8 N2 (Nylon) Tube Fitting Joints ............................8-28
Hydraulic Filter Cumulative Time ....................... 3-25 Nibbler/Breaker .... ..............................................4-26
Hydraulic Functions ........................................... 6-15 Nuts & Sleeves ...................................................8-28
Hydraulic Oil Cumulative Time .......................... 3-25
Hydraulic Oil Leaks ............................................ 6-15 O
Hydraulic Oil Level ............................................. 6-14 Opening and Closing Door Glass .........................3-5
Hydraulic Tank Breather .................................... 6-51 Opening and Closing Sunroof ..............................3-5
Opening and Closing Windshield .........................3-4
I Operate Boom Smoothly ....................................4-20
Identification Numbers ......................................... 1-4 Operating Both Travel Levers Together .............4-14
Idlers .................................................................. 6-18 Operating Pattern ...............................................4-11
Inspect Waste Oils and Filters ............................. 6-4 Operating Pattern Decal .....................................4-11
Inspecting Counterweight Attaching Bolts for Proper Operating Precautions ..........................................2-6
Torque ................................................ 6-25, 6-39 Operating Pressures ............................................8-8
Installing the Bucket .......................................... 6-61 Operating the machine .........................................4-4
Operating the Machine in Water .........................4-16
K Operating the Shovel ..........................................4-21
Keep Machine Clean ........................................... 6-3 Operation at Seashore or Salty Climate .............4-22
Operation in Extreme Cold .................................4-22
L
Operation in Extreme Heat .................................4-22
L.C.D. Display .................................................... 3-18
Operation in High Altitudes .................................4-22
Lifting Capacities ............................................... 8-10
Operation in Humid Climate ...............................4-23
Lifting Machine .................................................. 4-39
Operation in Sandy and Dusty Areas .................4-22
Lifting Machine With Attachment Installed ......... 4-39
Operator Cab Nomenclature ..............................3-10
Lifting Machine Without Attachment .................. 4-41
Operator Precautions ...........................................2-5
Locking/Unlocking Cab Door ............................... 3-3
Operator Seat Adjustments ..................................3-6
Operator’s Compartment Controls and Accessories .
M
3-9
Machine and Components Weights ..................... 8-9
ORS Joint (O-ring Sealing Type .........................8-27
Machine Attachment and Swing ........................ 4-16
Machine Components .......................................... 1-3 P
Machine Dimensions ........................................... 8-3 Personal Safety ....................................................2-3
Machine Electrical ............................................. 6-16 Pilot Line Filter ....................................................6-49
Machine Operation in Adverse Weather Conditions .. Practices to Improve Efficiency ..........................4-20
4-22
Prevent Contamination .........................................6-4
Machine Storage ............................................... 4-42
Machine Travel Controls .................................... 4-14 R
Machine Warm Up ............................................... 4-9 Radio . .................................................................3-34
Maintenance on Rollers and Idlers .................... 6-52 Recommendation for Longer Undercarriage Life ......
Maintenance Precautions .................................... 2-7 4-23
Manual Warm Up ................................................. 4-9 Releasing Hydraulic System and Tank Pressure .6-5
Maximum Digging Force position ...................... 4-20 Removing and Storing Lower Front Window ........3-4

9-2
 CHAPTER 9 - INDEX

Removing Machine from Storage ...................... 4-42 Stop Engine ..........................................................6-4

Removing the Bucket ........................................ 6-60 Stop Swing Motion Early ....................................4-21
Replacing Fuel Filter .......................................... 6-37 Stopping Engine - Normal Conditions .......... 4-5, 4-6
Required Filters ................................................... 5-4 Swing Operation .................................................4-18
Required Fluids/Lubricants and Capacities ......... 5-3 Swing Ring Gear and Swing Bearing Lubrication .....
Reversing Bucket .............................................. 6-59 6-31
Right Hand Operator Console and Monitor ....... 3-10 Swing Ring Gear Lubrication ..............................6-31
Right, Left, Front, and Rear of the Machine ........ 1-2
Rollers ..... .......................................................... 6-18 T
Roll-Over Protective Structure (If equipped) ........ 2-9 Throttle Potentiometer ........................................3-10
Torque Specifications .........................................8-26
S Track Links .........................................................6-17
Safety Area .......................................................... 2-3 Track Shoes .......................................................6-17
Safety Rules ........................................................ 2-3 Track Tension .....................................................6-18
Screen Change Switch ...................................... 3-17 Transportation ...... ..............................................4-37
Seals & O-Rings .................................................. 6-4 Transporting Precautions .....................................2-9
Seat Belt .............................................................. 3-7 Travel Independent Mode Display ......................3-25
Seat Belt Precautions .......................................... 2-9 Travel Safety ......................................................4-16
Seat Front to Back Adjustment ............................ 3-7 Travel Speed, Swing Speed & Gradeability .........8-7
Seat Reclining Adjustment .................................. 3-7
Securing Machine to Trailer ............................... 4-39 U
Selection of the Hydraulic Breaker .................... 4-25 Units of Flow .......................................................8-31
Shoes ...... ............................................................ 8-6 Units of Length ...................................................8-31
Special Considerations for Hand Lubrication ...... 6-8 Units of Power ....................................................8-31
Specific Precautions to this Machine ................. 2-10 Units of Pressure ................................................8-31
Sprockets ........................................................... 6-17 Units of Torque ...................................................8-31
Standard Lift - Machine with 3.3 m Arm, 1.40 cu. m Units of Volume ..................................................8-31
Bucket, 600 mm Triple Grouser Shoes ...... 8-11, Units of Weight ...................................................8-31
8-14 Use Arm in Action ...............................................4-20
Standard Lift - Machine with 3.3 m Arm, 1.40 cu. m Use of Optional Attachment ...............................4-24
Bucket, 800 mm Triple Grouser Shoes ...... 8-12, Use of Travel Speed Select Switch ....................4-14
8-16 Using Power Boost .............................................4-18
Standard Lift - Machine with 3.3 m Arm, 1.40 cu. m Utility Safety .........................................................2-4
Bucket, 900 mm Triple Grouser Shoes ...... 8-13,
8-18
W
Standard Lift - Machine with 4.15 m Arm, 1.20 cu. m
Warm Engine Oil ..................................................6-4
Bucket, 600 mm Triple Grouser Shoes ....... 8-20
Warming of Hydraulic Oil ............................ 4-9, 4-10
Standard Lift - Machine with 4.15 m Arm, 1.20 cu. m
Bucket, 800 mm Triple Grouser Shoes ....... 8-22 Warming Up of Engine .........................................4-9
Standard Lift - Machine with 4.15 m Arm, 1.20 cu. m Wear Safety Equipment .......................................6-4
Bucket, 900 mm Triple Grouser Shoes ....... 8-24 Weight of Materials Table ...................................8-30
Starter Motor ........................................................ 7-8 Welding Safety .....................................................6-5
Starting & Stopping Machine Engine with Wiper Switch ......................................................3-16
Temperature above 0°C (32°F) ..................... 4-5 Work Mode selection Table ................................4-13
Starting & Stopping Machine Engine with Work Mode Switch ................................... 3-11, 4-13
Temperature below 0°C (32°F) ..................... 4-6 Working Weight ....................................................8-3
Starting and Stopping Precautions ...................... 2-5
Starting Boosting Machine Engine ............... 4-7, 7-7
Starting Disabled Machine Engine ............... 4-8, 7-8
Starting Engine ............................................. 4-5, 4-6
Starting Machine Engine with Booster Cable 4-7, 7-7
Steps and Handrails .......................................... 6-16
9-3
 CHAPTER 9 - INDEX

9-4
 Dealer’s stamp

Kobelco Construction Machinery America, LLC reserves the right to make improvements in design and changes in
specifications at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation to install them on units previously sold.
Specifications, descriptions, and illustrative material herein are as accurate as known
at time of publication, but are subject to change without notice.

Availability of some models and equipment builds varies according to the country
in which the equipment is being used. For exact information about any particular product,
please consult your Kobelco dealer.

Printed in U.S.A.

Copyright © 2011 Kobelco Construction Machinery America, LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Kobelco is a registered trademark of Kobelco Construction Machinery America, LLC.
245 East North Avenue
Carol Stream Illinois 60188 U.S.A.